ZONING BY-LAW
By-law number CA29 0040
PROVINCE OF QUÉBEC
CITY OF MONTRÉAL
BOROUGH OF
PIERREFONDS-ROXBORO
DRAFT BY-LAW:
BY-LAW NUMBER CA29 0040
ZONING BY-LAW
February 8, 2010
NOTICE OF MOTION:
May 3, 2010
ADOPTION:
June 7, 2010
COMING INTO FORCE:
July 19, 2010
Modifications included in this document
By-law Number
CA29 0040-1
CA29 0040-2
CA29 0040-3
CA29 0040-4
CA29 0040-5
CA29 0040-6
CA29 0040-7
CA29 0040-8
CA29 0040-9
CA29 0040-10
CA29 0040-11
CA29 0040-12
CA29 0040-13
CA29 0040-14
CA29 0040-15
CA29 0040-16
CA29 0040-17
CA29 0040-18
CA29 0040-19
CA29 0040-20
Date of Coming into Force
Withdrawn
Withdrawn
March 30, 2011
May 3, 2011
April 28, 2011
August 30, 2011
August 30, 2011
August 30, 2011
November 14, 2011
February 29, 2012
September 26, 2012
February 1, 2013
June 28, 2013
June 28, 2013
August 5, 2013
June 6, 2013
September 16, 2013
August 30, 2013
December 11, 2013
June 3, 2014
April 28, 2015
July 31, 2015
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1 DECLARATORY AND INTERPRETIVE PROVISIONS .............................................. 1
SECTION 1: DECLARATORY PROVISIONS................................................................................................................ 1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
TITLE OF THE BY-LAW ...........................................................................................................................................1
TERRITORY AFFECTED ..........................................................................................................................................1
SCOPE OF APPLICATION ........................................................................................................................................1
ACTS AND REGULATIONS .....................................................................................................................................1
DOCUMENTS ATTACHED ......................................................................................................................................1
REPLACEMENT.........................................................................................................................................................2
TABLES, GRAPHICS AND SYMBOLS....................................................................................................................3
SECTION 2: GENERAL INTERPRTIVE PROVISIONS............................................................................................... 3
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
UNITS OF MEASUREMENT.....................................................................................................................................3
RULES OF PRECEDENCE FOR THE PROVISIONS...............................................................................................3
RULES OF PRECEDENCE FOR GENERAL AND SPECIFIC PROVISIONS ........................................................3
REFERENCES.............................................................................................................................................................4
BY-LAW STRUCTURE..............................................................................................................................................4
TERMINOLOGY ........................................................................................................................................................4
SECTION 3: INTERPRETIVE PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO DIVISION INTO ZONES....................................... 4
14.
15.
16.
DIVISION OF THE TERRITORY INTO ZONES......................................................................................................4
IDENTIFICATION OF ZONES ..................................................................................................................................5
INTERPRETING THE ZONE BOUNDARIES ON THE ZONING PLAN ...............................................................5
SECTION 4: INTERPRETIVE PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO THE SPECIFICATIONS CHARTS ...................... 6
17.
18.
19.
20.
GENERAL SCOPE OF THE SPECIFICATIONS CHARTS......................................................................................6
RULES OF INTERPRETATION FOR THE SPECIFICATIONS CHART................................................................6
MIXED-USE BUILDING......................................................................................................................................... 12
LANDSITE INCLUDED IN MORE THAN ONE ZONE ....................................................................................... 13
SECTION 5: INTERPRETIVE PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO USE CODES...........................................................13
21.
RULES FOR INTERPRETING USE CODES ......................................................................................................... 14
CHAPTER 2 ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS ........................................................................... 16
22.
23.
24.
APPLICATION OF THE BY-LAW......................................................................................................................... 16
POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE DESIGNATED OFFICIAL .............................................................................. 16
VIOLATIONS, SANCTIONS, RECOURSE AND PROSECUTION ..................................................................... 16
CHAPTER 3 TERMINOLOGY ....................................................................................................... 17
25.
TERMINOLOGY ..................................................................................................................................................... 17
CHAPTER 4 PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO THE CLASSIFICATION OF MAIN LAND USES ...... 64
SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS .........................................................................................................................64
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Table of contents
ii
26.
27.
28.
29.
USE GROUPS........................................................................................................................................................... 64
REFERENCE TO THE USES .................................................................................................................................. 64
EXCLUSIVITY OF THE GROUPS, CATEGORIES AND SUB-CATEGORIES OF USES................................. 64
SCOPE OF THE LISTING OF USES ...................................................................................................................... 65
SECTION 2: CLASSIFICATION OF USES IN THE HOUSING (H) GROUP ..........................................................65
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
USE CATEGORIES IN THE HOUSING (H) GROUP............................................................................................ 65
SINGLE-FAMILY DWELLING (H1)...................................................................................................................... 65
TWO-FAMILY AND THREE-FAMILY DWELLING (H2)................................................................................... 65
MULTI-FAMILY DWELLING (H3) ....................................................................................................................... 65
COLLECTIVE HOUSING (H4)............................................................................................................................... 66
SECTION 3: CLASSIFICATION OF USES IN THE COMMERCIAL (C) GROUP ................................................66
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
USE CATEGORIES IN THE COMMERCIAL (C) GROUP ................................................................................... 66
RETAIL SALES AND SERVICES (C1).................................................................................................................. 66
COMMERCIAL ENTERTAINMENT, LODGING AND FOOD SERVICES (C2) ............................................... 70
AUTOMOBILE SERVICES (C3) ............................................................................................................................ 71
DISTINCTIVE BUSINESSES AND SERVICES (C4) ............................................................................................ 73
HEAVY ARTERIAL COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES, WHOLESALE BUSINESSES AND PARAINDUSTRIAL SERVICES (C5)............................................................................................................................... 75
SECTION 4: CLASSIFICATION OF USES IN THE INDUSTRIAL GROUP (I)......................................................76
41.
42.
43.
44.
USE CATEGORIES FOR THE INDUSTRIAL GROUP (I).................................................................................... 76
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT (I1)............................................................................................................... 76
INDUSTRIAL MANUFACTURING (I2) ................................................................................................................ 78
EXPLOITATION OF RAW MATERIALS (I3)....................................................................................................... 79
SECTION 5: CLASSIFICATION OF LAND USES FOR THE COMMUNITY (P) GROUP ...................................80
45.
46.
47.
48.
USE CATEGORIES IN THE COMMUNITY (P) GROUP ..................................................................................... 80
RECREATION (P1).................................................................................................................................................. 80
INSTITUTIONS (P2)................................................................................................................................................ 81
SERVICES (P3) ........................................................................................................................................................ 83
SECTION 6: CLASSIFICATION OF USES IN THE RECREATION (R) GROUPE................................................84
49.
50.
51.
USE CATEGORIES IN THE RECREATION (R) GROUP..................................................................................... 84
EXTENSIVE RECREATION (R1) .......................................................................................................................... 84
EXTREME AND MOTORIZED SPORTS (R2) ...................................................................................................... 85
SECTION 7: CLASSIFICATION OF USES IN THE AGRICULTURAL (A) GROUP.............................................86
52.
53.
54.
USE CATEGORIES IN THE AGRICULTURAL (A) GROUP............................................................................... 86
AGRICULTURAL WITHOUT LIVESTOCK (A1)................................................................................................. 86
AGRICULTURE WITH LIVESTOCK (A2)............................................................................................................ 87
SECTION 8 : LAND USE CLASSIFICATION IN THE CONSERVATION (E) GROUP ........................................87
55.
56.
USE CATEGORIES IN THE CONSERVATION (E) GROUP ............................................................................... 88
CONSERVATION PARK (E1) ................................................................................................................................ 88
SECTION 9: AUTHORIZED OR PROHIBITED USES ...............................................................................................89
57.
58.
59.
AUTHORIZED OR PROHIBITED USES BY ZONE ............................................................................................. 89
USES AUTHORIZED IN ALL ZONES................................................................................................................... 89
USES PROHIBITED IN ALL ZONES..................................................................................................................... 90
CHAPTER 5 PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO TEMPORARY USES AND BUILDINGS..................... 92
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Table of contents
iii
60.
SCOPE OF THE CHAPTER .................................................................................................................................... 92
SECTION 1: TEMPORARY USES AND BUILDINGS AUTHORIZED FOR ALL USES......................................92
61.
62.
63.
BLOOD COLLECTION ........................................................................................................................................... 92
CONSTRUCTION SITE HUT ................................................................................................................................. 92
REAL ESTATE SALES OFFICE............................................................................................................................. 93
SECTION 2: TEMPORARY USES AND BUILDINGS AUTHORIZED FOR USES IN THE “HOUSING
(H)” GROUP ............................................................................................................................................93
64.
WINTER GARAGE, WINTER DOORWAY SHELTER AND WINTER TUNNEL............................................. 93
SECTION 3: TEMPORARY USES AND BUILDINGS AUTHORIZED FOR USES IN THE
COMMERCIAL (C) GROUP ................................................................................................................94
65.
66.
STAND FOR THE OUTDOOR SALE OF CHRSITMAS TREES FOR A USE IN THE “COMMERCIAL
(C)” GROUP ............................................................................................................................................................. 94
FAIRS, FESTIVALS, PUBLIC CELEBRATIONS, FAIRGROUNDS AND CIRCUSES FOR A
SHOPPING CENTRE OR AN INTEGRATED COMMERCIAL PROJECT ......................................................... 94
SECTION 5: TEMPORARY USES AND BUILDINGS AUTHORIZED FOR USES IN THE
COMMUNITY (P) GROUP....................................................................................................................95
67.
68.
WINTER DOORWAY SHELTER AND WINTER TUNNEL................................................................................ 95
FAIRS, FESTIVALS, PUBLIC CELEBRATIONS, FAIRGROUNDS AND CIRCUSES FOR A USE IN
THE “COMMUNITY (P)” GROUP ......................................................................................................................... 96
CHAPTER 6 PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO ADDITIONAL USES AND DEPENDENT USES ......... 97
SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO ADDITIONAL USES AND DEPENDENT USES ........97
69.
GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR EXERCISING ADDITIONAL USES AND DEPENDENT USES .................... 97
SECTION 2: USES ADDITIONAL TO THE USES IN THE HOUSING (H) GROUP ..............................................97
70.
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
76.
77.
78.
79.
ADDITIONAL USES AUTHORIZED FOR THE “SINGLE-FAMILY DWELLING (H1)”, “TWOFAMILY DWELLING AND THREE-FAMILY DWELLING (H2)” AND “MULTI-FAMILY HOUSING
(H3)” USE CATEGORIES ....................................................................................................................................... 97
ADDITIONAL USES AUTHORIZED FOR THE “SINGLE-FAMILY DWELLING (H1)” USE
CATEGORY ............................................................................................................................................................. 99
ADDITIONAL USES AUTHORIZED FOR A BUILDING WITH MORE THAN 60 DWELLING UNITS
OR MORE THAN 120 ROOMS............................................................................................................................... 99
GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN ADDITIONAL USE ............................................................. 100
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USE OF “BOARDING ROOMS”.............. 101
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USE OF “SERVICE BUSINESS”.............. 101
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USE OF “HOME CHILDCARE
SERVICE”............................................................................................................................................................... 102
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USE OF “ADDITIONAL DWELLING
UNIT”...................................................................................................................................................................... 102
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USE OF “TOURIST B&B-TYPE
ACCOMMODATION”........................................................................................................................................... 103
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN ADDITIONAL USE AUTHORIZED IN A BUILDING
WITH MORE THAN 60 DWELLING UNITS OR MORE THAN 120 ROOMS................................................. 103
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Table of contents
iv
SECTION 3: ADDITIONAL USES AND DEPENDENT USES FOR THE USES IN THE COMMERCIAL
(C) GROUP............................................................................................................................................ 103
80.
81.
82.
83.
84.
85.
86.
ADDITIONAL USES AUTHORIZED................................................................................................................... 104
DEPENDENT USES AUTHORIZED.................................................................................................................... 106
GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USES AND DEPENDENT USES
AUTHORIZED ....................................................................................................................................................... 107
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USES OF “COIN-OPERATED
AMUSEMENT ARCADE”, “POOLHALL” AND “LOTTERY AND GAMES OF CHANCE” ......................... 108
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE DEPENDENT USE OF “ESTABLISHMENT
SERVING BEVERAGES AND OFFERING DIVERSE ACTIVITIES”............................................................... 108
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE DEPENDENT USE OF “ESTABLISHMENT
HOLDING A MEETING PERMIT IN VIRTUE OF THE ACT RESPECTING LIQUOR PERMITS (R.S.Q.,
C. P9.1).................................................................................................................................................................... 108
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE DEPENDENT USE OF “ESTABLISHMENT WITH A
RECEPTION OR BANQUET HALL”................................................................................................................... 108
SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL USES IN THE INDUSTRIAL (I) GROUP.................................................................. 109
87.
88.
89.
90.
ADDITIONAL USES AUTHORIZED................................................................................................................... 109
GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USES AUTHORIZED .............................. 109
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USE “SHOWROOM OR SALES
AREA” .................................................................................................................................................................... 110
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USES OF “DAYCARE SERVICE”
AND “STOP-OVER CHILDCARE SERVICE” .................................................................................................... 110
SECTION 5: ADDITIONAL USES AND DEPENDENT USES FOR THE USES IN THE COMMUNITY
(P) GROUP ............................................................................................................................................ 110
91.
92.
93.
94.
95.
96.
97.
ADDITIONAL USES AUTHORIZED................................................................................................................... 110
DEPENDENT USES AUTHORIZED................................................................................................................ 113-1
GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USES AND DEPENDENT USES
AUTHORIZED ....................................................................................................................................................... 114
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN ADDITIONAL USE OF “RETAIL SALE OF DRY
GOODS CONSUMER PRODUCTS” .................................................................................................................... 114
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USES OF “DAYCARE SERVICE”
AND “STOP-OVER CHILDCARE SERVICE” .................................................................................................... 114
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE DEPENDENT USE “ESTABLISHMENT SERVING
BEVERAGES AND OFFERING DIVERSE ACTIVITIES”................................................................................. 114
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE DEPENDENT USE “ESTABLISHMENT WITH
RECEPTION OR BANQUET HALL”................................................................................................................... 115
SECTION 6: ADDITIONAL USES AND DEPENDENT USES FOR THE USES IN THE
RECREATIONAL (R) GROUP .......................................................................................................... 115
98.
99.
100.
101.
ADDITIONAL USES AUTHORIZED................................................................................................................... 115
AUTHORIZED DEPENDENT USE ...................................................................................................................... 116
PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USES AND DEPENDENT USES AUTHORIZED ..... 116
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USES OF “DAYCARE SERVICE”
AND “STOP-OVER CHILDCARE SERVICE” .................................................................................................... 117
102. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE DEPENDENT USE “ESTABLISHMENT SERVING
BEVERAGES AND OFFERING DIVERSE ACTIVITIES”................................................................................. 117
SECTION 7: ADDITIONAL USES TO THE USES IN THE AGRICULTURAL (A) GROUP ............................. 117
103. ADDITIONAL USES AUTHORIZED................................................................................................................... 117
104. GENERAL PROVISION APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USES AUTHORIZED................................. 118
105. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN ADDITIONAL USE OF “DWELLING ASSOCIATED
WITH A FARM”..................................................................................................................................................... 118
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Table of contents
v
106. SPECIFIC PROVISION APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USE OF “ACTIVITY BY AN ARTISAN
FOR PROCESSING AND PACKAGING A FARM PRODUCT” OR “SALE OF A FARM PRODUCT” ......... 119
107. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USE OF “FARM MEAL SERVICE” ......... 119
108. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN ADDITIONAL USE OF “SUGAR SHACK MEAL
SERVICE”............................................................................................................................................................... 119
CHAPTER 7 PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO THE SITING AND TO THE VOLUME OF A
BUILDING OR A STRUCTURE ......................................................................... 121
SECTION 1: PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO SETBACKS AND TO THE TRIANGLE OF VISIBILITY......... 121
109.
110.
111.
112.
CALCULATING SETBACKS ............................................................................................................................... 121
SIDE SETBACK APPLICABLE ON A CORNER LANDSITE ........................................................................... 121
SIDE SETBACK FOR A SEMI-DETACHED OR ROWHOUSE BUILDING .................................................... 121
SIDE SETBACK APPLICABLE TO A USE IN THE “SINGLE-FAMILY DWELLING (H1)”
CATEGORY ........................................................................................................................................................... 122
113. “LATERAL 3” TYPE CONSTRUCTION ............................................................................................................. 122
114. SIDE AND REAR SETBACKS FOR A WALL WITH AN OPENING................................................................ 122
115. TRIANGLE OF VISIBILITY ................................................................................................................................. 122
SECTION 2: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL USES ..................................................................................... 125
116. SITING OF A SEMI-DETACHED OR ROWHOUSE STRUCTURE .................................................................. 125
117. SITING OF AN ACCESSORY BUILDING .......................................................................................................... 125
SECTION 3: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE USES FOR THE “HOUSING (H)” GROUP.................... 125
118.
119.
120.
121.
122.
123.
MAIN USE AND MAIN BUILDING .................................................................................................................... 125
NUMBER OF MAIN BUILDINGS........................................................................................................................ 125
INSTALLATION OF A STOREY IN THE ATTIC SPACE.................................................................................. 125
DEVELOPMENTS OF AN INTEGRATED HOUSING PROJECT ..................................................................... 125
SEPARATION DISTANCE BORDERING A RAIL LINE................................................................................... 128
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF ROWHOUSES.......................................................................................................... 128
SECTION 4: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE COMMERCIAL (C) GROUP ........................... 128
124. MAIN USE AND MAIN BUILDING .................................................................................................................... 129
125. NUMBER OF MAIN BUILDINGS........................................................................................................................ 129
126. ZERO SETBACK FOR A LANDSITE ADJACENT TO A LANDSITE OCCUPIED OR INTENDED TO
BE OCCUPIED BY A USE IN THE “COMMERCIAL (C)” GROUP ................................................................. 129
127. STANDARDS FOR INTEGRATED COMMERCIAL OR INDUSTRIAL PROJECTS ...................................... 129
SECTION 5: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE USES IN THE INDUSTRIAL GROUP (I) ...................... 131
128.
129.
130.
131.
MAIN USE AND MAIN BUILDING .................................................................................................................... 131
NUMBER OF MAIN BUILDINGS........................................................................................................................ 132
ZERO SETBACK BORDERING A RAIL LINE................................................................................................... 132
SEPARATION DISTANCE BORDERING A DWELLING ................................................................................. 132
SECTION 6: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE COMMUNITY (P) GROUP ............................... 132
132. MAIN USE AND MAIN BUILDING .................................................................................................................... 132
133. NUMBER OF MAIN BUILDINGS........................................................................................................................ 133
134. SEPARATION DISTANCE BORDERING A RAIL LINE................................................................................... 133
SECTION 7: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE USES IN THE RECREATIONAL (R) GROUP ............... 133
135. MAIN USE AND MAIN BUILDING .................................................................................................................... 133
136. NUMBER OF MAIN BUILDINGS........................................................................................................................ 133
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Table of contents
vi
CHAPTER 8 PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO USES, BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES,
EQUIPMENT AND PROJECTIONS INTO YARDS ............................................ 134
SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS ...................................................................................................................... 134
137. INTERPRETING THE TABLES............................................................................................................................ 134
SECTION 2: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE USES IN THE HOUSING (H) GROUP ............................ 135
138. GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE USES IN THE “HOUSING (H)” GROUP.......................... 135
139. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A BUILDING THAT IS SEMI-DETACHED OR A ROW
HOUSE OR THAT HAS A ZERO SIDE SETBACK ........................................................................................ 143-1
140. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ACCESSORY BUILDINGS ............................................. 143-1
140.1 REQUIREMENTS RELATIVE TO A PRIVATE GARAGE OR A CARPORT ATTACHED TO OR
INTEGRATED INTO A DWELLING ................................................................................................................... 144
141. REQUIREMENTS RELATIVE TO THE INSTALLATION OF A BELOW-GRADE GARAGE....................... 145
142. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE STORAGE OF GARBAGE OR MATERIALS
FOR RECYCLING ................................................................................................................................................. 146
143. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A SWIMMING POOL OR SPA............................................ 147
144. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A DOMESTIC DISH ANTENNA OR A DOMESTIC
ANTENNA OTHER THAN A DISH ANTENNA................................................................................................. 149
145. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A GAS BOTTLE OR CANISTER WITH A
CAPACITY OF MORE THAN 9.1 KG.................................................................................................................. 149
146. SPECIFIC AND ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
INSTALLED ON THE GROUND OR ON A BUILDING.................................................................................... 149
146.1 SPECIFIC AND ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
INSTALLED ON THE GROUND OR ON A BUILDING APPLICABLE TO SUBGROUP OF USES
“MULTI-FAMILY DWELLING (H3)” AND “COLLECTIVE HOUSING (H4)”................................................ 150
SECTION 3: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE USES IN THE COMMERCIAL (C) AND
RECREATIONAL (R) GROUPS........................................................................................................ 150
147. GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE USES IN THE “COMMERCIAL (C)” AND
“RECREATIONAL (R)” GROUPS........................................................................................................................ 151
148. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A SEMI-DETACHED OR ROWHOUSE BUILDING OR
WITH A ZERO SIDE SETBACK ...................................................................................................................... 156-1
149. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A COMMERCIAL FOOD SERVICE TERRACE............ 156-1
150. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A COMMERCIAL GREENHOUSE..................................... 157
151. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN ACCESSORY BUILDING............................................. 158
152. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN ENCLOSURE FOR SHOPPING CARTS ...................... 158
153. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A SWIMMING POOL OR SPA............................................ 159
154. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A DISH ANTENNA OR AN ANTENNA OTHER
THAN A DISH ANTENNA ................................................................................................................................... 160
155. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN OUTDOOR DISPLAY ................................................... 161
156. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN AREA FOR GARBAGE STORAGE ............................. 165
157. SPECIFIC AND ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A CANISTER OR TANK FOR GAS
FUEL WITH A CAPACITY OF MORE THAN 9.1 KG OR TO A LIQUID FUEL TANK ................................. 167
158. SPECIFIC AND ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
INSTALLED ON THE GROUND OR ON A BUILDING.................................................................................... 168
159. SPECIFIC AND ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
INSTALLED ON THE GROUND OR ON A BUILDING.................................................................................... 168
160. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE OUTDOOR STORAGE OF A VEHICLE ............................................. 168
161. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A CANOPY THAT FORMS A SHELTER FOR GAS
PUMPS.................................................................................................................................................................... 169
162. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A CABIN FOR A GAS PUMP ATTENDANT OR A
CASHIER................................................................................................................................................................ 169
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Table of contents
vii
SECTION 4: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE INDUSTRIAL (I) GROUP ................................. 170
163. GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE USES IN THE “INDUSTRIAL (I)” GROUP ..................... 170
164. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A SEMI-DETACHED OR ROWHOUSE BUILDING OR
TO A ZERO SIDE SETBACK ............................................................................................................................... 174
165. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN ACCESSORY BUILDING............................................. 174
166. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A DISH ANTENNA OR AN ANTENNA OTHER
THAN A DISH ANTENNA ................................................................................................................................... 174
167. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN AREA FOR GARBAGE STORAGE ............................. 175
168. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A GAS CANISTER OR A GAS OR LIQUID GAS TANK ......... 176
169. SPECIFIC AND ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
INSTALLED ON THE GROUND OR ON A BUILDING.................................................................................... 176
170. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE OUTDOOR STORAGE OF A VEHICLE ............................................. 176
SECTION 5: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE USES IN THE “COMMUNITY (P)” GROUP.................. 177
171. GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE USES IN THE “COMMUNITY (P)” GROUP ................... 177
172. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A SEMI-DETACHED OR ROWHOUSE BUILDING OR
TO A ZERO SIDE SETBACK ............................................................................................................................... 182
173. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A FOOD SERVICE TERRACE............................................ 182
174. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN ACCESSORY BUILDING............................................. 183
175. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A SWIMMING POOL OR SPA............................................ 183
176. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A DISH ANTENNA OR AN ANTENNA OTHER
THAN A DISH ANTENNA ................................................................................................................................... 185
177. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO STORAGE FOR GARBAGE OR MATERIALS FOR
RECYCLING.......................................................................................................................................................... 185
178. SPECIFIC AND ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A CANISTER OR TANK FOR GAS
OR LIQUID FUEL.................................................................................................................................................. 186
179. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A SILO, A TANK OR A PUMP FOR LIQUID FUEL ................. 186
180. SPECIFIC AND ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
INSTALLED ON THE GROUND OR ON A BUILDING.................................................................................... 187
SECTION 6: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE AGRICULTURAL (A) GROUP ........................ 187
181. GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE USES IN THE “AGRICULTURAL (A)” GROUP............. 187
182. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A “DWELLING ASSOCIATED WITH A FARM” ..................... 189
183. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A STAND FOR THE SALE OF FARM PRODUCTS ......... 189
CHAPTER 9 PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO LANDSITE ENTRANCES AND ACCESS AISLES
TO PARKING AREAS ........................................................................................ 189
SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL USES................................................................. 189
184.
185.
186.
187.
188.
SITING OF A LANDSITE ENTRANCE OR AN ACCESS AISLE...................................................................... 189
LAYOUT OF A LANDSITE ENTRANCE OR ACCESS AISLE......................................................................... 189
USE OF A LANDSITE ENTRANCE OR AN ACCESS AISLE ........................................................................... 190
SHARED LANDSITE ENTRANCE AND ACCESS AISLE ................................................................................ 190
RULE FOR CALCULATING THE WIDTH OF A LANDSITE ENTRANCE..................................................... 190
SECTION 2: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE HOUSING (H) GROUP ...................................... 190
189. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS FOR THE SITING OF A LANDSITE ENTRANCE OR AN ACCESS AISLE.......... 190
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Table of contents
viii
190. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS THE SITING OF A SEMI-CIRCULAR ACCESS AISLE........................................... 190
191. MAXIMUM NUMBER OF LANDSITE ENTRANCES....................................................................................... 191
192. WIDTH OF A LANDSITE ENTRANCE OR AN ACCESS AISLE ..................................................................... 191
(CA29 0040-5; 2011-08-30).............................................................................................................................................. 191
SECTION 3: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE COMMERCIAL (C), INDUSTRIAL (I),
COMMUNITY (P), RECREATIONAL (R) AND AGRICULTURAL (A) GROUPS ................... 192
193. MAXIMUM NUMBER OF LANDSITE ENTRANCES....................................................................................... 192
194. WIDTH OF A LANDSITE ENTRANCE OR AN ACCESS AISLE ..................................................................... 192
195. SPECIFIC PROVISION FOR THE ADDITIONAL USE OF “DWELLING ASSOCIATED WITH A
FARM”.................................................................................................................................................................... 193
CHAPTER 10 PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO OFF-STREET PARKING ....................................... 194
SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL USES................................................................. 194
196.
197.
198.
199.
200.
201.
202.
203.
204.
NECCESSITY FOR AND MAINTENANCE OF A PARKING AREA................................................................ 194
USE OF A PARKING AREA................................................................................................................................. 194
RULES FOR CALCULATING THE NUMBER OF PARKING SPACES........................................................... 194
DIMENSIONS OF PARKING SPACES AND OF CIRCULATION AISLES...................................................... 195
DESIGNATED PARKING SPACES FOR THE DISABLED ............................................................................... 197
LAYOUT OF A PARKING AREA........................................................................................................................ 198
SHARED PARKING AREA .................................................................................................................................. 201
PARKING SPACES LOCATED ON A DIFFERENT LANDSITE THAN THE USE THEY SERVE................ 202
INSTALLATION OF BICYCLE PARKING ....................................................................................................... 202
SECTION 2: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE HOUSING (H) GROUP ...................................... 202
205. SITING OF PARKING SPACES ........................................................................................................................... 202
206. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SPACES...................................................................................................................... 204
207. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SPACES FOR A BUILDING IN THE HOUSING (H) GROUP LOCATED
LESS THAN 500 METRES FROM A COMMUTER TRAIN STATION ............................................................ 204
208. MINIMUM NUMBER OF BICYCLE PARKING UNITS .................................................................................... 205
SECTION 3: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE COMMERCIAL (C) GROUP ........................... 205
209. SITING OF PARKING SPACES ........................................................................................................................... 205
210. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SPACES...................................................................................................................... 205
211. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SPACES FOR AN COMMERCIAL (C) BUILDING
LOCATED LESS
THAN 500 METRES FROM A COMMUTER TRAIN STATION....................................................................... 207
212. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SCPACES FOR A LARGE COMMERCIAL BUILDING ........................................ 207
213. MINIMUM NUMBER OF BICYCLE PARKING UNITS .................................................................................... 208
SECTION 4: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE INDUSTRIAL (I) GROUP ................................ 208
214. SITING OF PARKING SPACES ........................................................................................................................... 208
215. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SPACES...................................................................................................................... 208
216. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SPACES FOR AN INDUSTRIAL (I) BUILDING LOCATED LESS THAN
500 METRES FROM A COMMUTER TRAIN STATION................................................................................... 208
217. MINIMUM NUMBER OF BICYCLE PARKING UNITS .................................................................................... 209
SECTION 5: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE COMMUNITY (P) GROUP ............................... 209
218. SITING OF PARKING SPACES ........................................................................................................................... 209
219. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SPACES...................................................................................................................... 209
220. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SPACES FOR A COMMUNITY (P) BUILDING LOCATED LESS THAN 500
METRES FROM A COMMUTER TRAIN STATION.......................................................................................... 211
221. MINIMUM NUMBER OF BICYCLE PARKING UNITS .................................................................................... 212
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Table of contents
ix
SECTION 6: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE RECREATIONAL (R) GROUP ........................ 212
222. SITING OF PARKING SPACES ........................................................................................................................... 212
223. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SPACES...................................................................................................................... 212
224. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SPACES FOR A RECREATIONAL (R) BUILDING LOCATED LESS THAN
500 METRES FROM A COMMUTER TRAIN STATION................................................................................... 214
225. MINIMUM NUMBER OF BICYCLE PARKING UNITS .................................................................................... 214
SECTION 7: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE AGRICULTURAL (A) GROUP ........................ 214
226. SITING OF PARKING SPACES ........................................................................................................................... 214
227. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SPACES...................................................................................................................... 214
228. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SPACES FOR THE ADDITIONAL USE OF “DWELLING ASSOCIATED
WITH A FARM”..................................................................................................................................................... 214
CHAPTER 11 PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO LOADING BAYS AND BERTHS ............................ 215
SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL USES................................................................. 215
229. LAYOUT OF A LOADING BAY, DELIVERY AREA, BERTH AND MANŒUVERING AREA.................... 215
230. SHARED MANOEUVERING AREA ................................................................................................................... 216
231. SITING OF A LOADING BAY, DELIVERY AREA, BERTH OR MANŒUVERING AREA .......................... 216
SECTION 2: SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A USE IN THE COMMERCIAL (C) OR
INDUSTRIAL (I) GROUP ................................................................................................................... 216
232. NUMBER OF LOADING BAYS, DELIVERY AREAS OR BERTHS REQUIRED FOR A USE IN THE
“COMMERCIAL (C)” OR “INDUSTRIAL (I)” GROUP ...................................................................................... 217
CHAPTER 12 PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO THE LANDSCAPING OF OPEN AREAS ............... 218
SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL USES................................................................. 218
233. LANDSCAPING OF OPEN AREAS ON A LANDSITE ...................................................................................... 218
SECTION 2: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE HOUSING (H) GROUP ...................................... 218
234. LANDSCAPING OF THE FRONT YARD ........................................................................................................... 218
235. LANDSCAPING REQUIREMENTS FOR A USE IN THE “SINGLE-FAMILY DWELLING (H1)”
CATEGORY ........................................................................................................................................................... 219
236. OUTDOOR LEISURE AREAS.............................................................................................................................. 219
SECTION 3: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE “COMMERCIAL (C)”, “INDUSTRIAL
(I)”, “COMMUNITY (P)” AND “RECREATIONAL (R)” GROUPS............................................. 219
237.
238.
239.
249.
MINIMUM LANDSCAPING REQUIREMENTS................................................................................................. 220
OUTDOOR LEISURE AREAS FOR A ROOM OR A DWELLING UNIT ......................................................... 221
LANDSCAPING FOR A BUFFER STRIP BORDERING A DWELLING .......................................................... 221
LANDSCAPING OF A BUFFER STRIP BORDERING A ZONE IN WHICH THE MAIN LAND USE
OCCUPATION IS “HOUSING (H)”, OR BORDERING A “RECREATION (P1)” OR “INSTITUTION
(P2)” USE................................................................................................................................................................ 222
SECTION 4: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE “AGRICULTURAL (A)” GROUP .................... 223
241. LANDSCAPING OF OPEN AREAS FOR A USE IN THE “AGRICULTURAL (A)” GROUP.......................... 223
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Table of contents
x
CHAPTER 13 PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO THE PLANTING AND FELLING OF TREES......... 224
SECTION 1: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE PLANTING OF TREES...................................................... 224
242. TREE PLANTING REQUIRED............................................................................................................................. 224
SECTION 2 : PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO TREE MAINTENANCE ............................................................. 225
243. PRESERVATION, MAINTENANCE OR REPLACEMENT OF TREES REQUIRED TO BE PLANTED
ON A LANDSITE................................................................................................................................................... 225
244. PROTECTION OF TREES PRESENT ON A LANDSITE DURING CONSTRUCTION OR
LANDSCAPING WORK ....................................................................................................................................... 226
SECTION 3 : PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE FELLING OF TREES........................................................ 227
245. TREE FELLING ..................................................................................................................................................... 227
CHAPTER 14 PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO THE ARCHITECTURE AND THE
CONSTRUCTION OF THE BUILDINGS ............................................................ 229
SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL USES................................................................. 229
246. FORM AND APPEARANCE OF THE BUILDINGS ........................................................................................... 229
247. STRUCTURE THAT MAY NOT BE USED AS A BUILDING........................................................................... 229
248. MODULAR OR SINGLE-MODULE BUILDING ................................................................................................ 229
249. EXTERIOR CLADDING MATERIALS PROHIBITED FOR A ROOF............................................................... 229
249.1 EXTERIOR CLADDING MATERIALS PROHIBITED FOR A ROOF............................................................... 231
250. EXTERIOR CLADDING MATERIALS AUTHORIZED FOR WALLS ......................................................... 231-1
251. MAINTENANCE AND PROTECTION OF EXTERIOR WOOD CLADDING.................................................. 232
252. REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL USE GROUPS ...................................................................................... 233
253. UNIFORMITY OF EXTERIOR CLADDING MATERIALS FOR A BUILDING WITH A SEMIDETACHED OR ROWHOUSE STRUCTURE..................................................................................................... 233
254. EXTERIOR CLADDING MATERIALS FOR THE RENOVATION OF A MAIN BUILDING ......................... 233
255. EXTERIOR CLADDING MATERIALS FOR A BUILDING LOCATED ON A CORNER LANDSITE, A
CORNER THROUGH LANDSITE OR A THROUGH LANDSITE .................................................................... 234
256. ROOF SHAPES ...................................................................................................................................................... 234
257. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT FOR THE BUILDING ........................................................................................ 234
258. ROOFTOP STRUCTURE AND ROOFTOP HOUSING FOR EQUIPMENT...................................................... 235
259. PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO MICROCLIMATIC EFFECTS............................................................................ 235
260. FOUNDATIONS .................................................................................................................................................... 236
261. STORAGE AREA................................................................................................................................................... 236
SECTION 2: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE HOUSING (H) GROUP ...................................... 236
262. EXTERIOR WALL CLADDING MATERIALS AUTHORIZED FOR A USE IN THE “SINGLEFAMILY DWELLING (H1)” CATEGORY........................................................................................................... 236
263. EXTERIOR WALL CLADDING MATERIALS AUTHORIZED FOR A USE IN THE “TWO-FAMILY
OR THREE-FAMILY DWELLING (H2)” CATEGORY...................................................................................... 236
264. EXTERIOR WALL CLADDING MATERIALS AUTHORIZED FOR A USE IN THE “MULTI-FAMILY
DWELLING (H3)” AND “COLLECTIVE HOUSING (H4)” CATEGORIES...................................................... 237
265. EXTERIOR WALL CLADDING MATERIALS AUTHORIZED FOR A PRIVATE GARAGE
DETACHED FROM THE MAIN BUILDING ...................................................................................................... 237
266. VOLUMETRY OF DETACHED AND SEMI-DETACHED DWELLINGS........................................................ 238
267. NUMBER AND EXTERIOR APPEARANCE OF GARAGE DOORS IN THE “HOUSING (H)” GROUP....... 238
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Table of contents
xi
SECTION 3: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE COMMERCIAL (C), INDUSTRIAL (I),
COMMUNITY (P) AND RECREATIONAL (R) GROUPS............................................................. 238
268. EXTERIOR WALL CLADDING MATERIALS AUTHORIZED ........................................................................ 239
269. PROVISION APPLICABLE TO A GARAGE SERVING A USE IN THE “COMMERCIAL (C)” GROUP ...... 239
SECTION 4: PROVISION APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE AGRICULTURAL (A) GROUP .......................... 239
270. FORM AND APPEARANCE OF AGRICULTURAL BUILDINGS .................................................................... 239
271. EXTERIOR WALL CLADDING MATERIALS AUTHORIZED FOR AN AGRICULTURAL BUILDING .... 239
272. ARCHITECTURE OF A BUILDING FOR A DWELLING ASSOCIATED WITH A FARM ............................ 240
CHAPTER 15 PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO FENCES AND WALLS........................................... 241
SECTION 1: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL USES ..................................................................................... 241
273.
274.
275.
276.
277.
278.
279.
280.
SITING OF A FENCE OR A WALL ..................................................................................................................... 241
MATERIALS AUTHORIZED FOR A FENCE ..................................................................................................... 241
MATERIALS AUTHORIZED FOR A WALL OTHER THAN A RETAINING WALL..................................... 242
SNOW FENCE ....................................................................................................................................................... 242
OBLIGATION TO INSTALL A FENCE ON A CONSTRUCTION SITE ........................................................... 242
MATERIALS AUTHORIZED FOR A RETAINING WALL ............................................................................... 242
OBLIGATION TO ERECT A RETAINING WALL ............................................................................................. 243
OBLIGATION TO INSTALL A FENCE ON A RETAINING WALL ................................................................. 243
SECTION 2: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A USE IN THE HOUSING (H) GROUP .................................... 243
281
282.
283.
284.
MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF A FENCE OR A WALL OTHER THAN A RETAINING WALL ............................ 243
OBLIGATION TO INSTALL A FENCE BETWEEN USES IN THE “HOUSING (H)” GROUP ....................... 244
OBLIGATION TO INSTALL A FENCE BETWEEN A REAR YARD AND A STREET LINE........................ 244
FENCE OR WALL OTHER THAN A RETAINING WALL FOR A HOUSING DEVELOPMENT.................. 244
SECTION 3: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A USE IN THE “COMMERCIAL (C)”, “INDUSTRIAL
(I)”, “COMMUNITY (P)” AND “RECREATIONAL (R)” GROUPS............................................. 245
285.
286.
287.
288.
MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF A FENCE OR WALL OTHER THAN A RETAINING WALL ................................ 245
OBLIGATION TO INSTALL A FENCE BETWEEN USES IN THE “HOUSING (H)” GROUP ....................... 245
OBLIGATION TO INSTALL A FENCE BETWEEN A REAR YARD AND A STREET LINE........................ 245
BARBED WIRE ON TOP OF A FENCE OR A WALL OTHER THAN A RETAINING WALL ...................... 246
SECTION 4: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A USE IN THE AGRICULTURAL (A) GROUP...................... 246
289. FENCE OR WALL FOR A USE IN THE AGRICULTURAL (A) GROUP ......................................................... 246
290. BARBED WIRE ON TOP OF A FENCE OR A WALL OTHER THAN A RETAINING WALL ...................... 246
CHAPTER 16 PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO THE PROTECTION OF RIVERBANKS AND
SHORELINES..................................................................................................... 247
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Table of contents
xii
SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS ...................................................................................................................... 247
291.
292.
293.
294.
WATERCOURSES AND LAKES TARGETED ................................................................................................... 247
PROTECTION OF THE SHORELINE .................................................................................................................. 247
WIDTH OF THE RIVERBANK ............................................................................................................................ 248
PROTECTION OF THE RIVERBANK................................................................................................................. 250
CHAPTER 17 PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO FLOODPLAINS ..................................................... 253
295.
296.
297.
298.
299.
IDENTIFICATION OF THE ZONES LOCATED ON FLOODPLAINS.............................................................. 253
SCOPE OF THE STANDARDS APPLICABLE IN A FLOODPLAIN................................................................. 253
STANDARDS APPLICABLE IN A 0–20-YEAR HIGH-FLOW ZONE OF A FLOODPLAIN........................... 253
STANDARDS APPLICABLE IN A 20–100-YEAR LOW-FLOW FLOOD ZONE ............................................. 255
STANDARDS FOR MINIMUM ELEVATIONS FOR BASEMENTS IN ZONES LOCATED BELOW
THE LEVEL SHOWN ON PLAN 1099-2 ILLUSTRATING THE DRAINAGE BASINS .................................. 256
CHAPTER 18 PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO SIGNAGE............................................................... 257
300. SCOPE OF THE CHAPTER .................................................................................................................................. 257
SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO DIFFERENT TYPES OF SIGNS ........................... 257
SUB-SECTION 1: TYPOLOGY AND FEATURES OF THE SIGNS ....................................................................... 257
301. AUTHORIZED SIGN TYPOLOGIES ................................................................................................................... 257
302. PROVISIONS SPECIFIC TO A VARIABLE MESSAGE SIGN .......................................................................... 258
SUB-SECTION 2: INSTALLATION OF ATTACHED SIGNS ................................................................................. 258
303.
304.
305.
306.
307.
INSTALLATION METHODS PERMITTED ........................................................................................................ 258
SITING OF AN ATTACHED SIGN ...................................................................................................................... 258
WALL SIGN ........................................................................................................................................................... 258
SIGN ON A DISPLAY WINDOW OR ON GLAZING......................................................................................... 259
BANNER OR AWNING SIGN.............................................................................................................................. 259
SUB-SECTION 3: INSTALLATION OF DETACHED SIGNS ................................................................................. 259
308. INSTALLATION METHODS PERMITTED ........................................................................................................ 259
309. SITING OF A DETACHED SIGN ......................................................................................................................... 260
SECTION 2: GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AUTHORIZATIONS AND PROHIBITIONS,
CONSTRUCTION AND CALCULATION RULES FOR SIGNS................................................... 260
SUB-SECTION 1: GENERAL AUTHORIZATIONS AND PROHIBITIONS RELATIVE TO SIGNS .............. 260
310.
311.
312.
313.
314.
SIGNS AUTHORIZED WITHOUT A CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORIZATION ................................................. 260
TEMPORARY AUTHORIZED SIGN ................................................................................................................... 264
OBLIGATORY SIGN FOR ALL GROUPS OF USES.......................................................................................... 265
PROHIBITED SIGNS............................................................................................................................................. 265
LOCATIONS IN WHICH THE INSTALLATION OF AN OUTDOOR SIGN IS PROHIBITED ....................... 266
SUB-SECTION 2: STRUCTURE, FORMAT, MESSAGE AND MAINTENANCE OF SIGNS ............................ 267
315.
316.
317.
318.
STRUCTURE AND MAINTENANCE OF A SIGN ............................................................................................. 267
FOUNDATIONS AND LANDSCAPING FOR A DETACHED SIGN ................................................................ 268
SIGN ILLUMINATION ......................................................................................................................................... 268
PERMANENCE OF THE MESSAGE ON A SIGN .............................................................................................. 269
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Table of contents
xiii
SUB-SECTION 3: CALCULATION RULES APPLICABLE TO SIGNS ................................................................ 269
319. GENERAL RULES FOR CALCULATING THE SURFACE AREA OF A SIGN............................................... 269
320. SIGNS EXCLUDED FROM A CALCULATION OF THE TOTAL SURFACE AREA OF SIGNS ................... 270
SECTION 3: SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE BY ZONES........................................................................ 271
SUB-SECTION 1: ZONES IN WHICH THE LAND USE OCCUPATION IS “HOUSING (H)” .......................... 271
321. SIGNS AUTHORIZED........................................................................................................................................... 271
SUB-SECTION 2: ZONES IN WHICH THE LAND USE OCCUPATION IS “COMMERCIAL (C)”,
“INDUSTRIAL (I)” OR “RECREATIONAL (R)” ........................................................................... 272
322. SIGNS AUTHORIZED........................................................................................................................................... 272
(CA29 0040-5; 2011-08-30).............................................................................................................................................. 273
SUB-SECTION 3: ZONES IN WHICH THE LAND USE OCCUPATION IS “COMMUNITY (P)” ................... 274
323. SIGNS AUTHORIZED........................................................................................................................................... 274
SECTION 4: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN ADVERTISING PANEL ....................................................... 274
324. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN ADVERTISING PANEL.......................................................................... 274
CHAPTER 19 PROVISIONS PARTICULAR TO CERTAIN USES ............................................... 277
325. APPLICATION OF THE PRESENT CHAPTER .................................................................................................. 277
SECTION 1: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE HOUSING (H) GROUP ...................................... 277
326. MIXING OF A USE IN THE “HOUSING (H)” GROUP WITH CERTAIN USES IN THE
“COMMERCIAL (C)” GROUP ............................................................................................................................. 277
327. MIXING OF A USE IN THE “HOUSING (H)” GROUP WITH CERTAIN INCOMPATIBLE USES
PROHIBITED ......................................................................................................................................................... 278
328. MIXING OF A USE IN THE “HOUSING (H)” GROUP WITH A USE IN THE “AGRICULTURAL (A)”
GROUP IS PROHIBITED INSIDE A BUILDING ................................................................................................ 278
SECTION 2 : PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE USES IN THE COMMUNITY (P) GROUP..................... 278
329. MIXING OF A USE IN THE “INSTITUTIONS (P2)” USE CATEGORY WITH CERTAIN USES IN THE
“COMMERCIAL (C)” GROUP ............................................................................................................................. 278
330. MIXING OF A USE IN THE “INSTITUTIONS (P2)” USE CATEGORY WITH CERTAIN
INCOMPATIBLE USES PROHIBITED................................................................................................................ 279
CHAPTER 20 PARTICULAR AND SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN
ZONES................................................................................................................ 280
SECTION 1: APPLICATION OF THE PROVISIONS IN THE PRESENT CHAPTER ....................................... 280
331. APPLICATION....................................................................................................................................................... 280
SECTION 2: PARTICULAR PROVISIONS APPLICABLE IN CERTAIN ZONES ............................................. 280
332. TYPES OF OUTDOOR STORAGE AUTHORIZED............................................................................................ 280
333. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO OUTDOOR STORAGE AUTHORIZED ON A LANDSITE ON THE
BOUNDARY OF ANOTHER BOROUGH ........................................................................................................... 282
SECTION 3: SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN ZONES .................................................... 282
334. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ZONE P-2-104............................................................................... 282
335. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ZONES C-3-212 AND C-3-217 .................................................... 283
336. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ZONE C-4-237 .............................................................................. 284
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Table of contents
xiv
337.
338.
339.
340.
341.
342.
343.
344.
345.
346.
347.
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ZONE P-4-248............................................................................... 284
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ZONE C-4-258 .............................................................................. 286
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ZONE C-4-270 .............................................................................. 287
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ZONE C-4-273 .............................................................................. 287
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ZONE P-4-278............................................................................... 289
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ZONE H1-6-376 ............................................................................ 289
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ZONE H1-6-380 ............................................................................ 290
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ZONE H3-7-436 ............................................................................ 291
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ZONE C-8-486 .............................................................................. 291
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE IN ZONE C-4-276 ............................................................................... 292
SEMI-DETACHED, DETACHED OR LATERAL 3 TYPE CONSTRUCTIONS ON LANDSITESS
WITH A FRONTAGE ON BOULEVARD GOUIN OUEST ................................................................................ 293
CHAPTER 21 PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO ACQUIRED RIGHTS ............................................. 294
SECTION 1: PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO NON-CONFORMING USES............................................................ 294
348.
349.
350.
351.
352.
DEFINITION OF A NON-CONFORMING USE .................................................................................................. 294
ACQUIRED RIGHTS IN REGARD TO A NON-CONFORMING USE.............................................................. 294
EXTINGUISHING ACQUIRED RIGHTS RELATIVE TO A USE...................................................................... 294
REPLACING A NON-CONFORMING USE ........................................................................................................ 294
EXTENDING A NON-CONFORMING USE........................................................................................................ 295
SECTION 2: PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO NON-CONFORMING STRUCTURES........................................... 296
353.
354.
355.
356.
357.
358.
DEFINITION OF A NON-CONFORMING STRUCTURE .................................................................................. 296
EXECUTION OF WORK NECESSARY TO RETAIN ACQUIRED RIGHTS.................................................... 296
EXTINGUISHING ACQUIRED RIGHTS RELATIVE TO A NON-CONFORMING STRUCTURE................ 296
REPLACING A NON-CONFORMING STRUCTURE ........................................................................................ 297
MOVING A NON-CONFORMING STRUCTURE .............................................................................................. 297
MODIFYING OR ENLARGING A NON-CONFORMING STRUCTURE ......................................................... 297
SECTION 3: PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO NON-CONFORMING SIGNS.......................................................... 298
359.
360.
361.
362.
363.
364.
DEFINITION OF A NON-CONFORMING SIGN ................................................................................................ 298
ACQUIRED RIGHTS IN REGARD TO A NON-CONFORMING SIGN ............................................................ 298
EXECUTION OF WORK NECESSARY TO RETAIN ACQUIRED RIGHTS.................................................... 298
MODIFYING A NON-CONFORMING SIGN ...................................................................................................... 298
EXTINGUISHING ACQUIRED RIGHTS RELATIVE TO A SIGN .................................................................... 299
REPLACING A NON-CONFORMING SIGN ...................................................................................................... 299
SECTION 4: SITING ON A NON-CONFORMING LOT.......................................................................................... 299
365. IMPLEMENTATION OF A USE OR INSTALLATION OF A STRUCTURE ON A NONCONFORMING LOT ............................................................................................................................................. 299
CHAPTER 22 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR STRUCTURES ...................................................... 300
366. RECONSTRUCTION OR REPAIR OF DESTROYED BUILDINGS.................................................................. 300
367. STANDARDS FOR CONNECTIONS................................................................................................................... 300
368. CAPTURING RUNOFF WATER FROM BUSINESSES IN THE “AUTOMOBILE SERVICES (C3)”
CATEGORY OF USES AND USES IN THE “INDUSTRIAL (I)” GROUP ........................................................ 306
CHAPTER 23 FINAL PROVISION .............................................................................................. 307
369. COMING INTO FORCE ........................................................................................................................................ 307
APPENDIX A SPECIFICATIONS CHARTS .............................................................................................................. 308
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Table of contents
xv
APPENDIX B CODING FOR THE MAIN USES........................................................................................................ 309
APPENDIX C ZONING PLAN...................................................................................................................................... 310
APPENDIX D MINIMUM HEIGHT OF THE CONSTRUCTION OF A BASEMENT......................................... 311
APPENDIX E PLAN OF FLOOD ZONES................................................................................................................... 312
APPENDIX F DEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR THE INTEGRATED BUSINESS CENTRE PREPARED BY
SERRENER CONSULTATION INC., DATED FEBRUARY 1995 ................................................ 313
APPENDIX G MAP TITLED « LE PATRIMOINE BATI »...................................................................................... 314
APPENDIX H MAP TITLED « LE PATRIMOINE NATUREL » ............................................................................ 315
APPENDIX I EMPHASIZING A LANDSITE ENTRANCE (CURB CUT) ............................................................. 316
APPENDIX J STANDARDS FOR LANDSCAPING OR RE-LANDSCAPING RIVERBANKS .......................... 317
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Table of contents
1
THE BOROUGH COUNCIL OF PIERREFONDS-ROXBORO ORDERS THAT :
CHAPTER 1
DECLARATORY AND INTERPRETIVE PROVISIONS
SECTION 1: DECLARATORY PROVISIONS
1.
TITLE OF THE BY-LAW
2.
The by-law is titled “Zoning By-law for the Borough of Pierrefonds-Roxboro”.
TERRITORY AFFECTED
3.
The by-law applies to the whole territory under the jurisdiction of the Borough of PierrefondsRoxboro.
SCOPE OF APPLICATION
4.
A landsite, structure or installation, or a part thereof, must be constructed, occupied or used,
depending on the case, in conformity with the provisions in the present by-law. The work carried
out on a landsite, a structure or an installation, or on a part thereof, must be carried out in
conformity with the provisions of the by-law.
ACTS AND REGULATIONS
5.
No provision in the by-law may be interpreted as the effect of exempting any person from the
application of a provincial or federal law or regulation.
DOCUMENTS ATTACHED
The following documents form an integral part of the by-law:
1°
Specifications charts.
These charts are part of Appendix A, which forms an integral part of the by-law.
2°
The codification of main land uses.
This codification is part of Appendix B, which forms an integral part of the present by-law.
3°
The zoning plan.
This plan is part of Appendix C, which forms an integral part of the present by-law.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 1: Declaratory and interpretive provisions
2
4°
Plan number 1099-2, with the title “Les élévations minimales de construction des sous-sols
suivant les bassins de drainage de surface” and dated February 20, 2008.
This plan is part of Appendix D, which forms an integral part of the present by-law.
5°
Maps and elevations above sea level of the flood risk zones.
These maps and elevations are part of Appendix E, which forms an integral part of the
present by-law.
6°
The regional plan for the Centre de gestion intégrée prepared by Serrener Consultation inc.
dated February 1995.
This regional plan is part of Appendix F, which forms an integral part of the present by-law.
7°
The map titled “Le patrimoine bâti” taken from the Chapter of the Borough of PierrefondsRoxboro for the Master Plan.
This map is part of Appendix G, which forms an integral part of the present by-law.
8°
The map titled “Le patrimoine naturel” taken from the chapter of the Borough of
Pierrefonds-Roxboro for the Master Plan.
This map is part of Appendix H, which forms an integral part of the present by-law.
9°
Enhancement of a circulation aisle
This plan is part of Appendix I, which does not form an integral part of the by-law.
10° Standards for landscaping or re-landscaping riverbanks.
These sketches are incorporated into Appendix J, which forms an integral part of the present bylaw.
6.
REPLACEMENT
For all legal purposes, the by-law replaces the following by-laws and all their amendments:
1°
By-law number 1047, titled Zoning By-law, adopted by the former Town of Pierrefonds.
2°
By-law Number 93-555, titled Zoning By-law, adopted by the former Town of Roxboro.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 1: Declaratory and interpretive provisions
3
7.
TABLES, GRAPHICS AND SYMBOLS
Any table, graphic, symbol or other form of expression other than the text itself contained in the
by-law or to which it makes reference, forms an integral part of this by-law.
SECTION 2: GENERAL INTERPRTIVE PROVISIONS
8.
UNITS OF MEASUREMENT
All dimensions and measurements used in the present by-law are expressed in measurement units
of the International System (IS).
9.
RULES OF PRECEDENCE FOR THE PROVISIONS
In the case of conflict within the by-law, unless otherwise indicated, the following rules apply:
10.
1°
In the case of conflict between the text and a title, the text takes precedence.
2°
In the case of conflict between the text and any other form of expression, except for the
specifications chart, the text takes precedence.
3°
In the case of conflict between a datum in a table and in a graphic, the datum in the table
takes precedence.
4°
In the case of conflict between a specifications chart and the zoning plan, the chart takes
precedence.
RULES OF PRECEDENCE FOR GENERAL AND SPECIFIC PROVISIONS
In the case of incompatibility between two provisions in the by-law or between a provision in this
by-law and a provision in another by-law, the specific provision takes precedence over the
general provision.
Unless otherwise indicated, in the case of incompatibility between restrictive or prohibitive
provisions in the by-law, or in the case of incompatibility between a restrictive or prohibitive
provision in this by-law and a provision in another by-law, the most restrictive or prohibitive
provision applies.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 1: Declaratory and interpretive provisions
4
11.
REFERENCES
All references to other by-laws given in this by-law remain open, that is to say they extend to
cover any modification, made after the coming into force of the by-law, to which the by-law may
be subject.
12.
BY-LAW STRUCTURE
This by-law is divided into chapters using Arabic numerals. As needed, each chapter is divided
into sections using Arabic numerals.
The articles are numbered consecutively, using Arabic numerals. Each article is then divided into
clauses. Clauses are not preceded by a number, letter or specific symbol. A clause may be further
divided into paragraphs. A paragraph is numbered using Arabic numerals. A paragraph may be
further divided into sub-paragraphs. A sub-paragraph is preceded by a lower-case letter. A subparagraph may be further divided into subsections. A subsection is preceded by a dash.
The following example illustrates the general structural method used in the present by-law:
CHAPTER 1
TEXT 1: CHAPTER
SECTION 1 TEXT 2
1.
TEXT 3
Text 4
1o Text 5
a) Text 6
- Text 7
13.
SECTION
ARTICLE
CLAUSE
PARAGRAPH
SUB-PARAGRAPH
SUBSECTION
TERMINOLOGY
For the purposes of interpreting the present by-law, except where the context indicates a different
meaning, any word or expression has the meaning given to it in Chapter 3 of the present by-law.
Should a word or an expression not be specifically defined in this by-law, it is understood by its
common meaning as defined in a dictionary.
SECTION 3: INTERPRETIVE PROVISIONS RELATIVE
TO DIVISION INTO ZONES
14.
DIVISION OF THE TERRITORY INTO ZONES
The Borough’s territory is divided into zones that are outlined on the zoning plan.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 1: Declaratory and interpretive provisions
5
Each zone constitutes a voting unit for the purposes included in the Act respecting land-use
planning & development (R.S.Q., c. A-19.1).
15. IDENTIFICATION OF ZONES
Each zone outlined on the zoning plan is identified by a code letter indicating the main
occupational use for the zone, as follows:
Code Letter
Main Occupational Use
H
C
I
P
R
E
Housing
Commercial
Industrial
Community
Recreational
Conservation
Each zone is further identified by two series of numbers that follow the code letter. The first
series of numbers indicates the planning unit in which the zone is located and refers to the sheet
number for the zoning plan. The second series of numbers established the numerical order of the
zones. Any zone identified by a unique combination of numbers and letters constitutes a zone
distinct from, and independent of, any other zone.
For example:
16.
H-1-100
H:
1:
100:
Main occupational use “Housing”
Planning unit
Numerical order of the zone
INTERPRETING THE ZONE BOUNDARIES ON THE ZONING PLAN
A zone boundary shown on the zoning plan normally coincides with one of the following lines,
such as this line as it existed on the date of coming into force of the by-law, or as it existed on the
date on which a zone boundary was modified:
1°
The median line or the extension of the median line of an existing or proposed road.
2°
The median line of a watercourse or a body of water.
3°
The median line of an easement for a public service infrastructure.
4°
The median line of an easement for a railway line.
5°
A lot boundary line, a boundary of a piece of land or its extension.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 1: Declaratory and interpretive provisions
6
6°
A municipal or borough boundary line.
When a zone boundary line does not coincide with one of the lines mentioned in paragraphs 1° to
6° of the first clause, a measurement must be taken at the same scale as the plan. However, a
slight inconsistency between the route of a zone boundary and one of these lines must be
interpreted, as far as possible, in favour of the rules of interpretation in the first clause.
SECTION 4: INTERPRETIVE PROVISIONS RELATIVE
TO THE SPECIFICATIONS CHARTS
17.
GENERAL SCOPE OF THE SPECIFICATIONS CHARTS
In addition to any other provision in the by-law, a specifications chart applies to each of the zones
and contains specific provisions applicable to each zone.
18.
RULES OF INTERPRETATION FOR THE SPECIFICATIONS CHART
The following paragraphs set out the rules applicable for interpreting the specifications charts in
Appendix A:
1°
Zone
The specifications chart includes an item called “Zone” for each zone, which identifies
the zone concerned by means of a letter followed by a series of numbers that correspond
to the main occupational use for the zone, followed by the number of the planning unit
and by the order number of the zone.
2°
Permitted Uses
The specifications chart includes an item called “Permitted Uses” for each zone, which
lists the main categories of use permitted in that zone, the main uses that are specifically
excluded from that zone and the main uses that are specifically permitted.
3°
Permitted Use Categories
The specifications chart includes an item called “Permitted Use Category”. An
alphanumeric code appearing in the item called “Permitted Use Category” refers to the
codes for the use categories defined in Chapter 4 of the present by-law.
A code next to the item called “Permitted Use Category” signifies that all the uses in the
corresponding use category are permitted in the zone, subject to the uses specifically
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 1: Declaratory and interpretive provisions
7
excluded or specifically excluded. A use that is not part of a use category shown in this
way is prohibited in the zone.
4°
Use Specifically Excluded
The specifications chart includes an item called “Use Specifically Excluded”. An
alphanumeric or numeric code appearing in the item called “Use Specifically Excluded”
refers to the use codes in the classification of uses in Chapter 4 or in the codification of
main uses in Appendix B. This code may make reference to a sub-category of uses or to
a use. A number in brackets appearing in the item called “Use Specifically Excluded”
refers to the item called “Notes” in which an entry indicates the use sub-category or the
use that is specifically excluded.
When the item called “Use Specifically Excluded” refers to a use sub-category, all the
uses in the use category to which this sub-category belongs are authorized, except for the
uses that are part of the category of uses specifically excluded.
When the item called “Use Specifically Excluded” refers to a use, all the uses in the use
category to which this use belongs are authorized, except for a use that is specifically
excluded.
5°
Use Specifically Permitted
The specifications chart includes an item called “Use Specifically Permitted”. An
alphanumeric or numeric code appearing in the item called “Use Specifically Permitted”
refers to the use codes in the classification of uses in Chapter 4 or in the codification of
main uses in Appendix B. This code may make reference to a sub-category of uses or to
a use. A number in brackets appearing in the item called “Use Specifically Permitted”
refers to the item called “Notes” in which an entry indicates the use sub-category or the
use that is specifically permitted.
When the item called “Use Specifically Permitted” refers to a use sub-category, only the
uses that are in this sub-category are authorized, excluding any use included in another
use sub-category that belongs to the same use category.
When the item called “Use Specifically Permitted” refers to a use, only this use is
authorized, excluding all other uses in the use category in which the specific use is
authorized.
6°
Standards Prescribed (subdivisions)
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 1: Declaratory and interpretive provisions
8
The specifications chart includes an item called “Standards Prescribed (subdivisions)”
that contains the particular standards relative to the landsite and applicable in each zone.
The specifications chart includes an item called “Landsite” that gives the minimum
dimensions and area of a landsite occupied or destined to be occupied by a use authorized
in the zone.
A number in the line called “min. area (m²)” gives the minimum area of a landsite, in
square metres, for a use authorized in the same column. A number in the line called “min.
depth (m)” indicates the minimum depth of a landsite, in metres, for an authorized use in
the same column. A number in the line called “min. width (m)” indicates the minimum
width of a landsite, in metres, for an authorized use in the same column.
7°
Standards Prescribed (zoning)
The specifications chart includes an item called “Standards Prescribed” that contains the
particular standards relative to a building, as well as various specific standards applicable
in each zone.
a)
Structure
The specifications chart includes an item called “Structure” that gives the types
of building structures authorized in the zone. An asterisk (*) next to a type of
structure listed under this item indicates that this structure is authorized for a
main building destined for an authorized use in the same column.
b)
Setbacks
The specifications chart includes an item called “Setbacks” that gives setbacks
applicable for a main building occupied or destined to be occupied by a main use
authorized in the zone.
A number in the line called “min. front (m)” gives the minimum front setback, in
metres, applicable to the main building occupied or destined to be occupied by a
use authorized in the same column.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 1: Declaratory and interpretive provisions
9
A number in the line called “min. side (m)” gives the minimum side setback, in
metres, applicable to the main building occupied or destined to be occupied by a
use authorized in the same column. The letter H indicates the height of the
building in metres.
A number in the line called “min. rear (m)” gives the minimum rear setback, in
metres, applicable to the main building occupied or destined to be occupied by a
use authorized in the same column. The letter H indicates the height of the
building in metres.
c)
Building
The specifications chart includes an item called “Building” that gives the
minimum and maximum heights in storeys, the minimum and maximum heights
in metres, the minimum footprint, the minimum floor area and the minimum
width of the front façade of a main building occupied or destined to be occupied
by a use authorized in the zone.
A number in the line called “min./max. height (storeys)”, located to the left of
the diagonal bar, gives the minimum number of storeys for the main building
occupied or destined to be occupied by a use authorized in the same column. A
number on the line called “min./max. height (storeys)”, located to the right of the
diagonal bar, gives the maximum number of storeys for the main building
occupied or destined to be occupied by a use authorized in the same column.
A number in the line called “min./max. height (m)”, located to the left of the
diagonal bar, gives the minimum height in metres for the main building occupied
or destined to be occupied by a use authorized in the same column. A number in
the line called “min./max. height (m)”, located to the right of the diagonal bar,
gives the maximum height in metres for the main building occupied or destined
to be occupied by a use authorized in the same column.
A number in the line called “min. footprint (m²)” gives the minimum footprint,
in square metres, for the main building occupied or destined to be occupied by a
use authorized in the same column.
A number in the line called “min. floor area (m²)” gives the minimum total floor
area, in square metres, for the main building occupied or destined to be occupied
by a use authorized in the same column. A number in the line called “min. width
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 1: Declaratory and interpretive provisions
10
of front façade (m)” gives the minimum width, in metres, of the main building
occupied or destined to be occupied by a use authorized in the same column.
d)
Ratios
The specifications chart includes an item called “Ratios” that gives the minimum
and maximum numbers of apartments or rooms per building, the minimum and
maximum ratios between the total floor area and the landsite, and the minimum
and maximum ratios between the built space and the landsite, for a building
occupied or destined to be occupied by a use authorized in the zone.
A number on the line called “min./max. apartment/building”, located to the left
of the diagonal bar, gives the minimum apartment/building ratio applicable to a
main building occupied or destined to be occupied by a use authorized in the
same column. A number on the line called “min./max. apartment/building”,
located to the right of the diagonal bar gives the maximum apartment/building
ratio applicable to a main building occupied or destined to be occupied by a use
authorized in the same column. When the “apartment/building” ratio is applied
to a use in the “Collective housing (h4)” use category, a single room is
considered to be an apartment solely for the purpose of calculating this ratio.
A number on the line called “min./max. Ratio of Building Footprint to Site
(BFS)”, located to the left of the diagonal bar, gives the minimum floor/landsite
ratio applicable to a main building occupied or destined to be occupied by a use
authorized in the same column. A number on the line called “min./max. Floor
Area Ratio (FAR)”, located to the right of the diagonal bar, gives the maximum
floor/landsite ratio applicable to a main building occupied or destined to be
occupied by a use authorized in the same column.
A number on the line called “min./max. Ratio of Building Footprint to Site
(BFS)”, located to the left of the diagonal bar, gives the minimum built
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 1: Declaratory and interpretive provisions
11
space/landsite ratio applicable to a main building occupied or destined to be
occupied by a use authorized in the same column. A number on the line called
“min./max. Ratio of Building Footprint to Site (BFS)”, located to the right of the
diagonal bar, gives the maximum built space/landsite ratio applicable to a main
building occupied or destined to be occupied by a use authorized in the same
column.
e)
Other
The specifications chart includes an item called “Other”, indicating a special
provision in regard to outdoor storage.
A letter on the line called “type of outdoor storage Article 0” gives the type of
outdoor storage authorized, as described in Article 0 of the present by-law, for a
use authorized in the same column. With the exception of a use in the
“Agricultural (a)” group, when there is no letter in the line called “type of
outdoor storage Article 0”, outdoor storage is not authorized for an authorized
use in the same column.
8°
Special Provisions
The specifications chart includes an item called “Special Provisions” indicating a special
provision imposed on a use in addition to the general standards included in the present bylaw.
An article number appearing in the “Special Provisions” makes reference to an article that
includes the provision applicable to it.
A number in brackets appearing in the item called “Special Provisions” refers to the item
called “Notes” in which an entry indicates the article that includes the provision
applicable to it.
9°
Notes
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 1: Declaratory and interpretive provisions
12
The specifications chart includes an item called “Notes” that allows detailed information
to be entered, by means of a reference from another item in the chart.
A use or a sub-category of uses specifically excluded or specifically permitted may be
identified in the item called “Notes”, by means of a reference from the item called “Use
Specifically Excluded” or from the item called “Use Specifically Permitted”.
An article or a series of articles decreeing a special provision may be shown in the item
called “Notes”, by means of a reference from the item called “Special Provisions”.
19.
MIXED-USE BUILDING
When, in the specifications chart, several use categories are permitted in a zone, the uses in these
categories may be exercised in the same building, subject to any provision in the by-law
governing mixed use.
In the case of incompatibility between the standards prescribed in the specifications chart, the
following rules apply:
1°
In the case where the uses authorized in the zone fall under different groups of uses, the
following provisions apply:
2°
a)
When a portion of the building is occupied by a main use in the “Housing (h1)”
group, the standard for the group of uses for the main use that occupies the other
portion of the building concerned must be applied for any standard included in the
following items: “Landsite”, “Structure”, “Setbacks”, “Building” and “Ratios”.
b)
When the building is not occupied or is not destined to be occupied by a main use
in the “Housing (h1)” group, the standard for the group of uses corresponding to
the main occupational use for the zone in which the building is located must be
applied for any standard included in the following items: “Landsite”, “Structure”,
“Setbacks”, “Building” and “Ratios”.
In the case where the uses authorized in the zone fall under different categories of use but
are part of the same group of uses, the most restrictive standard among the corresponding
standards prescribed for the uses concerned must be applied for any standard included in
the following items: “Landsite”, “Structure”, “Setbacks”, “Building” and “Ratios”. In
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 1: Declaratory and interpretive provisions
13
order to apply the present paragraph to a standard included in the item called “Structure”,
the order for the types of structure is from the most restrictive to the least restrictive:
detached, semi-detached, row housing.
3°
20.
Notwithstanding paragraph 1°, for any standard included in the line called “height in
storeys” and “height in metres (m)” in the item called “Building”, application of the least
restrictive standard is authorized.
LANDSITE INCLUDED IN MORE THAN ONE ZONE
In the case of incompatibility between the standards prescribed in the specifications chart for a
landsite included in more than one zone, the following rules apply:
1°
For any standard included in the item called “Landsite”, the most restrictive standard for
the zones concerned applies.
2°
In a case where a prescribed standard applies to a building:
a)
If the building is entirely located within a single zone, for any standard included in
the following items: “Structure”, “Setbacks”, “Building”, “Ratios”, “Other” and
“Special Provisions”, the standard for the zone in which the building is
constructed must be applied.
b)
If the building is located in more than one zone, for any standard included in the
following items: “Structure”, “Setbacks”, “Building”, “Ratios”, “Other” and
“Special Provisions”, the most restrictive standard for the zones concerned must
be applied. In order to apply the present sub-paragraph to a standard included in
the item called “Structure”, the order for the types of structure is from the most
restrictive to the least restrictive: detached, semi-detached, row housing.
3°
The use for each portion of the landsite or each portion of the building must be in
conformity with the uses permitted in the specifications chart for the zone in which the
portion of the landsite or the portion of the building is located.
4°
The minimum dimensions and area of a landsite, the setbacks and the ratios must be
measured or calculated in terms of the landsite boundaries, excluding the zone boundaries
and the municipal boundaries.
SECTION 5: INTERPRETIVE PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO USE CODES
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 1: Declaratory and interpretive provisions
14
21.
RULES FOR INTERPRETING USE CODES
The classification of uses in Chapter 4 of the present by-law uses a coding system for uses similar
to that in the 2005 edition of the Manuel d’évaluation foncière du Québec.
All the codes for the classes of uses, the codes for the sub-classes of uses and the codes for uses
used in the by-law are to be found in Appendix B. A code designating a class of uses, a sub-class
of uses or a use, as well as the name given to a code, may differ from those in the 2005 edition of
the Manuel d’évaluation foncière du Québec. Finally, several of the codes in this manual are not
used in the by-law.
The detailed coding of the uses in Appendix B is categorized according to the number of
numerals in the codes, as follows:
Class of uses
Sub-class of uses
Uses
Code with 2 numerals
Code with 3 numerals
Code with 4 numerals
The detailed coding for uses in Appendix B must be used for interpreting the overall
classification of the uses in Chapter 4. The following rules apply:
1°
When the list of uses included in a sub-category of uses in Chapter 4 refers to a code with
2 numerals, any use listed in Appendix B for which the 4-numeral code begins with the
same 2 numerals is included in the category or sub-category of uses.
2°
When the list of uses included in a sub-category of uses in Chapter 4 refers to a code with
3 numerals, any use listed in Appendix B for which the 4-numeral code begins with the
same 3 numerals is included in the category or sub-category of uses.
3°
When the list of uses included in a sub-category of uses in Chapter 4 refers to a code with
4 numerals, only the corresponding special use is included in the category or sub-category
of uses.
In the case of incompatibility between the use code used in the by-law and its name, the name of
the use takes precedence.
In the case of incompatibility between the overall classification of the uses in Chapter 4 and the
reference to the sub-category of uses listed in Appendix B, the overall classification takes
precedence.
In the case of incompatibility between the name of a use in the by-law and the name of a use in
Appendix B, the name of the use in the by-law takes precedence.
Interpretation of the use codes must take into account the remarks inserted in brackets following
the name associated with the code and, as needed, the words or expressions defined in Chapter 3.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 1: Declaratory and interpretive provisions
15
In addition, the meaning and the scope of the use codes must be determined in terms of the logic
behind the coding, and by interpreting the various codes as they relate to one another.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 1: Declaratory and interpretive provisions
16
CHAPTER 2
ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
22.
APPLICATION OF THE BY-LAW
Application of the by-law is carried out by the designated official named according to the
provisions of the by-law on permits and certificates (By-law 1051 for the Town of Pierrefonds and
By-law 93-558 for the Town of Roxboro).
23.
POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE DESIGNATED OFFICIAL
The powers and duties of the designated official are defined in the by-laws on permits and
certificates (By-law 1051 for the Town of Pierrefonds and By-law 93-558 for the Town of
Roxboro).
24.
VIOLATIONS, SANCTIONS, RECOURSE AND PROSECUTION
The provisions related to a violation, a sanction, recourse or legal prosecution in regard to the bylaw are those set out in the by-laws on permits and certificates (By-law 1051 for the Town of
Pierrefonds and By-law 93-558 for the Town of Roxboro).
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 2 : Administrative provisions
17
CHAPTER 3
TERMINOLOGY
25.
TERMINOLOGY
For the interpretation of the planning regulations, the following words and expressions have the
meanings attributed to them by the present article.
STORAGE ENCLOSURE FOR WASTE MATERIAL
Closed structure, other than a building, intended for the temporary storage of garbage
and recyclable materials between collections (example: container).
CARPORT
Accessory building attached or not attached to the main building or to an accessory
building, with a roof on pillars and with open sides, except for the side attached to
another building. A carport is used to shelter a passenger vehicle.
See also “Accessory Building”.
TEMPORARY WINTER GARAGE
Removable shelter, installed for a limited time period set by the zoning by-law, and
used to shelter a passenger vehicle during the winter.
TEMPORARY BOAT SHELTER
Temporary shelter, without a crib, used to shelter a watercraft. A temporary boat
shelter does not constitute a structure under the meaning of this by-law.
COVERED FUELING AREA
Canopy, attached or not attached to a building, to protect the clientele from
intemperate weather during the refuelling of a vehicle’s fuel tank.
REMOVABLE SHELTER
Light structure, easily disassembled, made from fabricated tubular metal, covered with
weatherproof, synthetic or plastic sheeting, to shelter an outdoor space or a vehicle, a
piece of equipment, goods or other stored object, placed or parked in a yard.
See also “Accessory Building”.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
18
WINTER SHELTER
A temporary winter shelter in the form of a carport, doorway shelter or tunnel.
WINTER DOORWAY SHELTER
Removable shelter, installed for a limited time period set by the zoning by-law, and
used to protect the entrance to a building from the wind, cold and snow accumulation.
WINTER TUNNEL SHELTER
Removable shelter, installed for a limited time period set by the zoning by-law, and
used to protect a pedestrian passage, sidewalk or access ramp from the wind, cold and
snow accumulation.
LANDSITE ENTRANCE (Synonym: curb cut)
Driveable entrance installed on the boundary of a street easement to allow the passage
of a vehicle from the street onto a contiguous landsite.
When the driveable portion of the street does not extend as far as the edge of the street
easement, entrance to the landsite also includes the portion of the driveway entrance
that extends from the edge of the street easement as far as the drivable portion of the
street.
ENLARGEMENT
Work to increase the area or the volume of a structure or an installation, to increase the
area of a landsite or to increase the area occupied by a use.
AGRICULTURE
Agriculture as meant in the Act respecting the preservation of agricultural land and
agricultural activities (R.S.Q., c. P-41.1).
LEISURE AREA
Designates an outdoor space for relaxation and leisure pursuits, located on a landsite
occupied by a dwelling and for the exclusive use of the occupants of the dwelling.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
19
LOADING AREA
Off-street space reserved for a delivery vehicle when loading or unloading
merchandise.
ENTRANCE AISLE
Vehicular aisle between a landsite entrance and an off-street parking area or a
manœuvering area in order to allow the vehicle access to the off-street parking area or
the loading space, as the case may be.
CIRCULATION AISLE
Aisle installed inside a parking area to allow a vehicle to circulate within the parking
area and to access a parking space. Thus the expression “circulation aisle” designates
both an aisle bordered by parking spaces and an aisle between rows of parking spaces.
EXTERIOR LAYOUT AND LANDSCAPING
Installation for creating the spatial configuration and structuring of a landsite, by
means of the placement of materials and planting.
Without restricting the generality of the foregoing, the expression “Exterior layout
and landscaping” designates in particular an access aisle, an entrance aisle, a landsite
entrance (curb cut), a circulation aisle, an off-street parking area, a loading space, a
pedestrian passage, a fence, a ditch, a backfill, a retaining wall and a leisure area.
HOME ANTENNA
Antenna used solely for the reception of radio waves, television waves or short waves
for private purposes.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
20
MATURE TREE
In the case of a deciduous tree, the tree is considered as being mature when it has a
D.B.H of 10 cm and in the case of a conifer, the tree is considered as being mature
when it reaches a height of 2 m.
COMPETENT AUTHORITY
The head of the Department of Urban Planning and Services to Businesses (Service de
l’aménagement urbain et des services aux enterprises) or his representatives
authorized to act on his behalf.
AWNING
Small roof, not supported by columns or walls, installed projecting from a building,
over an opening or a terrace, for the purpose of protection against intemperate weather
and the sun.
FASCIA
Portion of a roof that projects beyond the exterior façade of a wall of a building.
ELECTRONIC BILLBOARD
Sign equipped with a device that allows the display of fixed or repeating messages in
illuminated letters or images.
BALCONY
M
Open raised platform, covered by a roof or uncovered, connected to the ground by
means of steps or a ramp, projecting from an exterior wall of a building, cantilevered
or supported by posts or brackets, surrounded or not by a guardrail.
See also “Veranda” and “Front Porch”.
(CA29 0040-4; 2011-08-30)
ENTRANCE AWNING
Canvas covering over a building entrance to protect against intemperate weather or the
sun.
BUILDING
Structure with a roof supported by columns and walls, whatever its use, housing or
accommodating a person, an animal or a thing.
ACCESSORY BUILDING
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
21
M
Building detached from a main building, built on the same landsite as the latter and
occupied solely by an accessory use to the main use.
(CA29 0040-4; 2011-08-30)
ATTACHED ACCESSORY BUILDING
Accessory building contiguous with another accessory building or a main building,
over a width of at least 3 m, by means of a wall, a roof, a canopy or a corridor.
DETACHED ACCESSORY BUILDING
R
(CA29 0040-4; 2011-08-30).
MODULAR BUILDING
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
22
Building composed of one or more new prefabricated modules, certified in accordance
with the applicable CSA standards and designed to be transported individually and be
assembled on the final site for which they are intended.
MAIN BUILDING
Building occupied by one or more main uses authorized in the zone in which it is
located, or by one or more main uses protected by acquired rights.
CONTIGUOUS MAIN BUILDING
Main building forming part of a group of at least three main buildings attached to one
another and having at least one side party wall over a depth of at least 5 m, measured
from the main façade.
See also “Diagram of Dwelling Structures”.
ROWHOUSE MAIN BUILDING
Synonym of “Contiguous Main Building”.
END ROWHOUSE MAIN BUILDING
Main building that is part of a row of contiguous buildings and is located at the end of
this row.
DETACHED MAIN BUILDING
Main building detached from any other main building.
See also “Diagram of Dwelling Structures”.
SEMI-DETACHED MAIN BUILDING
Main building attached to one other main building by a side party wall over a depth of
at least 5 m measured from the main façade.
See also “Diagram of Dwelling Structures”.
LATERAL 3-TYPE MAIN BUILDING
R
Repealed
(CA29 0040-15; 2013-09-16)
TEMPORARY BUILDING
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
23
Building with no permanent foundation installed or erected for a special purpose and
for a limited time period set by the zoning by-law.
CELLAR
Storey of a building situated below the ground floor, in which at least half the height,
measured from the floor to the finished ceiling or from the bottom of the joists of the
floor above if the ceiling is unfinished, is below average exterior grade level, after the
final grading.
A cellar is not taken into account when calculating the number of storeys in a building.
RETIREMENT HOME OR CURATIVE FACILITY
A facility in which in-patient, out-patient or home-care services are offered for the
lodging, maintenance, keeping under observation, treatment or social rehabilitation, as
the case may be, of persons whose condition, by reason of their age or their physical,
personality, psycho-social or family deficiencies, is such that they must be treated, kept
in protected residence or, if need be, placed under confinement or be on home
treatment, including a nursery, but excluding the following:
a) A service for the provision of childcare within the meaning of the Act
respecting childcare centres and childcare services (R.S.Q., c. C-8.2) foster
families, vacation camps and other similar facilities;
b)
A facility maintained by a religious institution to receive its members or
followers.
CHANGE OF USE
Constitutes a change of use as follows:
a) Replacing the use for a landsite, or building, or part of either of these with
another use, even if this use is included in the same sub-category of uses, the
same category of uses or the same group;
b) Beginning the exercise of a use on a landsite, in a building or a part of either of
these which up until then had been vacant;
c) Ceasing the exercise of a use on a landsite, in a building or part of either of
these.
FENCE
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
24
Structure, whether shared or not, made up of posts and materials authorized in the
zoning by-law, installed for the purpose of delineating, marking or closing in a space.
SNOW FENCE
Fence made of rough-sawn slats of wood, or of a similarly resistant material, fixed
together with wires or polymer filament, or made of plastic snow fence material,
installed for a limited time period n order to enclose a space or form a barrier against
the wind and the drifting or accumulation of snow.
COVERAGE RATIO
See “Built space/landsite ratio".
FLOOR AREA RATIO (F.A.R.)
See “Building footprint/landsite ratio”.
PLANNING ADVISORY COMMITTEE
The Planning Advisory Committee created by Borough by-law.
COUNCIL
The Borough Council of the Borough of Pierrefonds-Roxboro.
STRUCTURE
Building, structure or other orderly installation resulting from the assembly of
materials. Also designated is anything erected, built or constructed that requires a
position on the ground or that is joined to anything that requires a position on the
ground.
ACCESSORY STRUCTURE
Structure attached to or detached from a main building, built on the same landsite as
the latter and in which is exercised solely an accessory use to the main use, or, when
permitted by the zoning by-law, an additional use to the main use.
N
LATERAL ZERO STRUCTURE
Structure whose sitting is located at a distance varying from 0 cm to 20 cm from the
side landsite line.
(CA29 0040-4; 2011-08-30)
TEMPORARY STRUCTURE
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
25
Structure of a transient nature, intended for special purposes and for a limited time
period set by the zoning by-law.
ROOFTOP STRUCTURE
Structure erected on the roof or extending beyond the roof of a building, associated
with or housing an element associated with, the functioning of the mechanical or
electrical components of a building or with the exercise of an authorized use for the
building, such as a water tank, mechanical equipment for the building, a shaft housing
or elevator shaft housing, a stairwell entrance structure, a ventilation or light shaft, or
communication equipment.
CLEARCUTTING
Felling of trees that is not aimed at making an installation or erecting a structure
authorized in virtue of a by-law of the Borough of Pierrefonds-Roxboro and that
involves the felling of all the trees contained inside a continuous perimeter surrounding
an area of at least 60 m².
SANITATION FELLING
Tree felling that consists of selectively felling or harvesting trees that are weak,
abnormal, withered, damaged or dead in a stand of trees.
TREE FELLING
Felling of one or more trees.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
26
COURTYARD
Open-air space bounded by the wall of a building, its extension and the landsite line, or
totally surrounded by the exterior walls of a building.
REAR YARD
Area of the landsite at the rear of a main building and delineated in terms of the
characteristics of the landsite on which the main building is constructed.
The rear yard is delineated by the rear landsite boundary line, the side landsite
boundary lines, the rear wall of the main building and its rectilinear extension up to the
side landsite boundary lines.
See also “Yard Diagrams”.
FRONT YARD
Area of the landsite at the front of a main building and delineated in terms of the
characteristics of the landsite on which the main building is constructed.
The front yard is delineated by the front landsite boundary line, the side landsite
boundary lines, the front wall of the main building and its rectilinear extension up to
the side landsite boundary lines.
See also “Yard Diagrams”.
SIDE YARD
Area of the landsite at the side of a main building in terms of the characteristics of the
landsite on which the main building is constructed.
The side yard is delineated by the side landsite boundary line, the side wall of the main
building, the rectilinear extension of the front wall of the main building up to the side
landsite boundary lines and the rectilinear extension of the rear wall of the main
building up to the side landsite boundary lines.
See also “Yard Diagrams”.
WATERCOURSE
Any mass
of water that runs in a bed with a regular or intermittent flow, except for a ditch for a
public thoroughfare, a party ditch or a drainage ditch.
IRREVERSIBLE DIEBACK
More than 50% of dead wood in the treetops.
D.B.H.
Diameter at Breast Height. Abbreviation designating the diameter of the bole of a tree
measured at a height of 1 m from grade level.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
27
HOME SCHOOL
Teaching establishment run by an individual in a single-family dwelling that serves as
his home.
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Teaching establishment for primary grades offering a program of courses spread over
a six-year period. The school may sometimes include classes for children of preschool age.
POLYVALENT SCHOOL
Teaching establishment at the high school level offering a program of courses spread
over a 5-year period. The school offers a long (5 years) high school course, a short
high school course leading to vocational programs, and vocational programs.
HIGH SCHOOL
Teaching establishment at the high school level offering a study program with one or
several years of courses.
PRUNING
Action of cutting twigs or branches of a tree in a precise manner.
TRIMMING
Operation that consists of removing a portion of the shoots to control the shape or
growth of a tree.
RIGHT OF WAY
Area of a landsite occupied or intended to be occupied by a thoroughfare or
infrastructure for a public service
SIGN
Any compilation of marks, symbols, letters, numerals or other characters, any image,
drawing, engraving or other pictorial representation, any constant, intermittent,
scrolling or otherwise mobile lighting assembly, any emblem, logo or other figure, any
flag, pennant or banner, any inflatable character or other volume as well as any other
compilation, assembly or device, that meets the following three conditions:
a)
is attached to, stuck on, painted on, engraved on or otherwise installed on or
fixed to, in a temporary or permanent fashion, a structure, part of a structure or
a support of any kind, fixed or mobile;
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
28
b)
is used to inform, warn, announce, identify, advertise or draw attention to an
establishment, a use, an activity, a project, a worksite, an event or a property;
c)
is installed on the exterior of a building or is visible from outside a building.
FLASHING SIGN
Sign in which the lighting or the illumination is intermittent or variable or that is
equipped with a device or an accessory, such as a rotating light or strobe light, or an
intermittent light, producing a mobile, intermittent or variable beam of light.
Also considered as a flashing sign is a sign fitted with a series of bulbs, permanently
lit, flashing or intermittent.
SIGN WITH A VARIABLE MESSAGE
Sign designed so that the message is modified periodically by the manual or automatic
replacement of letters.
WALL SIGN
Sign placed so that surface that carries the inscription lies parallel to the surface of the
portion of the building or portion of the structure to which it is fixed.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
29
COMMON SIGN
Sign that refers to several businesses, establishments, offices for professional services,
products, services or places of entertainment located, sold, provided or offered in the
same building or on the same landsite as the one on which the sign is installed.
COMMERCIAL SIGN
Sign that refers to a business, establishment, office for professional service, product,
service or place of entertainment located, sold, provided or offered in the same
building or on the same landsite as the one on which the sign is installed.
COMMUNITY SIGN
Sign on which the message conveys information of a community nature or of public
interest, with no reference to a product or service.
IDENTIFICATION SIGN
Sign indicating only the name, or as the case may be, the company name, and the
address of the occupant of the building or the name and address of the building itself,
as well as the use exercised in that building, without mentioning a product.
DIRECTIONAL SIGN
Sign that indicates the direction to follow to reach a destination identified on the sign
and located on the same landsite as the sign.
LUMINOUS SIGN
Sign, a portion of a sign, its inscription or a portion of its inscription, illuminated using
a luminescent, fluorescent or phosphorescent substance, for a «corps mésomorphe» or
plasma element, including when such an element constitutes the sign or the inscription
itself.
Without limiting the scope of the preceding paragraph, the use of a neon tube, a
cathode screen, a liquid crystal screen or a plasma screen is also considered as
luminescent lighting.
The fact to luminate a fluorescent tube to achieve a light reflection or lighting by
translucence is not considered to be lighting by luminescence.
SIGN ILLUMINATED BY REFLECTION
Sign, or part of a sign, its inscription or part of its inscription, illuminated by the
following means:
a)
sign with an external light source, with the beam directed onto the sign;
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
30
b)
sign with an internal light source, the surfaces of which, except for the rear
surface, are opaque with the beam directed to the exterior by reflecting off the
rear surface of the sign.
TRANSLUSCENT SIGN
Sign, part of a sign, its inscription or part of its inscription, illuminated by a light
source placed inside the sign, from which the beam of light is directed to the exterior
through the translucent wall of the sign.
OBLIQUE PROJECTING SIGN
Sign placed so that the surface that carries the inscription is at an oblique angle to the
surface of the portion of the building or structure to which it is affixed.
PERPENDICULAR PROJECTING SIGN
Sign placed so that the surface that carries the inscription is at a right angle to the
surface of the portion of the building or structure to which it is affixed.
WINDOW SIGN
Sign installed inside the building and places so that the inscription is visible from the
outside through an opening such as a door, a window or store window.
ILLUMINATED SIGN
Luminous sign, a sign lit by reflection or a translucent sign.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
31
ATTACHED SIGN
Sign installed on a building or structure. Depending on the installation method
permitted, an attached sign may also be installed inside the building.
AWNING SIGN
Sign with the inscription stuck, painted, engraved, silk-screened or otherwise placed
on the canvas or the covering material of an awning.
BANNER SIGN
Sign with the inscription stuck, painted, engraved, silk-screened or otherwise placed
on the fabric of a fixed or mobile banner.
SIGN ON A LOW WALL
Sign in the form of a box or individual characters, standing upright on or above a low
wall separate from the building.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
32
PYLON SIGN
Sign attached, suspended or otherwise affixed to or supported by one or more posts or
pylons anchored in the ground.
PEDESTAL SIGN
Sign with a base in the form of a large pedestal.
Pylon sign where the space between the posts is infilled with a fixed or removable panel, or
where the width of the post or posts represents 50% or more of the width of the sign is
considered to be a pedestal sign.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
33
SIGN ON GLAZING
Sign where the inscription is stuck, painted, engraved or otherwise fixed, incorporated
or applied to the glazing on a door, window or store window.
ADVERTISING SIGN
See “Advertising Panel”.
TEMPORARY SIGN
Sign not constructed so as to be permanent at the same location and that announces a
special event for a limited time period.
CURB CUT
Synonym of “Landsite Entrance”.
STORAGE
Area for the storage of vehicles, merchandise, materials, objects, finished or semifinished products resulting from or entering a manufacturing process, raw materials
whether or not intended to be used in a manufacturing process or for any use
whatsoever, carried out inside or outside the building.
FIRE ESCAPE STAIRS
Staircase completely open, made of incombustible materials, fixed to the outside of a
building and installed exclusively to allow the evacuation of the occupants in the case
of an emergency.
EXTERIOR STAIRS
Staircase, other than fire escape stairs, whether covered or not by a roof, fixed to the
outside of the building as an integral part. Exterior stairs are open, but may be
enclosed, in part, by a building wall if the access to the stairs remains open and not
closed by a door or other means.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
34
BERTH
Space contiguous with a loading bay and reserved for parking a transportation vehicle
when loading and unloading merchandise.
OFF-STREET PARKING AREA
Area for car parking established away from the easement for a street, with parking
spaces and circulation aisles giving access to the spaces or rows of spaces.
ESTABLISHMENT
Premises for an agricultural, commercial or industrial business, or institutional,
professional or public services in which the activities take place inside or outside the
building, in conformity with the by-law in force.
ESTABLISHMENT WITH RECEPTION OR BANQUET HALL
Establishment in which the main activity consists of offering a service for on-site
receptions and banquets and that may hold a meeting permit, issued or likely to be
issued in virtue of the Act respecting liquor permits (R.S.Q., c. P9.1), authorizing the
sale of alcoholic beverages for on-site consumption.
ESTABLISHMENT WITH ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE SERVICES
Establishment in which the main activity consists of serving alcoholic beverages and
that holds a permit, issued or likely to be issued in virtue of the Act respecting liquor
permits (R.S.Q., c. P9.1), authorizing the sale of alcoholic beverages for on-site
consumption without meal consumption.
LARGE OR MEDIUM-SIZED ESTABLISHMENT
Retail sales business with a total floor area of 4,000 m2 or more, or a landsite on which
are located several retail stores, each with a total floor area of 1,000 m2 or more.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
35
ESTABLISHMENT OFFERING BEVERAGE SERVICE AND VARIOUS ACTIVITIES
Establishment that serves alcoholic beverages, including an establishment in which the
main activity is dancing or a show bar, or an establishment that serves alcoholic
beverages in which the main activity is dancing.
STOREY
Portion of a building between the upper surface of a floor and that of the floor
immediately above, or in the absence of same, of the ceiling.
The number of storeys in a building is calculated starting at the ground floor.
OUTDOOR DISPLAY
Temporary display, outside a building, of products displayed for retail sale or for rent.
A product displayed on a pallet-type display is defined as being stored.
STAND
Small stand on the side of a road.
FAÇADE
Exterior face of any wall of a building exposed to the view.
MAIN BUILDING FAÇADE
In the case of an interior lot, designates the building façade that faces the street. In the
case of a corner landsite, a through corner landsite, a through landsite or a landsite in
the form of a block, it designates the building façade that faces the street to which the
address of the building is attributed and on which the main entrance is found.
When the building is placed at an oblique angle to the street, the building wall facing
the s treet is that for which the angle with the line of the street easement is less than 45o.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
36
FOSTER FAMILY
A foster family under the meaning of the Act respecting health services and social
services (R.S.Q., c. S-4.2).
DRAINAGE DITCH
Long indentation in the ground, created by human intervention, and used for the sole
purposes of draining to, and irrigating from, a drainage basin with an area of less than
100 hectares.
PARTY (OR BOUNDARY) DITCH
Long indentation in the ground solely for the purpose of draining two contiguous
landsites.
PUBLIC HIGHWAY (OR ROAD) DITCH
Long indentation in the ground solely for the purpose of draining a public highway or
road.
DITCH
Long indentation in the ground for the purpose of draining the soil or for surface water
run-off from neighbouring landsites, except for a drainage ditch, a party ditch or a
public highway ditch.
GABION
Wire cage made of corrosion-resistant metal, into which stones are deposited.
GALLERY
M
Open raised platform, covered by a roof or uncovered, connected to the ground by
means of steps or a ramp, projecting from an exterior wall of a building, cantilevered
or supported by posts or brackets, surrounded or not by a guardrail.
(CA29 0040-4; 2011-08-30)
See also “Balcony” and “Front Porch”.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
37
PRIVATE GARAGE
M
M
Accessory building, detached, that houses or is intended to house a passenger vehicle,
erected on a landsite occupied by a dwelling.
(CA29 0040-4; 2011-08-30)
PRIVATE GARAGE INCORPORATED OR ATTACHED TO A DWELLING
A private garage that is incorporated or attached to a dwelling is an integral part of the
main building and, unless otherwise indicated, it is not subject to the provisions
applicable to an accessory building. It must be considered as part of the main building
for the application of all provisions applicable to the main building.
(CA29 0040-4; 2011-08-30)
TOURIST BED & BREAKFAST
A “B&B” under the meaning of the Regulation respecting tourist accommodation
establishments (R.Q., c. E-14.2, r. 1) that offers, among other things, inside a dwelling,
at least 3 rooms for rent to transient guests, to whom breakfast served on the premises
may also be offered.
GAZEBO
Small, open, seasonal shelter, permanent or temporary, with a roof, where one may eat
or relax in the shade or under shelter and that is installed in a garden or in a courtyard.
GATEHOUSE
Small accessory building to shelter a security guard for site surveillance, controlling
access or payment of a toll or access fee.
See also “Accessory Building”.
DWELLING
Building, or part of a building, for housing a person and serving as his place of
residence, consisting of one or more dwelling units.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
38
TWO-FAMILY DWELLING
Family-type dwelling consisting of 2 dwelling units with separate entrances to the
outside, either directly or by means of a common vestibule or corridor.
See also “Diagram of Dwelling Structures”.
COLLECTIVE HOUSING
Building consisting of individual rooms or apartments as well as the services offered
collectively to the occupants of the rooms. These services must include at least a
kitchen accessible to all occupants or food service on the premises, as well as coinoperated laundry facilities accessible to all occupants or a laundry service on the
premises. Collective housing must have at least three rooms or apartments offered for
rent.
Collective housing is deemed supervised if the occupants have access on the premises
to specialized care or aid services such as a nurse or nursing service, assistance with
personal hygiene, feeding, household cleaning or a surveillance or assistance service in
case of an emergency or an evacuation of the building.
Collective housing that offers rooms for rent differs from accommodation services
such as a hotel, inn or motel, by the fact that the rooms are occupied or are intended to
be occupied as a place for permanent residence or as a home.
MULTI-FAMILY DWELLING
Building with 3 or more dwelling units with separate entrances to the outside, either
directly or by means of a common vestibule or corridor.
See also “Diagram of Dwelling Structures”.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
39
THREE-FAMILY DWELLING
Family-type dwelling with 3 dwelling units, each with separate entrances to the
outside, either directly or by means of a common vestibule or corridor.
See also “Diagram of Dwelling Structures”.
SINGLE-FAMILY DWELLING
Dwelling with a single dwelling unit.
See also “Diagram of Dwelling Structures”.
HEIGHT OF A BUILDING IN STOREYS
See “Storey”.
HEIGHT OF AN ACCESSORY BUILDING IN METRES
Vertical distance between average grade level, after final grading, and the highest part
of the roof assembly.
HEIGHT OF A MAIN BUILDING IN METRES
Vertical distance between the level of the centre line of the street measured from the
mid-point of the landsite frontage after final levelling, and the highest level of the
ceiling on the uppermost floor.
HEIGHT OF A FENCE, WALL OR HEDGE
Distance measured between the finished grade level, on the vertical of the fence, wall
or hedge and the highest part of the fence, wall or hedge. When a minimum or
maximum height is set, it applies to any point along the fence, wall or hedge.
HEIGHT OF A SIGN
Distance measured between the average natural grade level, on the vertical of the sign,
and the highest point of the sign, including its support.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
40
TREE-TOP (CROWN)
Portion of the tree above the trunk, consisting of branches, twigs and leaves.
BLOCK
A landsite or series of lots, bordered on each side by a public thoroughfare.
REAL ESTATE
An area of land, as well as any structure or installation of a permanent nature on it, and
everything on or in it that forms an integral part to the extent that this structure, this
installation or everything that forms an integral part of the area of land, structure or
installation is not moveable property under the meaning of the Quebec Civil Code
(C.C.Q., 1991, c. 64).
SEPTIC SYSTEM
A system for collecting, disposing of or treating wastewater from a dwelling, such as
water from a toilet, kitchen, bathroom, laundry room or any other appliance or
installation apart from a toilet. Also designates a system for collecting, disposing of or
treating wastewater from a non-residential building to the extent that the wastewater
generated is of the same type as the wastewater from a dwelling.
WIDTH OF THE BUILDING
Distance between the side walls of a main building, measured along the main façade
and including a private garage, measured at the foundation.
REAR BOUNDARY LINE
Landsite boundary line that is neither the front boundary line nor a side boundary line.
See also “Diagram of Lot Boundary Lines”.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
41
REAR BOUNDARY LINE ON A STREET
Rear landsite boundary line that coincides with a street line.
See also “Diagram of Lot Boundary Lines”.
FRONT BOUNDARY LINE
Boundary line that coincides with a street line along the main façade of the main
building.
See also “Diagram of Lot Boundary Lines”.
LOT LINE
Synonym of “Landside Boundary Line”.
LANDSITE BOUNDARY LINE
Rectilinear or non-rectilinear line of demarcation between two contiguous landsites or
between a landsite and the street easement.
STREET LINE
Line of demarcation between a landsite and the street easement.
SIDE BOUNDARY LINE
Landsite boundary line that intersects with the front boundary line.
See also “Diagram of Lot Boundary Lines”.
SIDE BOUNDARY LINE ON A STREET
Side boundary line that coincides with a street line.
See also “Diagram of Lot Boundary Lines”.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
42
HIGH WATER LINE
Line that serves to delineate the riverbed and the bank of a lake or watercourse. The
high water line is located on the natural line of high water determined in accordance
with one of the following criteria and with the following order of precedence:
1. At the location where the predominance of aquatic plants ceases, and that of
terrestrial plants starts, or if there are no aquatic plants, the line where the
terrestrial plants cease in the direction of the body of water;
2.
If there is a structure to hold back the water, at the highest elevation for
exploitation of the hydraulic structure for the stretch of water upstream;
3.
If there is a legally erected retaining wall, by the top of the structure;
4.
If the information is available, the line of high water located at the flood limit
recurring every 2 years, which is considered equivalent to the line established
according to the botanical criteria listed in paragraph 1.
RIVERBED/LAKEBED
Portion of a watercourse or a lake extending from the high water line towards the
centre of the body of water.
DWELLING UNIT
Habitable space, consisting of one or more rooms, occupied by a single household,
directly accessible from the outside or by means of a vestibule or corridor common to
several dwellings, including full sanitary installations (toilet, washbasin and bathtub or
shower) as well as the installations and areas needed for a person to be able to prepare
a meal, eat and sleep.
LOT
Area of land identified and delineated on an official cadastral plan drawn up,
submitted and published in conformity with the Cadastre Act (R.S.Q., c. C-1) or with
the Quebec Civil Code (C.C.Q., 1991, c. 64).
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
43
SERVICED LOT OR LAND
Lot or land adjacent to a street, or to a lot, through which pass a municipal water
supply pipe and a municipal sanitary sewer, or a lot or piece of land adjacent to a street
or lot where a municipal by-law is in force ordering the installation of a municipal
water supply pipe and a municipal sanitary sewer.
UNSERVICED LOT OR LAND
Lot or land that is not a serviced lot or piece of land, nor a partially serviced lot or
piece of land.
PARTIALLY SERVICED LOT OR LAND
Lot or land adjacent to a street, or to a lot, through which passes either a municipal
water supply pipe or a municipal sanitary sewer, or a lot or piece of land adjacent to a
street or lot where a municipal by-law is in force ordering the installation of either a
municipal water supply pipe or a municipal sanitary sewer.
WATERSIDE LOT OR LAND
Lot or land, one of the boundary lines of which coincides with the natural high water
line of a lake or a body of water.
HEAVY MACHINERY
N
A vehicle whose net mass exceeds 3000 kg according to the Highway Safety Code,
except for the tool vehicle.
(CA29 0040-15: 2013-09-16)
MASONRY
M
Structural component consisting of bricks or stones of a minimum depth of 6 cm held
together by a cement or mortar matrix.
(CA29 0040-4; 2011-08-30)
CONVALESCENT HOME
Establishment that offers temporary accommodation services and rehabilitation,
psycho-social, nursing, pharmaceutical or medical services to allow people to regain
their strength or their health after a hospital stay or after physical, psychological or
emotional traumas.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
44
TRANSITION HOUSE
Establishment that offers temporary accommodation, accompaniment and support
services to people returning to community life such as a former inmate or someone
who has been admitted for close treatment.
PUBLIC MARKET
Public market authorized and governed by a by-law adopted in virtue of Article 9 of
the Municipal Powers Act (R.S.Q., c. C-47.1).
SETBACK ADJACENT TO A STREET
A front or side setback on a street, or a rear setback when the rear boundary line
coincides with a street line.
REAR SETBACK
Minimum prescribed distance between the rear boundary line and the main building.
See also “Diagram of Setbacks”.
FRONT SETBACKS
Minimum or maximum prescribed distance between the front boundary line and the
main building.
See also “Diagram of Setbacks”.
SIDE SETBACK
Minimum prescribed distance between the side boundary line and the main building.
See also “Diagram of Setbacks”.
SIDE SETBACK ON A STREET
Minimum or maximum prescribed distance between a side boundary line on a street
and the main building.
See also “Diagram of Setbacks”.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
45
CANOPY
Roof-like structure cantilevered from a wall or supported on columns or posts.
MEZZANINE
Intermediate floor surface installed between two floors of a building or between a floor
and a ceiling when there is no floor above.
M
A mezzanine must be taken into account when calculating the number of storeys only
if the total area is not exceeding 40% of the floor area of the top floor.
When two or more mezzanines are installed above the same floor, the aggregate area
of all the mezzanines must be taken into account as if they constituted a single
element.
(CA29 0040-15; 2013-09-16)
MUNICIPALITY
City of Montreal, Borough of Pierrefonds-Roxboro.
WALL
Vertical structure that encloses a space and that may also bear the load of a floor or a
roof.
REAR WALL
Exterior wall of a building, parallel or approximately parallel to the rear boundary line
of a landsite; the line of the wall may be broken.
FRONT WALL
N
Exterior wall of a building, parallel or approximately parallel to the front boundary line
of a landsite; the line of the wall may be broken.
BLIND WALL
A wall having no windows or doors.
(CA29 0040-15; 2013-09-16)
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
46
RETAINING WALL
Structure that rises vertically or at an angle over a certain length, installed for the
purpose of resisting the force exerted by backfill material placed behind it, by the
natural ground, by waves or by other factors likely to cause the ground to move.
SIDE WALL
Exterior wall of a building, parallel or approximately parallel to the side boundary line
of a landsite; the line of the wall may be broken.
PARTY WALL
Wall of a building erected on a landsite line and separating two buildings.
AVERAGE GRADE LEVEL
The lowest of the average definitive grade levels, measured at a distance of 3 m from a
structure along each exterior wall of this structure. Localized depressions, such as
vehicular or pedestrian entrances, do not need to be considered when calculating the
average grade.
CADASTRAL OPERATION
An operation described in Article 3043 of the Quebec Civil Code (C.C.Q., 1991,
c. 64).
WORKS
Human intervention modifying the original state of the site or premises.
ADVERTISING PANEL
Sign referring to a business, a profession, a product, a service or an entertainment
exercised, sold or offered on a landsite other than the one on which the sign is located.
PEDESTRIAN PATH
Path reserved exclusively for pedestrians on a thoroughfare or between private
landsites.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
47
SUMMERHOUSE
Small accessory shelter for seasonal use, of light construction and materials, with no
insulation, glazed or screened, and installed for outdoor leisure activities.
PERGOLA
Light post-and-beam structure supporting an open slat roof, with open sides or clad in
latticework, generally constructed so as to allow plants to climb up and over the
structure or to create shade.
RIPRAP
Heavy rock placed on the edge of a lake or watercourse to prevent erosion.
FRONT PORCH
Entranceway composed of steps leading up to a platform on the same level as the
entrance to the building and generally giving substance to the building.
See also “balcony” and “Veranda”.
SWIMMING POOL
Indoor or outdoor basin, at least 60 cm deep, than can be filled or emptied as needed,
and designed for swimming or aquatic activities.
FLOOD PLAIN
Space occupied by a lake or a watercourse during times of flooding. The flood plain
corresponds to the geographic extent of the flooded areas, identified by a boundary or
flood line on one of the plans for flood risk zones in Appendix E, which forms an
integral part of the Zoning By-law.
AQUATIC PLANTS
Hydrophytic plants, including submergent, floating and emergent plants, and emergent
herbaceous and woody plants characteristic of open marshes and swamps on bodies of
water.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
48
MANŒUVERING AREA
Open, off-street space, contiguous with a loading space, reserved for manœuvering a
goods vehicle towards and away from a loading space.
FIRST FLOOR
Synonym of “Ground Floor”.
INTEGRATED COMMERCIAL PROJECT
Group of commercial buildings characterized by the installation, on the same landsite,
of at least 2 main buildings housing establishments in the “Commercial (c)” group,
designed as a harmonious group, with private off-street parking used in common by
the various establishments; the project may or may not include commodities, on the
site, intended for the occupants or for the clientele; the planning and implementation of
the project are part of a separate initiative, but management may be shared amongst
multiple owners.
INTEGRATED HOUSING PROJECT
Group of residential buildings located on the same landsite and characterized by
common design and development.
LOADING BAY
Indoor or outdoor platform, covered or uncovered, raised to allow loading and
unloading at the level of a vehicle transporting merchandise.
BUILT SPACE/LANDSITE RATIO
Quotient obtained by dividing the footprint total of all the main buildings erected on
the same landsite by the area of that landsite.
DWELLING UNIT/BUILDING RATIO
Numeral indicating the number of dwelling units, rooms or lodging units, depending
on the applicable use, that may be installed in a main building. An additional dwelling
unit is not taken into account when calculating the “dwelling unit/building” ratio.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
49
BUILDING FOOTPRINT/LANDSITE RATIO
M
Quotient obtained by dividing the total floor area of the main building, exception made
of the basement for one-family dwellings (h1), duplexes and triplexes (h2) erected on a
landsite by the area of that landsite. (CA29 0040-12 ; 2013-06-28)
BACKFILLING
Earth moving to spread or move materials, from the site itself or from elsewhere, to
form an embankment, fill a cavity or for grading.
EMBANKMENT
Earth brought in from the work site or from elsewhere to increase the elevation of land
or to fill in a hollow.
VEHICLE/EQUIPMENT STORAGE
Temporary storing or parking, indoors or outdoors, of a vehicle used by an occupant of
a dwelling unit or used by the staff of an establishment in the course of the normal
activities of that establishment.
Storing, indoors or outdoors, of a piece of equipment or machinery used by the staff of
an establishment in the course of the normal activities of that establishment.
Without limiting the scope of the first clause, the outdoor parking of a recreational
vehicle belonging to the occupant of a dwelling unit and the outdoor parking of a
vehicle used by the staff of an establishment in the course of its activities, such as a
delivery vehicle used by a store or transportation company or a fleet of rental vehicles
associated with a car rental business, constitutes this type of storage.
FOSTER HOME
A foster home under the meaning in the Act respecting health services and social
services (R.S.Q., c. S-4.2).
TOURIST HOME
A tourist home under the meaning in the Regulation respecting tourist accommodation
establishments (R.Q., c. E-14.2, r. 1).
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
50
Without restricting the scope of the preceding clause, a tourist home offers transient
guests accommodation available only in the form of an apartment, an individual house
or an individual cottage, furnished and with kitchen facilities.
INTERMEDIARY RESOURCE
An intermediary resource under the meaning in the Act respecting health services and
social services (R.S.Q., c. S-4.2).
GROUND FLOOR
M
Storey that is not a basement or cellar and in which the floor is no more than 2 m
above the level of the street centre.
(CA29 0040-4; 2011-08-30)
RIVER BANK
A strip of land bordering a watercourse or a lake, and which stretches from the
highwater line towards the interior of the landsite or lands over a distance set by the
Zoning By-law.
TENT-TRAILER
Any camping vehicle referred to in the CAN/CSA-Z240 VC, series F99 standard rawn
up by the Canadian Standards Association, whether or not it conforms to this standard.
For information purposes, this standard normally refers to a motor home, a camper
van, a caravan, a folding tent-trailer and a fifth-wheel trailer.
A tent-trailer is designed to be used on a seasonal basis for recreational purposes, is
equipped for sleeping and eating, and may be equipped with sanitary installations or
equipment for food preparation.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
51
STREET
Thoroughfare intended mainly for passenger vehicle traffic.
PRIVATE ROAD
Any road that is not a public road.
PUBLIC ROAD
Road belonging to the Municipality and declared open as a public road or street under
the jurisdiction of the Ministre des Transports du Québec.
PROJECTION
Portion of a building that projects beyond the general line of the wall of a building.
Without limiting the scope of the preceding sentence, a front entrance porch, a cornice,
eaves, a balcony, a portico, a revolving door, a porch, a canopy, an awning, a sign, an
exterior staircase, a veranda, a bay window and an overhanging wall constitute
projections.
NIGHT-TIME OR DAYTIME DANCE HALLS
Establishment with no liquor permit, occupied or used mainly for dancing, which may
be open beyond the hours of operation set out in the Act respecting liquor permits
(R.S.Q., c. P-9.1) and in which the sale of non-alcoholic beverages for consumption on
the premises is authorized.
YARD DIAGRAMS
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
52
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
53
LINE DIAGRAMS
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
54
SETBACK DIAGRAMS
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
55
DWELLING STRUCTURE DIAGRAMS
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
56
LANDSITES DIAGRAMS
DOMESTIC GREENHOUSE
Accessory building in which the walls and roof are mainly made of a material that
allows light to penetrate, for the purpose of growing plants, fruits and vegetables
intended for personal consumption by the producer and not for sale.
COMMERCIAL GREENHOUSE
Accessory building in which the walls and roof are mainly made of a material that
allows light to penetrate, and in which at least 80% of the outside perimeter consists of
glazed openings for the growing of plants, fruits and vegetables intended for retail sale
and related products (fertilizers, growing media, etc.).
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
57
STOP-OVER CHILDCARE SERVICE
A stop-over centre for childcare under the meaning in the Act respecting childcare
centres and childcare services (R.S.Q., c. C-8.2).
HOME CHILDCARE SERVICE
A home childcare service under the meaning of the Act respecting childcare centres
and childcare services (R.S.Q., c. C-8.2).
DAYCARE SERVICE
A daycare, a childcare centre or a nursery school under the meaning of the Act
respecting childcare centres and childcare services (R.S.Q., c. C-8.2) as well as a
childcare service provided at school under the meaning of the Education Act (R.S.Q.,
c. I-13.3) or of the Act respecting private education (R.S.Q., c. E-9.1).
PUBLIC SERVICE
Distribution network for electrical power, natural gas, telephone, telecommunications,
water supply and sewer system, including a building or a structure necessary to ensure
operation of the network.
SOLARIUM
Habitable room that forms part of the main building, installed to take advantage of
sunlight, in which at least 80% or the exterior perimeter consists of glazed openings. A
glazed atrium is considered a solarium under the meaning of the present by-law.
BASEMENT
Storey of a building that is below the ground floor, partially underground, in which at
least half the height, measured from the floor to the finished ceiling or to the underside
of the joists of the floor above if the ceiling is not finished, is located above the
average grade level on the exterior, after final grading.
A basement is not taken into account when calculating the number of storeys in a
building.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
58
GROSS FLOOR AREA
Area of a floor in a building measured to the outer edge of exterior walls or to the
centre line of party walls.
LEASABLE FLOOR AREA
The leasable floor area is the result obtained by subtracting, from the total floor area,
the floor area occupied by an indoor mall, a technical area (heating, electrical room,
valve room) or a common public space (washrooms, locker room, infant care station,
nursery room, daycare for the exclusive use of the clientele, parcel room, etc.).
BUILDING FOOTPRINT
Area of the surface delineated by the vertical projection of a building onto the ground,
including a porch, a covered deck, a light well or an air shaft, but excluding a patio, a
veranda, a balcony, an outdoor staircase, an outdoor ramp, eaves and an outdoor
loading bay.
TOTAL FLOOR AREA
Sum of the gross area of each of the floors in the building, including the floor area of a
basement but excluding the floor area of a cellar. For the purposes of calculating a
minimum density, excluded from the calculation are spaces used for mechanical
purposes (technical room), basement storage spaces and the floor area used for
basement and semi-basement parking.
LANDSITE
Area of land in one piece, belonging to an owner or co-owned undivided, consisting of
one or more lots or parts of lots.
CORNER LANDSITE
Landsite located at the intersection of two streets, for which the angle of intersection is
less than 135 degrees, or located on a stretch of street that describes an arc subtended
by an angle of less than 135 degrees.
See also “Lots Diagram”.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
59
CORNER THROUGH LANDSITE
Landsite with a façade facing three streets.
See also “Lots Diagram”.
SERVICED LANDSITE
See “Serviced Lot or Land”.
PARKING LOT FOR CARS
Use constituted by off-street, parking spaces, above-ground, underground or multistorey, intended for the general public and managed or operated by a profit-making or
non-profit-making organization or by an individual, whether or not payment is
required.
INTERIOR LANDSITE
Landsite with frontage on a single street.
See also “Lot Diagrams”.
UNSERVICED LANDSITE
See “Unserviced Lot or Land”.
PARTIALLY SERVICED LANDSITE
See “Partially Serviced Lot or Land”.
THROUGH LANDSITE
Landsite bordered by two streets located on the opposite sides of the landsite.
See also “Lot Diagrams”.
PATIO
Outdoor surface, installed on the ground or raised above the ground, generally
comprising a wooden floor, a concrete slab floor cast on site or concrete pavers or
slabs, and used mainly for leisure, sunbathing or outdoor dining.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
60
RESTAURANT TERRACE/PATIO
N
Terrace or patio installed for customers of a commercial establishment to consume
their meals or beverages outdoors.
PALE ROOF
A roof made of light-colored material or covered with a reflective coating or lightcolored coating ballast. (CA29 0040-14 ; 2013-06-06)
FLAT ROOF
Roof with a slope of less than 3 : 12 over more than 25% of its surface measured in
horizontal projection.
N
GREEN ROOF
Coating of a roof allowing the growth of the vegetation and minimally comprising a
sealing layer, a growth substrate and a plant layer. (CA29 0040-14 ; 2013-0606)
BACKFILLING WORK
See “Backfilling”
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
61-1
BICYCLE PARKING UNIT
Space laid out specifically for parking a single bicycle.
USE
Purpose for which a landsite or part of a landsite, a structure or part of a structure is or
may be used or occupied.
ACCESSORY USE
Use related to the main use, ancillary to that use and helping to improve the usefulness,
convenience and attractiveness of the main use.
ADDITIONAL USE
Purpose for which a building, a structure or a landsite, or a part of any of these, is or
may be used or occupied in addition to a main use.
DEPENDENT USE
Purpose for which a building, a structure or a landsite, or a part of any of these, is or
may be used or occupied in a dependent manner to a main use: operations for the
dependent use and the main use are exercised simultaneously.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
61-2
MAIN USE
Primary purpose for which a building, a structure, a landsite or a part of any of these is
or is intended to be used.
TEMPORARY USE
Use authorized for a limited time period set by the Zoning By-law.
PUBLIC UTILITY
See “Public Service”.
TOOL VEHICLE
A road vehicle, designed mainly for carrying out work, and permanently equipped
with tools for this purpose.
RECREATIONAL VEHICLE
An off-road vehicle under the meaning of the Highway Safety Code (R.S.Q., c. C-24.2)
and any other vehicle, motorized or not, designed to be used for recreational purposes,
such as a pleasure boat, a personal watercraft, a tent-trailer, a snowmobile, a trailer, an
all-terrain vehicle, a watercraft or any other similar vehicle.
VERANDA
Platform covered by a roof, on which the exterior walls are screened or glazed, except
for the structural support elements and any low wall, with a maximum height of 0.75
m, placed at the base of these walls. In no case does a covered deck constitute a
solarium or a habitable room.
SERVICE SPACE
Space provided in a building for concealing technical installations such as garbage
chutes, conduits, plumbing pipes, ducts and cables, or to facilitate their installation.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
61-3
THOROUGHFARE
Area of land or installation intended for vehicular and pedestrian traffic, including
related installations such as a shoulder, a berm, a drainage ditch or infrastructure.
Without limiting the scope of the preceding clause, the expression “Thoroughfare”
designates in particular a road, a street, a lane, a sidewalk, a footpath, a bike path, a
snowmobile trail and a hiking trail.
PERMANENT AGRICULTURAL ZONE
The territory included, by order of, or by a decision from, the Commission de
protection du territoire agricole, in the agricultural zone established in virtue of the Act
respecting the preservation of agricultural land and agricultural activities (R.S.Q., c. P41.1).
LOW-FLOW ZONE (20-100 YEARS)
Area of the flood plain, outside the boundary of the high-flow zone, which may flood
during a flood that occurs every 100 years.
HIGH-FLOW ZONE (0-20 YEARS)
Area of the flood plain that may flood during a flood that occurs every 20 years.
WETLAND
Poorly drained, spongy, wet area of land, waterlogged or partially covered by shallow
water, comparatively full and comparatively permanent, uncultivated, and in which the
soil is mostly organic matter.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 3 : Terminology
64
CHAPTER 4
PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO THE CLASSIFICATION
OF MAIN LAND USES
SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS
26. USE GROUPS
For the purposes of the by-law, the main uses are listed under six groups:
1°
Housing (h).
27.
2°
Commercial (c).
3°
Industrial (i).
4°
Community (p).
5°
Recreational (r).
6°
Agricultural (a).
7°
Conservation (e).
REFERENCE TO THE USES
The provisions in the planning regulations and in the specifications chart refer to:
1°
A group of uses, a category of uses, a sub-category of uses of a specific use, including the
alphanumeric or numeric code associated with each, listed in sections 2 to 7 of the present
chapter.
2°
A class of uses, a sub-class of uses and a specific use, including the numeric code
associated with each, listed in Appendix “B” of the present by-law.
28. EXCLUSIVITY OF THE GROUPS, CATEGORIES AND SUB-CATEGORIES OF
USES
The groups, categories and sub-categories of uses are exclusive. In exceptional cases where the
same use is specifically mentioned in more than one sub-category of uses, there is the same use is
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
65
specifically mentioned in more than one sub-category of uses, there is then a distinction made
based on the characteristics of exercising the use so that the use concerned may only be
associated with the sub-category in which the prescribed requirements are met.
29. SCOPE OF THE LISTING OF USES
When a sub-category of uses includes a list of uses, this list is limitative.
When a specific use is not mentioned in any sub-category, it needs to be associated with a subcategory, by taking into account its nature and the characteristics established for the sub-category
concerned.
SECTION 2: CLASSIFICATION OF USES IN THE HOUSING (H) GROUP
30.
USE CATEGORIES IN THE HOUSING (H) GROUP
The “Housing (h)” group includes 4 use categories of a similar nature.
31. SINGLE-FAMILY DWELLING (H1)
The “Single-family Dwelling (h1)” use category authorizes only dwellings with a single dwelling
unit, with the exception of mobile homes.
32. TWO-FAMILY AND THREE-FAMILY DWELLING (H2)
The “Two-family and Three-family Dwelling (h2)” use category authorizes only dwellings with
two or three dwelling units. In a two-family or three-family dwelling, an extra dwelling unit may
be installed in the basement.
33. MULTI-FAMILY DWELLING (H3)
The “Multi-family Dwelling (h3)” use category authorizes only dwellings with four or more
dwelling units.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
66
34.
COLLECTIVE HOUSING (H4)
The “Collective Housing (h4)” use category authorizes only collective, supervised or nonsupervised dwelling units and consists of individual rooms or apartments.
SECTION 3: CLASSIFICATION OF USES IN THE COMMERCIAL (C) GROUP
35.
USE CATEGORIES IN THE COMMERCIAL (C) GROUP
The “Commercial (c)” group includes 5 use categories similar in terms of their nature, the land
use, the construction and the occupation of the building and their impacts on the surrounding
environment.
36. RETAIL SALES AND SERVICES (C1)
1°
The “Retail Sales and Services (c1)” use category authorizes only the uses that have the
following characteristics:
2°
a)
The use relates to the retail sale of a product or the sale of a service.
b)
In addition to a service specifically mentioned in sub-paragraph b) of paragraph g)
of the present article, the use may also relate to services for the maintenance,
repair or rental of dry goods for which retail sale is mentioned in sub-paragraph a)
of paragraph 2° in the present article.
c)
All operations are carried out inside a building with the exception of an accessory
or temporary use specifically authorized outdoors by the by-law.
d)
The use does not cause any smoke, except that produced by the heating system, or
any dust, odour, heat, gas, flashing light or vibration that may be perceptible
outside the building.
e)
The use does not cause any noise more intense than the average ambient noise
level, measured at the landsite boundaries.
f)
The use is not of a sexual nature.
The “Retail Sales and Services (c1)” use category includes, unless otherwise indicated
in the specifications chart, the following sub-categories of uses, insofar as the uses
meet the requirements of paragraph 1°:
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
67
a) The retail sale of food products and dry goods (c1a), including only the uses
under the following codes:
503
522
523
524
5251
5253
5312
534
539
54
5596
56
57
591
592
593
594
595
5965
597
5991
5992
5993
On-line shopping and mail-order business;
Retail sale of plumbing, heating, ventilation, air conditioning and
fireplace equipment;
Retail sale of paint, glass and wallpaper;
Retail sale of electrical material and lighting fixtures;
Retail sale of hardware;
Retail sale of locks, keys and accessories;
Retail sale of household and auto supplies;
Retail sale by automatic dispensing machine;
Retail sale of other general merchandise (except for the use “5395-Retail
sale of recuperated materials (demolition)”);
Retail sale of food products (except for the use “5450–Retail sale of
dairy products (dairy bar)” and the use “5432-Public Market”);
Retail sale of lawnmowers, leaf and snow blowers and their accessories;
Retail sale of clothing and accessories;
Retail sale of furniture, home furnishings and appliances;
Retail sale of prescription and non-prescription drugs, personal care
items and various related items;
Retail sale of alcoholic beverages and articles for their manufacture;
Retail sale of antiques and used goods;
Retail sale of books, stationery, pictures and frames;
Retail sale of sports articles, hunting and fishing accessories, bicycles
and toys;
Retail sale of household pets (pet store);
Retail sale of jewellery, coins and stamps (for collection);
Retail sale of flowers (florist);
Retail sale of funerary monuments and tombstones;
Retail sale of tobacco products, newspapers, magazines and various
articles (tobacconist);
5994 Retail sale of cameras and photography items (except for photographic
services, which are included under code 622);
5995 Retail sale of gifts, souvenirs and various objects;
5996 Retail sale of optical supplies (glasses, lenses, frames);
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
68
5997 Retail sale of orthopedic supplies;
5998 Retail sale of luggage and leather goods;
5999 Other retail sale activities.
b)
A professional, business (including associations), personal, financial or
communication service, as well as a maintenance, repair or rental service for
various products, (c1b), including only the uses listed under the following codes:
152
4291
4292
4293
4711
472
473
474
475
476
479
4924
61
6211
6213
6214
6215
622
623
6241
6244
Housing for organized groups;
Transportation by taxi;
Ambulance service;
Limousine service;
Telephone exchange;
Telegraph communication, station and network;
Radio communication and broadcast (except for the use “4732-Station
and transmission tower for radio”);
Television communication, station and network (except for the use
“4742-Station and transmission tower for television”);
Radio and television broadcast station and network (combined system);
Sound recording studio;
Other communication stations and networks;
Transportation ticket sales;
Finance, insurance and real estate services (except for the use “6123–
Pawnbroker”);
Laundry, dry cleaning and dyeing services (except for carpet cleaning
and industrial laundry services, which come under codes 6215 and 6212
respectively);
Diaper service;
Laundry and dry-cleaning services (self-service);
Carpet cleaning and repair services;
Photographic service;
Beauty, hair and other salons;
Funeral home;
Crematorium;
6249 Other funeral services;
625 Services for the repair or modification of personal accessories and shoe
repair;
6263 Pet grooming service;
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
69
629
631
632
Other personal services;
Advertising service;
Credit and collection services for businesses and consumers;
633
6341
6342
6343
6351
638
6392
6393
6395
6399
6422
6439
6493
6496
6497
6499
651
Reproduction, direct mail advertising, typing and answering services;
Window-cleaning service;
Extermination and disinfection services;
Domestic cleaning service;
Movie, video game and audio-visual material rental services;
Secretarial, translation and word processing services;
Administration and business management consultancy services;
Protection and private investigation services (including armoured cars);
Travel and tour agency;
Other business services;
Repair services for radios, televisions and electronic equipment;
Repair service for other light vehicles (non-motorized vehicles only);
Repair service for watches, clocks and jewellery;
Repair and maintenance services for computer hardware;
Sharpening service for household articles;
Other repair services;
Medical and health care services (except the uses “6513-Hospital
Services” and “6516-Sanatorium, convalescent home and rest home”);
652 Legal services;
6541 Childcare services;
655 Computer services;
656 Paramedic services;
657 Therapeutic services;
659 Other professional services;
6616 Service for estimating property damage (claims adjuster);
673 Postal services;
676 International organization and other extraterritorial organizations;
683 Specialized training (except for the use “6835 – Dance school”);
6991
6992
6993
6994
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Business association;
Association of people exercising the same profession or activity;
Trade union or similar organization;
Civic, social or fraternal association;
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
70
6995 Laboratory services other than medical;
6999 Other diverse services;
8292 Agronomic services.
37.
COMMERCIAL ENTERTAINMENT, LODGING AND FOOD SERVICES (C2)
1° The “Commercial entertainment, lodging and food services (c2)” use category authorizes
only the uses that have the following characteristics:
b)
The use relates to the serving or the sale of food, beverages and meals prepared on
the premises, and to carrying out activities related to entertainment or to sport or
to the accommodation of transient guests.
c)
All the operations are carried out inside a building, with the exception of outdoor
activities specifically mentioned in paragraph 2° of the present article.
d)
Operations may involve late evening and night-time activities.
e)
Attendance for the use may generate sporadic inconveniences related to major car
traffic movements.
f)
The use does not cause any smoke, except that produced by the heating system, or
any dust, odour, heat, gas, flashing light or vibration that may be perceptible
outside the building.
g)
The use does not cause any noise more intense than the average ambient noise
level, measured at the landsite boundaries.
h)
The use is not of a sexual nature.
2° The “Commercial entertainment, lodging and food services (c2)” use category includes,
unless indicated otherwise in the specifications chart, the following sub-categories of use,
insofar as the uses meet the requirements in paragraph 1°:
a)
Intensive commercial entertainment (c2a), including only the following uses:
6835 Dance school (excluding a ballroom under code 5822);
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
71
7392 Miniature golf (indoor or outdoor);
7395 Amusement arcade (including video games, games played on the
Internet and pinball machines);
7396 Poolroom;
7399 Other places of amusement (indoor premises) (excluding a ballroom
under code 5822);
7413 Indoor squash, racquetball and tennis courts;
7415 Roller-skating rink;
7417 Bowling alley;
7425 Gym and athletic training (including, in particular a sports school);
7432 Indoor swimming pool and related activities;
7452 Curling club;
7459 Other ice-surface activities (indoor and outdoor);
7512 Health centre (including saunas, spas and therapeutic or Turkish baths);
792 Lottery and games of chance.
b)
Commercial entertainment with an assembly area (c2b), including only the uses
under the following code:
721
c)
Gathering for leisure activities
Accommodation and conference services (c2c), including only the uses under the
following codes:
583 Lodging establishment;
7233 Meeting room, conference and convention centre.
d)
Food service (c2d), including only the uses under the following codes:
5450 Retail sale of dairy products (dairy bar);
581 Full or limited food service (except for the use “5815 – Establishment
with reception or banquet hall”);
589 Other specialty food services.
38.
AUTOMOBILE SERVICES (C3)
1°
The “Automobile Services (c3)” use category authorizes only the uses that have the
following characteristics:
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
72
2°
a)
The use related to the retail sale of goods or products or to the sale of services
associated with a car or a recreational vehicle.
b)
All operations are carried out inside a building, except for the dispensing of fuel
or an accessory or temporary use specifically authorized for outdoors by the bylaw.
c)
The use does not cause any smoke, except that produced by the heating system, or
any dust, odour, heat, gas, flashing light or vibration that may be perceptible
outside the building.
d)
The use does not cause any noise more intense than the average ambient noise
level, measured at the landsite boundaries.
e)
The use is not of a sexual nature.
The “Automobile Services (c3)” use category includes, unless otherwise indicated in the
specifications chart, the following sub-categories of uses, insofar as the uses meet the
requirements of paragraph 1°:
a)
Retail distribution centres for petroleum and fuel products (c3a), which include
only the uses under the following codes:
553
b)
Service station (except for the use “5531- Service station with
automobile repair”).
Services for cars or for recreational vehicles (c3b), except for heavy vehicles, that
include only the uses under the following codes:
552 Retail sale of tires, batteries and accessories;
5531 Service station with car repairs;
5593 Retail sale of used car parts and accessories;
641
Car repair services (except the uses “6413 – Body work and car painting
services” and “6417-Heavy vehicle washing service (including bus)”);
6431 Light motorized vehicle repair services (motorcycle, snowmobile, allterrain vehicle).
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
73
c)
Rental and retail sale services for cars or recreational vehicles, except for heavy
vehicles (c3c), that include only the uses under the following codes:
551
5591
5594
5595
6353
6355
39.
Retail sale of motor vehicles;
Retail sale of watercraft and accessories;
Retail sale of motorcycles, snowmobiles and their accessories;
Retail sale of recreational vehicles and touring trailers;
Car rental services;
Rental services for trucks, utility trailers and recreational vehicles.
DISTINCTIVE BUSINESSES AND SERVICES (C4)
1°
The “Distinctive businesses and services (c4)” use category authorizes only the uses that
have the following characteristics:
a)
The use relates to the sale of goods or products or to the sale of a service.
b)
All the operations are carried out inside a building, with the exception of “Public
Market (5432)” or an accessory or temporary use specifically authorized for
outdoors by the by-law.
c)
Operations may involve late evening and night-time activities.
d)
Attendance for the use may generate sporadic inconveniences related to major car
traffic movements.
e)
The use does not cause any smoke, except that produced by the heating system, or
any dust, odour, heat, gas, flashing light or vibration that may be perceptible
outside the building.
f)
The use does not cause any noise more intense than the average ambient noise
level, measured at the landsite boundaries.
g)
The activities and the frequency of use have repulsive effects, whether mutual or
not, in regard to neighbouring activities, in particular in relation to uses in the
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
74
“Housing (h)” group and to certain uses in the “Commercial (c)” and
“Community (p)” groups.
2°
The “Distinctive businesses and services (c4)” use category includes, unless indicated
otherwise in the specifications chart, the following sub-categories of use, insofar as the
uses meet the requirements in paragraph 1°:
a)
A credit for warranty service (c4a), which includes only the following use:
6123 Pawnbroker.
b)
Licensed establishments and dance halls (c4b), that include only the uses under
the following codes:
5815 Establishment with reception or banquet hall;
582 Establishment serving alcoholic beverages and offering various
activities.
c)
A business or service of a sexual nature (c4c) including the uses listed in the
present section and in which the operations consist mainly of:
− Exploiting the nude bodies of people, either the breasts in the case of a
female or the genital area in the case of a male or a female, actually on
the premises;
− Exploiting the nude bodies of people, either the breasts in the case of a
female or the genital area in the case of a male or a female, by the
presentation of films or audiovisual material on which the rating appears
with the advisory “explicit sexuality”;
− Promoting sexual relations amongst people through the intermediary of a
civic, social or fraternal association or through a service.
d)
A daytime or night-time dance hall (c4d), which includes only the uses under the
following code:
986
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Daytime or night-time dance hall.
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
75
e)
A retail sales establishment for used merchandise or a public market (c4e), which
includes only the uses under the following codes:
5332 Retail sale of used merchandise and flea market;
5932 Retail sale of used merchandise;
5432 Public market.
40.
HEAVY ARTERIAL COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES, WHOLESALE BUSINESSES
AND PARA-INDUSTRIAL SERVICES (C5)
1°
2°
The “Heavy arterial commercial activities, wholesale businesses and para-industrial
services (c5)” use category authorizes only the uses that have the following
characteristics:
a)
The use relates to the sale of goods or products or to the sale of a service.
b)
Operations may require large amounts of space for indoor or outdoor storage,
outdoor display, vehicular movements, and parking of fleets of vehicles.
c)
Attendance for the use may generate sporadic inconveniences related to major
traffic movements of cars and trucks, and for transhipments.
d)
Transportation of the merchandise sold may require the use of heavy vehicles.
e)
The use is not of a sexual nature.
The use category “Heavy arterial commercial activities, wholesale businesses and paraindustrial services (c5)” includes, unless otherwise indicated in the specifications chart,
the following sub-categories of uses, insofar as the uses meet the requirements of
paragraph 1°:
a)
The wholesale of food products, consumer products, and personal and household
goods (c5a), which includes only the uses under the following codes:
51
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Wholesale (except for the uses under codes “515 – Wholesale of farm
products (primary products)” and “5182 – Wholesale of new and used
agricultural machinery and equipment”).
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
76
b)
Specialty trade workshops (c5b), which include only the uses under the following
codes:
2078
2698
2798
2898
2998
3048
3198
3280
3298
3398
3698
6413
6498
9831
c)
Artisan’s workshop for local products (including food and beverages)
Artisan’s workshop for sewing and tailoring;
Artisan’s workshop for woodworking;
Artisan’s workshop for furniture and furnishing accessories;
Artisan’s workshop for papermaking;
Artisan’s workshop for printing and publishing;
Artisan’s workshop for primary metal manufacturing;
Artisan’s machine shop;
Artisan’s machine shop for metal products (ex. : tinsmithing);
Artisan’s workshop for machinery;
Artisan’s workshop for non-metallic mineral products;
Body shop and car painting services;
Welding service;
Artisan’s workshop the manufacture of signs.
Commercial uses not listed elsewhere and that meet the requirements of
paragraph 1° belong to the use category (c5c).
SECTION 4: CLASSIFICATION OF USES IN THE INDUSTRIAL GROUP (I)
41.
USE CATEGORIES FOR THE INDUSTRIAL GROUP (I)
The “Industrial (i)” group includes 3 use categories similar in terms of their land use, the
construction and the occupation of the building and the degree of impact on the neighbourhood.
42.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT (I1)
1°
The “Research and Development (i1)” use category authorizes only the uses that have the
following characteristics:
a)
The use relates to the process of discovery by means of the research and the
design of products or procedures; it also encompasses any final refinements for
ensuring the validity and reliability of these products or procedures by means of
technical tests and economic feasibility studies.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
77
2°
b)
All operations are carried out inside a building with the exception of an accessory
or temporary use specifically authorized outdoors by the by-law and with the
exception of a use that is, by its nature, exercised outdoors.
c)
The activities may involve installations for keeping animals or for the temporary
accommodation of people when carrying out tests related to the research and
development activities conducted for the use.
d)
Manufacturing activities are limited to refining the prototypes or to the production
of limited quantities of substances or of products to be tested.
e)
In the case of high-tech research and development centres, the activities are
carried out in buildings similar to office buildings, and, when these activities
relate to products; these products do not require large amounts of storage or
handling.
f)
In the case of industrial research and development centres, the activities may
require installations similar to industrial installations, such as large storage areas
for inputs and outputs, very high buildings or machining activities.
The “Research and Development (i1)” use category includes, unless otherwise indicated
in the specifications chart, the following sub-categories of uses, insofar as the uses meet
the requirements of paragraph 1°:
a)
High-tech research and development centres (i1a), which include only the uses
under the following codes:
3050 Software designer and programmer;
6365 Research centre for physics and chemistry (including, in particular,
optical sciences, electronics and bionics);
6366 Research centre for life sciences;
6367 Research centre for mathematics and computing;
6368 Research centre for emerging sciences (included here are language
technologies and photonics);
6369 Other high-tech research and development centres;
9852 Research centre for communications and telecommunications.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
78
b)
Industrial research and development centres and testing centres (i1b), which
include only the following uses:
4923 Transportation testing centre (including, in particular, a collision test
facility and a centre or a track for road tests);
6361 Environmental and natural resource research centre (ground, air, water);
6362 Transportation testing centre (including, in particular, a research centre
for vehicles and a research centre for avionics and aerospace products);
6363 Research centre for energy and materials;
6391 Research, development and testing services (including, in particular, a
research centre for avionics and aerospace products, etc.);
9851 Testing centre for thermal or mechanical shock.
43.
INDUSTRIAL MANUFACTURING (I2)
1°
2°
The “Industrial Manufacturing (i2)” use category authorizes only the uses that have the
following characteristics:
a)
Activities for the use related to manufacturing, which may also include the design
and refinement of finished or unfinished goods and products made by processing
raw materials, mixing ingredients or assembling semi-finished products.
b)
The use may generate major traffic movements of heavy vehicles.
The “Industrial Manufacturing (i2)” use category includes, unless otherwise indicated in
the specifications chart, the following sub-categories of uses, insofar as the uses meet the
requirements of paragraph 1°:
a)
Low-, medium- or high-impact industries (i2a), which include only the uses under
the following codes:
20
b)
Food and beverage industry (except the use “2078 – Artisan’s workshop
for local products (including food products and beverages)”, and the
use “2013 – Rendering Industry”).
Low-, medium- or high-impact industries (i2b), which include only the uses under
the following codes:
21
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Tobacco industry;
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
79
22
23
24
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
39
44.
Rubber and plastic products industry;
Leather industry and related products;
Textile industry;
Clothing industry (except the use “2698 - Artisan’s workshop for sewing
and tailoring”);
Wood industry (except the use “2798 - Artisan’s workshop for
woodworking”);
Furniture and furnishings industry (except the use “2898 - Artisan’s
workshop for furniture and furnishing accessories”);
Paper and paper products industry (except the use “2998 - Artisan’s
workshop for papermaking”);
Printing, publishing and related industries (except the uses “3048 Artisan’s workshop for printing and publishing” and “3050 – Software
designer and programmer”);
Primary metal manufacturing industry (except the use “3198 - Artisan’s
workshop for primary metal manufacturing”);
Metal products industry (except for the machinery and transportation
equipment industries) (except the uses “3280 – Machine shop” and
“3298 - Artisan’s machine shop for metal products”);
Machinery industry (except the use “3398 - Artisan’s machine shop”;
Transportation equipment industry;
Electrical and electronic products industry;
Non-metallic mineral products industry (except the uses included under
codes “365 – Ready mix concrete industry” and “3698 - Artisan’s
workshop for non-metallic mineral products”);
Other manufacturing industries.
EXPLOITATION OF RAW MATERIALS (I3)
1°
The “Exploitation of raw materials (i3)” use category authorizes only the uses that have
the following characteristics:
a)
The use relates to the extraction, handling and primary processing of raw
materials.
b)
The use may generate major traffic movements of heavy vehicles.
c)
The use may cause smoke, dust, odour, heat, gas, flashing light, vibration, noise or
other nuisance that may be perceptible beyond the boundaries of the landsite on
which the use is carried out.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
80
2°
The “Exploitation of raw materials (i3)” use category includes, unless otherwise indicated
in the specifications chart, the following sub-categories of uses, insofar as the uses meet
the requirements of paragraph 1°:
a)
The extraction and the primary processing of raw materials (i3a), which include
only the uses under the following codes:
365
3711
3712
3714
3719
3790
38
831
833
8390
Ready mix concrete industry;
Refined petroleum products industry (except for lubricants and grease);
Lubricating oil and grease industry;
Petrol refining;
Other petroleum services;
Other petroleum and charcoal product industries;
Chemical industry;
Commercial forestry production;
Peat and turf production;
Other forestry activities and related services.
SECTION 5: CLASSIFICATION OF LAND USES FOR
THE COMMUNITY (P) GROUP
45.
USE CATEGORIES IN THE COMMUNITY (P) GROUP
The “Community (p)” group includes 4 use categories of a similar nature in terms of the target
clienteles, their community character and their level of accessibility by the population. Ownership
or management for these uses may fall under the public or private sector.
46. RECREATION (P1)
1°
The “Recreation (p1)” use category authorizes only the uses that have the following
characteristics:
a)
The use is mainly exercised in an outdoor space or in direct relationship with an
extensive outdoor space.
b)
The facilities, infrastructures and/or equipment are intended for use by the general
public, mainly for the purposes of leisure, relaxation and physical activity.
c)
The installation of these uses is generally considered as a service to the
population, which, to varying degrees, may go from the neighbourhood out to the
municipality or the region.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
81
d)
2°
The installation and management of these uses are usually the responsibility of the
public authority.
The “Recreation (p1)” use category includes, unless otherwise indicated in the
specifications chart, the following sub-categories of uses, insofar as the uses meet the
requirements of paragraph 1°:
a)
Outdoor installations intended for relaxation, leisure and sports (p1a), which include
only the uses under the following codes:
742
Playing field and athletics track (except for uses “7424 – General
recreation centre” and “7425 – Gymnasium and athletic training”);
7431 Beach;
7433 Outdoor swimming pool and related activities;
76
Park;
921 Non-commercial forestry services.
47.
INSTITUTIONS (P2)
1°
2°
The “Institutions (p2)” use category authorizes only the uses that have the following
characteristics:
a)
The use relates to the management of public affairs or contributes to the wellbeing
and physical, intellectual and spiritual development of the population.
b)
When the use comes under the private sector, the services rendered are associated,
by their nature, with those rendered by the public sector.
The “Institutions (p2)” use category includes, unless otherwise indicated in the
specifications chart, the following sub-categories of uses, insofar as the uses meet the
requirements of paragraph 1°:
a)
Religious establishments or facilities (p2a), which include only the uses under the
following codes:
155
6242
6243
6911
6919
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Residence for a religious institution;
Cemetery;
Mausoleum;
Church, synagogue, mosque and temple;
Other religious activities.
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
82
b)
Teaching establishments (p2b), which include only the uses under the following
codes:
153
681
682
c)
Residence and student housing;
Pre-school, primary and secondary schools;
University, polyvalent school, CEGEP;
Healthcare and social services establishments (p2c), which include only the uses
under the following codes:
1541
1542
6513
6516
653
Assisted living retirement home;
Orphanage;
Hospital services (including psychiatric hospitals)
Sanatorium, convalescent home and rest home;
Social services (except the use “6534 – Self-help and community resource
centre”);
6542 Transition house (people stay in these establishments for a limited time
period).
d)
Cultural and sports establishments, or those related to public affairs and
community services (p2d), which include only the uses under the following
codes:
6534 Self-help and community resource centre (including resources for
accommodation, furniture and food);
6711 Federal public administration;
6712 Provincial public administration;
6713 Municipal and regional public administration;
679 Other government services;
692 Welfare and charity services;
6996 Tourist information office;
6997 Community or neighbourhood centre (including a diocesan centre);
711 Cultural activity;
719 Other exhibitions of cultural objects;
7221 Stadium;
7222 Multi-use sports centre;
7229
Other sports facilities;
7424 General recreation centre (includes diverse recreational activities for all
age groups and kinds of interests. The recreation centre may include, but is
not limited to: a gym, rooms for games, meetings, art, crafts, etc.);
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
83
7451 Arena and related activities (ice skating).
48.
SERVICES (P3)
1°
2°
The “Services (p3)” use category authorizes only the uses that have the following
characteristics:
a)
The use relates to the provision of a public service, management of public
infrastructures or equipment, public safety and civil protection.
b)
When the use comes under the private sector, the services rendered are associated,
by their nature, with those rendered by the public sector.
The “Services (p3)” use category includes, unless otherwise indicated in the specifications
chart, the following sub-categories of uses, insofar as the uses meet the requirements of
paragraph 1°:
a)
b)
Security and defence (p3a), which include only the uses under the following
codes:
672
674
Preventive duties and related activities;
Detention centre and correctional institution;
675
Military area and base.
The production of public services and related activities (p3b), which include only
the uses under the following codes:
3716 Station for controlling oil pressure;
471 Telephone communication, centre and network (except the use “4711 –
Telephone exchange”;
4732 Radio station and transmission tower;
4742 Television station and transmission tower;
48
Public service (except uses “485 – Garbage depot and installations”,
“4862 - Centre and network for the storage and distribution of natural
gas” and “4875 – Recycling and sorting of pollutants and toxic
materials”);
9841 Municipal garage and workshop.
c)
Large vehicles for the transportation of people and merchandise (p3c), which
include only the uses under the following codes:
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
84
41
43
44
Railway and Metro.
Air transportation.
Sea transportation.
SECTION 6: CLASSIFICATION OF USES IN
THE RECREATION (R) GROUPE
49.
USE CATEGORIES IN THE RECREATION (R) GROUP
The “Recreation (R)” group includes 2 use categories similar in terms of their recreation
character, the amount of space used and their propensity to generate impacts related to traffic,
noise and the presence of crowds.
50. EXTENSIVE RECREATION (R1)
1°
The “Extensive recreation (r1)” use category authorizes only the uses that have the
following characteristics:
a)
The use relates to recreational, outdoor or amusement activities, that require large
areas of land and large infrastructures or heavy pieces of equipment or for which
the practise requires huge, specially devoted or equipped outdoor areas;
b)
The use is generally carried out outside a building.
2°
The “Extensive recreation (r1)” use category includes, unless otherwise indicated in
the specifications chart, the following sub-categories of uses, insofar as the uses meet
the requirements of paragraph 1°:
a)
Activities related to watersports (r1a), which include only the uses under the
following codes:
6356 Rental services for watercraft;
744 Water-related activities.
b)
Space-consuming recreational activities (r1b), which include only the uses under
the following codes:
191
712
7224
731
7393
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Accommodation for hunting, fishing and the forest;
Exhibition of objects or animals;
Luge run, bobsled course and ski-jumping facility;
Exhibition park and amusement park;
Driving range (golf);
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
85
7411
7412
7416
7418
7419
749
75
51.
Golf course (no clubhouse or other sports facilities);
Golf course (with clubhouse and other sports facilities);
Horse riding (equestrian centre);
Slide (waterslide);
Other sports activities;
Other recreational activities;
Tourist centre and camping site for groups (except the use “7512 –
Health spa (including saunas, spas and therapeutic or Turkish baths)”).
EXTREME AND MOTORIZED SPORTS (R2)
1°
2°
The “Extreme and motorized sports (r2)” use category authorizes only the uses that have
the following characteristics:
a)
The use relates to recreational, outdoor and amusement activities that require
installations with large areas of land and large infrastructures or heavy pieces of
equipment or for which the practise requires huge, specially designated or
equipped, outdoor or indoor spaces.
b)
The use is generally carried out outside a building.
c)
The activities generally create noise.
d)
Carrying out the activities usually involves specific risks for the users or requires
specific installations to limit or avoid any danger for the neighbourhood.
The “Extreme and motorized sports (r2)” use category includes, unless otherwise
indicated in the specifications chart, the following sub-categories of uses, insofar as the
uses meet the requirements of paragraph 1°:
a)
Track activities (r2a), which include only the uses under the following codes:
7223 Racetrack (includes tracks for one or more types of races (cars,
motorcycles, etc.);
7225 Race course (horses);
7394 Go kart track.
b)
Off-track extreme sports (r2b), which include only the uses under the following
codes:
748
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Extreme sports activities;
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
86
7414 Indoor firing range
9871 Firing range;
9872 Archery and cross bow centre.
SECTION 7: CLASSIFICATION OF USES IN THE AGRICULTURAL (A) GROUP
52.
USE CATEGORIES IN THE AGRICULTURAL (A) GROUP
The “Agricultural (a)” group includes 2 use categories similar in terms of the nature of the
agricultural practises and the level of compatibility with the non-agricultural uses.
53. AGRICULTURAL WITHOUT LIVESTOCK (A1)
1°
2°
The “Agricultural without livestock (a1)” use category authorizes only the uses that have
the following characteristics:
a)
The main use is an agricultural activity under the meaning of the Act respecting
the preservation of agricultural land and agricultural activities (R.S.Q., c. P-41.1)
except in the case of a non-agricultural use specifically mentioned in paragraph 2°
of the present article.
b)
There is no keeping or raising of animals, except for the keeping of companion
animals for personal purposes, and the keeping and raising of animals when these
uses are specifically mentioned in paragraph 2° of the present article.
The “Agricultural without livestock (a1)” use category includes, unless otherwise
indicated in the specifications chart, the following sub-categories of uses, insofar as the
uses meet the requirements of paragraph 1°:
a)
Plant husbandry (a1a), which includes only the uses under the following codes:
812
813
814
818
8191
8192
8194
8199
8293
Farm (cereal crops);
Farm (except the harvesting of cereal crops, fruits and vegetables);
Farm (fruits and vegetables);
Farm in general;
Pasture and grazing land (not integrated into a farm or into a ranch
belonging in general to the public domain);
Greenhouse, specializing in the growing of flowers (flower seeds);
Farm (maple products) (maple sugaring);
Other agricultural and related activities;
Production of Christmas trees;
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
87
832 Commercial forestry production;
9882 Silviculture.
b)
The production of honey or fish (a1b), which includes only the uses under the
following codes:
8193 Apiary (beekeeping);
842 Fish farm.
54.
AGRICULTURE WITH LIVESTOCK (A2)
1°
2°
The “Agriculture with livestock (a2)” use category authorizes only the uses that have the
following characteristics:
a)
The main use is an agricultural activity under the meaning of the Act respecting
the preservation of agricultural land and agricultural activities (R.S.Q.,
c. P-41.1).
b)
The main purpose of the activities is to keep and raise animals.
The “Agriculture with livestock (a2)” use category includes, unless otherwise indicated in
the specifications chart, the following sub-categories of uses, insofar as the uses meet the
requirements of paragraph 1°:
a)
Raising of non-repugnant livestock (a2a), which includes only the following uses:
815
816
b)
Farm (dairy products);
Farm and ranch (animals for activities other than dairy production)
(except the use “8162 - Farm and ranch (pig raising)”).
Raising of repugnant livestock (a2b), which includes only the following uses:
8225
8227
8228
8229
Service for keeping farm animals;
Obedience training for farm animals;
Grooming service for farm animals;
Other services for raising farm animals.
SECTION 8 : LAND USE CLASSIFICATION IN THE CONSERVATION (E) GROUP
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
88
55.
USE CATEGORIES IN THE CONSERVATION (E) GROUP
The “Conservation (e)” group includes 1 use category similar in terms of the nature of the
practices.
56. CONSERVATION PARK (E1)
1°
The “Conservation Park (e1)” category authorizes only the uses that have the
following characteristics:
a) The use relates to the identification of any building or territory that, because of its
heritage value, the beauty of the milieu and landscape, the fragility of the natural
environment, the protection of ecosystems in place or its rich natural potential,
deserves to be preserved in or restored to its original state.
b) A public authority implements or manages these uses.
The “Conservation Park (e1)” category includes, unless otherwise indicated in the
specifications chart, the following sub-categories of uses, insofar as the uses meet the
requirements of Paragraph 1:
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
89
− A walkway or a hiking trail
− A listed or classified heritage building
− An observation station, a lookout or a kiosk
− An interpretation centre or a welcome office
− A service with or without a storage yard
− A parking area and access aisles
− A leisure area, playground or picnic area
SECTION 9: AUTHORIZED OR PROHIBITED USES
57.
AUTHORIZED OR PROHIBITED USES BY ZONE
Subject to article 59, the specifications chart determines which uses are authorized and which
uses are prohibited in each zone.
58. USES AUTHORIZED IN ALL ZONES
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the bylaw, the following uses are authorized in
all zones:
1°
Gas pressure control station (3716) ;
2°
Electrical sub-station (4815) ;
3°
Water pressure control station (4834) ;
4°
Waste water pressure control station (4843) ;
5°
Natural gas pressure control station (4863) ;
6°
Amusement ground (7421) ;
7°
Playground (7422) ;
8°
Sports fields (7423) ;
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
90
59.
9°
Other playgrounds and athletic paths (7429) ;
10°
Parks for general recreation (7611) ;
11°
Panoramic viewpoint, road stopping place, truck stop or interpretation centre (7612) ;
12°
Recreational and ornamental park (7620) ;
13°
Community garden (7631) ;
14°
Other parks (7639).
USES PROHIBITED IN ALL ZONES
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the bylaw, the following uses are prohibited in
all zones:
1°
Rendering industry (2013);
2°
Buildings and landsites for the collection, storage or commercial use of demolition
material or waste material such as paper, cardboard, rags, scrap metal, etc. (5395);
3°
Buildings and landsites for the purpose of auction sales (5155) and (5333);
4°
Quarries and sand pits (85) et (89);
5°
Kennels (8197);
6°
Car cemeteries or tire dumps;
7°
Rabbit hutches (9881);
8°
Yards for scrap metal or rags;
9°
Yards for waste material or garbage;
10°
Dump (485);
11°
Raising of pigs, poultry or fur-bearing animals (8162), (8170), (8195) and (8196);
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
91
12°
Facilities for the treatment or storage of horsehair, decomposable material or feathers;
13°
Plants making benzene or derivatives, candles, bituminous concrete, explosives, mineral
oils, naphtha and derivatives, paraffin, pitch, turpentine and derivatives;
14°
Smelters;
15°
Charcoal ovens;
16°
Lime kilns;
17°
Pigeon lofts;
18°
Sites or warehouses for dangerous materials (4875).
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 4 : Provisions relative to the classification of main land uses
92
CHAPTER 5
PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO TEMPORARY
USES AND BUILDINGS
60.
SCOPE OF THE CHAPTER
The present chapter does not apply to a temporary use that also constitutes an additional use or an
accessory use to a main use. The provisions in chapters 9 to 12 inclusively and in the
specifications chart do not apply to a temporary use or to a temporary building targeted by the
present chapter.
SECTION 1: TEMPORARY USES AND BUILDINGS AUTHORIZED
FOR ALL USES
61.
BLOOD COLLECTION
The holding of a blood donor clinic is authorized as a temporary use on any landsite or in any
building, whatever the main use. The time period for this use is not limited.
62. CONSTRUCTION SITE HUT
A modular building or trailer is authorized as a temporary building on a construction site to serve
as a site office, premises for the workers or a material and tool depot. When the site involves the
construction of a building with a total floor area of more than 10,000 m², the temporary building
may also house food services for the workers. The number of temporary buildings on a
construction site is unlimited.
The temporary building may be installed on the landsite as soon as the building permit or the
certificate of authorization has been issued for the construction to begin. It must be removed
within 30 days of the completion of the construction work or the expiry date for the permit or
certificate, whichever comes first. Use of the site hut as housing is prohibited.
The temporary building must be installed at least 3 m from any street line and 1.5 m from any
side or rear landsite boundary line.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 5 : Provisions relative to temporary uses and buildings
93
63.
REAL ESTATE SALES OFFICE
A modular building is authorized as a temporary building to serve as a real estate sales office on a
landsite that forms part of a real estate project. The temporary building may be installed upon the
issuance of a written authorization from the designated official. The designated official may issue
this authorization once Council has approved the parcelling proposal, or, should the approval
procedure for a parcelling proposal not apply, once the building permit for construction to begin
on the real estate project has been issued.
Authorization to install a temporary building to serve as a real estate sales office is valid for a
period of 365 days. It is renewable until the real estate project has been completed. The
temporary building must be removed within 30 days of the completion of the construction work
or the expiry date for the last permit or certificate, whichever comes first.
The temporary building must be installed at least 3 m from any street line and 1.5 m from any
side or rear landsite boundary line.
SECTION 2: TEMPORARY USES AND BUILDINGS AUTHORIZED
FOR USES IN THE “HOUSING (H)” GROUP
64.
WINTER GARAGE, WINTER DOORWAY SHELTER AND WINTER TUNNEL
It is permitted to install a single winter garage, a single winter doorway shelter and a single winter
tunnel on a landsite occupied by a main use in the “Single-family dwelling (h1)” and “Twofamily and three-family dwellings (h2)” use categories, under the following conditions:
1°
A winter shelter may be installed during the period from November 1 of one year until
April 15 of the following year.
M
2°
A winter shelter is authorized in all yards, at least 1 m from the sidewalk and at least 2 m
from the edge of the street or of the roadway, as the case may be.
(CA29 0040-12 ; 2013-06-28)
3°
A winter garage must be located in an off-street parking area or in an entrance aisle
leading to the off-street parking area.
4°
The maximum height of a winter shelter is set at 3 m.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 5 : Provisions relative to temporary uses and buildings
94
5°
The structure must be covered in a tone of white fibrous synthetic canvas, waterproof and
fireproof.
6°
The materials used for the winter shelter must be well maintained.
SECTION 3: TEMPORARY USES AND BUILDINGS AUTHORIZED
FOR USES IN THE COMMERCIAL (C) GROUP
65.
STAND FOR THE OUTDOOR SALE OF CHRSITMAS TREES FOR A USE IN THE
“COMMERCIAL (C)” GROUP
It is permitted to install a stand for the outdoor sale of Christmas trees on any landsite occupied
by a main use in the “Commercial (c)” group under the following conditions:
1°
The space occupied by the installations associated with the stand may be located inside an
off-street parking area.
66.
2°
The stand must be located on a landsite occupied by a main building.
3°
The stand is authorized from November 15 to December 30 inclusively of the same year.
4°
The footprint of the stand must not exceed 30 m² per landsite.
5°
It is permitted to install a single-module modular building or a trailer on the landsite being
used for the sale, on the following conditions:
a)
The temporary building must be removed no later than the day following the end
of the authorized exploitation period in effect or the end of the exploitation period
authorized, whichever comes first;
b)
The temporary building must be installed at least 4 m from a landsite boundary
line.
FAIRS, FESTIVALS, PUBLIC CELEBRATIONS, FAIRGROUNDS AND CIRCUSES
FOR A SHOPPING CENTRE OR AN INTEGRATED COMMERCIAL PROJECT
The following temporary uses are authorized on a landsite occupied by a shopping centre or an
integrated commercial project:
1°
Holding a fair, a festival or a public celebration, or operating a fairground.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 5 : Provisions relative to temporary uses and buildings
95
2°
Presentation of a circus show.
3°
Retail sales stores, retail services, entertainment and food services, as well as recreational
activities exercised as an accessory to a use mentioned in paragraphs 1° or 2° above.
These temporary uses are authorized under the following conditions:
1°
The period of operation must not exceed 15 consecutive days.
2°
The maximum number of operating periods is limited to 2 per landsite in the same year.
3°
The public must have access to toilets on the landsite on which the temporary use is
exercised.
4°
Waste bins or containers and recycling bins must be installed on the landsite on which the
temporary use is exercised.
5°
No equipment may be placed and no use may be exercised within 3 m of the landsite
boundary line.
A modular building, a trailer, a big top circus tent or a stand is authorized as a temporary building
to house a temporary use or an accessory use for a temporary use. The number of temporary
buildings is unlimited. The temporary building must respect the minimum front and side setbacks
on a street prescribed in the specifications chart for the zone in which the landsite is located.
Notwithstanding the preceding, a structure necessary to the temporary use may not be installed
within 3 m of a landsite boundary line.
SECTION 5: TEMPORARY USES AND BUILDINGS AUTHORIZED FOR USES IN THE
COMMUNITY (P) GROUP
67.
WINTER DOORWAY SHELTER AND WINTER TUNNEL
It is permitted to install a single winter doorway shelter and a single winter tunnel on a landsite
occupied by a main use in the “Community (p)” group of uses, on the following conditions:
1°
A winter shelter may be installed during the period from October 15 of one year until
April 15 of the following year.
2°
A winter shelter is authorized in all yards, at least 1 m from the sidewalk and at least 2 m
from the edge of the street or of the roadway, as the case may be.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 5 : Provisions relative to temporary uses and buildings
96
68.
3°
The maximum height of a winter shelter is set at 3 m.
4°
The structure must be covered in a fibrous synthetic canvas, waterproof and fireproof,
with a white color.
5°
The materials used for a winter shelter must be well maintained.
FAIRS, FESTIVALS, PUBLIC CELEBRATIONS, FAIRGROUNDS AND CIRCUSES
FOR A USE IN THE “COMMUNITY (P)” GROUP
Article 0 is applicable, in adaptation, to a landsite occupied by a main use in the
“Community (p)” group of uses.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 5 : Provisions relative to temporary uses and buildings
97
CHAPTER 6
PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO ADDITIONAL USES
AND DEPENDENT USES
SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO ADDITIONAL USES AND
DEPENDENT USES
69.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
DEPENDENT USES
FOR
EXERCISING
ADDITIONAL
USES
AND
Exercising an additional use or a dependent use does not change the nature of the main use of a
building or a landsite. To be considered as an additional use or a dependent use, a use must
respect all the provisions applicable to it in virtue of the present chapter.
A use that could be considered as an additional use or a dependent use but that does not respect
all the provisions applicable in the present chapter is considered as being a main use. It is subject
to all the provisions in the by-law relative to main uses.
SECTION 2: USES ADDITIONAL TO THE USES IN THE HOUSING (H) GROUP
70.
ADDITIONAL USES AUTHORIZED FOR THE “SINGLE-FAMILY DWELLING
(H1)”, “TWO-FAMILY DWELLING AND THREE-FAMILY DWELLING (H2)” AND
“MULTI-FAMILY HOUSING (H3)” USE CATEGORIES
The uses authorized as additional uses to a main use that belong to the “Single-family dwelling
(h1)”, “Two-family dwelling and Three-family dwelling (h2)” and “Multi-family housing (h3)”
use categories are, in a limitative manner:
1°
The rental of rooms with board and lodging.
2°
A service business within the limits of the following uses:
a)
Office of a professional exercising one of the following professions regulated by
the Professional Code (R.S.Q., c. C-26):
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 6 : Provisions relative to additional uses and dependent uses
98
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Lawyer
Notary
Agronomist
Architect
Engineer (including Forestry Engineer)
Land Surveyor
Certified General Accountant, Chartered Accountant or Certified Management
Accountant
Bailiff
Geologist
Social Worker
Certified Human Resource and Industrial Relations Professional
Urban planner
Chartered Administrator
Accredited Appraiser
Professional Technologist, with the exception of a technologist associated with
medical and healthcare services, paramedical or therapeutic care;
b)
Massage therapist, chiropractor, physiotherapist
c)
Landscape architect
d)
Business office associated with the administration of a company (office only)
e)
Environmental services office
f)
Real estate or insurance agent or broker, stockbroker or commodities broker
office
g)
Travel agency
h)
Secretarial, translation, typing or word processing services
i)
Computing services
j)
Administration and business consultancy services
k)
Home school
l)
Music teaching
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 6 : Provisions relative to additional uses and dependent uses
99
71.
m)
Dressmaking
n)
Telecommuting
o)
Home childcare service
p)
Foster family, foster home or an intermediary resource.
ADDITIONAL USES AUTHORIZED FOR THE “SINGLE-FAMILY DWELLING
(H1)” USE CATEGORY
In addition to the additional uses mentioned in Article 0, the following additional uses are
authorized for a main use that is part of the “Single-family dwelling (h1)” use category for a
detached, semi-detached or rowhouse structure:
1°
An “additional dwelling unit”.
2°
72.
“Tourist B&B” type accommodation.
ADDITIONAL USES AUTHORIZED FOR A BUILDING WITH MORE THAN 60
DWELLING UNITS OR MORE THAN 120 ROOMS
The following limited uses are authorized as additional uses inside a building with more than 60
dwelling units, for a main use that is part of the “Multi-family dwelling (h3)” use category or
inside a building with more than 120 rooms, for a main use that is part of the “Collective housing
(h4)” use category:
1°
Convenience store (with no gas sales).
2°
Restaurant.
3°
Retail sale of medications and diverse articles (pharmacy).
4°
Medical clinic (General Practitioner offices).
5°
Depot for laundry, dry-cleaning and dyeing services.
6°
Beauty salon.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 6 : Provisions relative to additional uses and dependent uses
100
73.
7°
Hair salon.
8°
Hairdresser.
9°
Beauty parlour.
10°
Church, synagogue, mosque and temple and other religious activities.
11°
Indoor swimming pool and related activities.
12°
Gymnasium and athletics training.
GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN ADDITIONAL USE
An additional use to the following conditions:
1°
An additional use must be carried out inside the main building.
2°
The additional use must not occasion any outdoor storage or display.
3°
Installation of an additional use must not lead to modifications to the exterior appearance
of the building, in particular in regard to its residential architecture. Among other things,
the addition of a door on the main façade of the building is prohibited.
4°
Except in the case of an “intermediary resource” or a use mentioned in Article 0, an
additional use is also subject to the following conditions:
a)
The additional use must be installed inside a dwelling unit and the person carrying
out the use must have his main domicile in this dwelling unit.
b)
Access to the additional use must be common with that of the dwelling unit in
which it is located.
c)
There must be no more than 2 additional uses per dwelling unit.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 6 : Provisions relative to additional uses and dependent uses
101
74.
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO
“BOARDING ROOMS”
THE ADDITIONAL USE OF
In addition to the conditions applicable in virtue of Article 0, the additional use of “boarding
rooms” is subject to the following conditions:
1°
No more than 2 boarding rooms may be let per dwelling unit.
75.
2°
The gross floor area of the boarding rooms offered for rent must not represent more than
50% of the gross floor area of the dwelling unit, or 120 m², whichever area is smaller.
3°
A boarding room offered for rent must not be in a cellar but may be in a basement.
4°
The installation of an additional use must not involve modifications to the outdoor offstreet parking area for the landsite on which it is located, unless they must be made in
order to respect the total minimum number of spaces required in Article without
exceeding this number.
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USE OF “SERVICE
BUSINESS”
In addition to the conditions applicable in virtue of Article 0, the additional use of “service
business” is subject to the following conditions:
1°
The business must not employ more than one person who is not domiciled in the dwelling
unit.
2°
The floor area occupied by the business(es) may not exceed 25% of the total floor area of
the dwelling unit.
3°
The sale of products or goods originating outside the dwelling unit is not permitted.
4°
A display window facing the outside is not permitted.
5°
A “home schooling” service business is also subject to the following conditions:
a)
The school may not have more than 3 students at the same time;
b)
The school may not provide instruction related to a sports activity or athletics
training.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 6 : Provisions relative to additional uses and dependent uses
102
76.
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USE OF “HOME
CHILDCARE SERVICE”
In addition to the conditions applicable in virtue of Article 0, the additional use of “Home
childcare service” is subject to the following conditions:
1°
The childcare service may be located only in the basement, on the ground floor or on the
floor immediately above the ground floor of a building.
2°
77.
The childcare service may not be located on the floor immediately above a dwelling unit.
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO
“ADDITIONAL DWELLING UNIT”
THE ADDITIONAL USE OF
In addition to the conditions applicable in virtue of Article 0, the additional use of “additional
dwelling unit “ is subject to the following conditions:
1°
A single additional dwelling unit is authorized per main building occupied by a use that is
part of the “single-family dwelling (h1)” use category.
2°
The floor are of the additional dwelling unit may not exceed 40% of the total floor area of
the building in which it is located (including the basement):
a)
The floor area of the additional dwelling unit must be at least 40 m².
b)
The total floor area of the building in which the additional dwelling unit is located
must be at least 160 m².
3°
The additional dwelling unit may not have a separate civic address number, and only one
electrical entry is authorized.
4°
An additional dwelling unit must at all times be connected internally to the dwelling unit
in which it is located, and a single entrance leading directly to the outside is authorized,
on condition that this entrance is installed on one of the side or rear façades of the
building.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 6 : Provisions relative to additional uses and dependent uses
103
5°
The additional dwelling unit must be equipped with at least one smoke detector, which
must be connected electrically so that when any smoke detector in the building is set off,
all the others will also be set off automatically.
78. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USE OF “TOURIST
B&B-TYPE ACCOMMODATION”
In addition to the conditions applicable in virtue of Article 0, the additional use of “tourist B&B-type
accommodation” is subject to the following conditions:
1°
No more than 3 rooms may be let per dwelling unit.
79.
2°
The person operating the additional use must hold a permit related to a tourist B&B,
issued in virtue of the Regulation respecting tourist accommodation establishments (R.Q.,
c. E-14.2, r. 1).
3°
A room in a cellar may not be offered for letting purposes.
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN ADDITIONAL USE AUTHORIZED
IN A BUILDING WITH MORE THAN 60 DWELLING UNITS OR MORE THAN 120
ROOMS
In addition to the conditions applicable in virtue of Article 0, an additional use mentioned in
Article 0 is subject to the following conditions:
1°
The additional use must not be carried out inside a dwelling unit.
2°
Each additional use must occupy a separate space.
3°
The gross floor area for the additional uses must not exceed 5% of the total floor area of
the building.
4°
The additional use must be located on the ground floor or in the basement of the building.
5°
The installation of an additional use must not involve modifications to the outdoor offstreet parking area for the landsite on which it is located, unless they must be made in
order to respect the total minimum number of spaces required in Article 0, without
exceeding this number.
SECTION 3: ADDITIONAL USES AND DEPENDENT USES
FOR THE USES IN THE COMMERCIAL (C) GROUP
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 6 : Provisions relative to additional uses and dependent uses
104
80.
ADDITIONAL USES AUTHORIZED
The uses authorized as additional uses to a main use that is part of the “Commercial (c)” group
are, in a non-limitative manner:
1°
A use authorized in the specifications chart and part of the same sub-use category as the
main use.
2°
Business administration and management associated with a main use.
3°
An automated bank machine.
4°
Maintenance, repair or rental services for a consumer product or a car offered on site, or
associated with the main use.
5°
The following additional uses, insofar as they are for the exclusive use of the employees
of the establishment:
6°
a)
A cafeteria or other food services;
b)
A childcare service or a stop-over childcare service;
c)
A gymnasium;
d)
A health centre.
The following additional uses for a main use that is part of the “Retail sale of food
products and dry consumer goods (c1a)” “Retail sale of Hardware (5251)”, occupying a
building with a gross floor area of at least 1,400 m²:
a)
Retail sale of flowers, shrubs, trees, landscaping and gardening articles and
accessories;
7°
On-site food preparation for the main uses included under the code “54 – Retail sale of
food products”.
8°
The following additional uses for a main use in the sub-use category “Licensed
establishments and dance halls (c4b)”:
a)
Coin-operated amusement arcade;
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 6 : Provisions relative to additional uses and dependent uses
105
b)
Pool hall;
c)
Lottery and games of chance.
9°
A restaurant for the use “Establishment serving alcoholic beverages (5821)”.
10°
An establishment in which beverages are served and diverse activities are offered, without
the presentation of a show and without a dance hall, for the use “Full-service restaurant
(5811)”, insofar as they are for the exclusive use of the customers of the establishment.
11°
The presentation of shows, excluding any show of a sexual nature, for the following main
uses:
12°
a)
“Full-service restaurant (5811)”;
b)
“Establishment with a reception or banquet hall (5815)”;
c)
A main use in the “Accommodation and conference services (c2c)” sub-use
category that consists of at least 75 accommodation units, except for the specific
use “Tourist home (5834)”.
A dance hall for the following main uses:
a)
“Establishment with a reception or banquet hall (5815)”;
b)
A main use in the “Accommodation and conference services (c2c)” sub-use
category that consists of at least 75 accommodation units, except for the specific
use “Tourist home (5834)”.
13°
The retail sale of pressurized gas in maximum 9.1 kg bottles with no on-site refilling, for a
main use that is part of the “Retail sale of food products and dry consumer goods
(c1a)” sub-use category.
14°
The following additional uses for a main use included under the code “553 – Service
station”, except for the specific use “Service station with car repairs (5531)”:
a)
Mechanized or manual car wash, except for heavy vehicles;
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 6 : Provisions relative to additional uses and dependent uses
106
15°
b)
Movie and video game rental;
c)
Automated bank machine;
d)
Depot for laundry and dry cleaning services;
e)
Restaurant;
f)
Retail sale of pressurized gas in maximum 9.1 kg bottles with no on-site refilling;
g)
Car rental service.
h)
Retail sale of food products and dry consumer goods.
The following additional use for a use included under the code “Retail sale of pressurized
gases (5983)”:
a) Rental service for trucks, utility trailers and recreational vehicles (6355).
16°
The following additional use for a use included under the following codes “Retail sale (florist)
(5991)”, “Retail sale of flowers, shrubs, trees, landscape and garden accessories (5361)” and
“Retail sale of construction materials (5212)”:
a)
81.
Greenhouse, specializing in floriculture (flower seeds) (8192).
DEPENDENT USES AUTHORIZED
The uses authorized as dependent uses for a main use that is part of the “Commercial (c)” group
are limited to:
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 6 : Provisions relative to additional uses and dependent uses
107
1°
82.
An establishment in which beverages are served and diverse activities are offered, without
the presentation of a show and without a dance hall, insofar as they are for the exclusive
use of the customers of the establishment:
a)
a main use that is part of the “Intensive commercial entertainment (c2a)” sub-use
category;
b)
a main use that is part of the “Commercial entertainment with a place of assembly
(c2b)” sub-use category;
c)
a main use that is part of the “Accommodation and conference services (c2c)”
sub-use category that consists of at least 10 accommodation units, except for the
specific use “Tourist home (5834)”.
2°
An establishment holding a meeting permit, issued or likely to be issued in virtue of the
Act respecting liquor permits (R.S.Q., c. P9.1), authorizing the sale of alcoholic beverages
for on-site consumption for the main use “Civic, social or fraternal association (6994)”.
3°
An establishment with a reception or banquet hall for a main use that is part of the
“Accommodation and conference services (c2c)” sub-use category that consists of at least
10 accommodation units, except for the specific use “Tourist home (5834)”.
GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USES AND
DEPENDENT USES AUTHORIZED
In order to be authorized, the additional use must not be a use listed under “Use specifically
excluded” in the specifications chart for the zone in which the main use is located.
Moreover, the floor area occupied by an additional use and a dependent use for a main use that is
part of the “Commercial (c)” group, or the total floor are occupied by all the additional uses and
dependent uses, if there is more than one, must be less than the total floor area occupied by the
main use. An additional use or a dependent use must be accessible by means of an access shared
with the main use.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 6 : Provisions relative to additional uses and dependent uses
108
83.
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USES OF “COINOPERATED AMUSEMENT ARCADE”, “POOLHALL” AND “LOTTERY AND
GAMES OF CHANCE”
M
Notwithstanding Article 82, the floor area occupied by each additional use as a “Coin-operated
amusement arcade”, “Pool hall” or “Lottery and games of chance” must not exceed 5% of the
total floor are of the establishment. The total floor area occupied by all these additional uses may
not exceed 10% of the total floor area of the establishment.
(CA29 0040-5; 2011-08-30)
84. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE DEPENDENT USE OF
“ESTABLISHMENT SERVING BEVERAGES AND OFFERING DIVERSE
ACTIVITIES”
M
Notwithstanding Article 82, the floor area of the dependent use “Establishment serving beverages
and offering diverse activities”, or the floor area occupied by all dependent uses, if there is more
than one, may not exceed 15% of the total floor area of the establishment, nor exceed 50 m².
(CA29 0040-5; 2011-08-30)
85. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE DEPENDENT USE OF
“ESTABLISHMENT HOLDING A MEETING PERMIT IN VIRTUE OF THE ACT
RESPECTING LIQUOR PERMITS (R.S.Q., C. P9.1)
M
Notwithstanding Article 82, the floor area of the dependent use “Establishment holding a meeting
permit in virtue of the Act respecting liquor permits (R.S.Q., C. P9.1)” may represent 100% of the
total floor area occupied by the main use.
(CA29 0040-5; 2011-08-30)
86. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE DEPENDENT USE OF
“ESTABLISHMENT WITH A RECEPTION OR BANQUET HALL”
M
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 82, the following provisions apply to
the dependent use “Establishment with a reception or banquet hall”:
(CA29 0040-5; 2011-08-30)
1°
The distance, within the same zone, between a building occupied by the dependent use
“Establishment with a reception or banquet hall” and a building occupied by a main use in
the “Housing (h1)” group must be at least 75 m. The present paragraph does not apply in
the following cases:
a)
When the dependent use is located in a building with a floor area of 5,000 m² or
more;
b)
When the dependent use occupies of floor area of 50 m² or less;
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 6 : Provisions relative to additional uses and dependent uses
109
c)
When the building occupied by a main use that is part of the “Housing” group is
located in a zone where main uses that are parts of the “Commercial (C) group are
authorized.
SECTION 4: ADDITIONAL USES IN THE INDUSTRIAL (I) GROUP
87.
ADDITIONAL USES AUTHORIZED
The uses authorized as additional uses to a main use that is part of the “Industrial (i)” group are,
in a non-limitative way:
1°
A use authorized in the specifications chart that is in the same sub-use category as the
main use.
2°
88.
The following additional uses insofar as they are for the exclusive use of the employees of
the establishment:
a)
Cafeteria or other food services;
b)
Day care or stop-over childcare service;
c)
Gym;
d)
Health centre.
3°
Business administration and management associated with the main use.
4°
A showroom or space for the retail sale of the products manufactured by the industrial
facility.
5°
Wholesale of the products manufactured by the industrial facility.
6°
Maintenance, repair or refuelling of equipment, machinery or a vehicle necessary for the
operations of the industrial facility.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
AUTHORIZED
APPLICABLE
TO
THE
ADDITIONAL
USES
In order to be authorized, the additional use must not be a use listed under “Use specifically
excluded” in the specifications chart for the zone in which the main use is located.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 6 : Provisions relative to additional uses and dependent uses
110
Moreover, the floor area or landsite area occupied by an additional use for a main use that is part
of the “Industrial (i)” group, or the total floor area or landsite area occupied by all the additional
uses, if there is more than one, must be less than the total floor area or landsite area occupied by
the main use.
89. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USE “SHOWROOM
OR SALES AREA”
Notwithstanding Article 88, the floor area occupied by the additional use “Showroom or sales
area” may not exceed 25% of the total floor area for the facility, nor exceed 300 m².
90. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USES OF
“DAYCARE SERVICE” AND “STOP-OVER CHILDCARE SERVICE”
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 0, the following provisions apply to
the additional uses “Daycare service” and “Stop-over childcare service”:
1°
The daycare and stop-over childcare services may be located only on the ground floor
or on the floor immediately above the ground floor of a building.
SECTION 5: ADDITIONAL USES AND DEPENDENT USES FOR THE USES IN THE
COMMUNITY (P) GROUP
91.
ADDITIONAL USES AUTHORIZED
The uses authorized as additional uses to a main use that is part of the “Community (p)” group
are, in a non-limitative way:
1°
A use authorized in the specifications chart and that is in the same sub-use category as the
main use.
2°
Business administration and management associated with the main use.
3°
The following additional uses insofar as they are for the exclusive use of the employees of
the establishment:
a)
Cafeteria and other food services;
b)
Daycare service or a stop-over childcare service;
c)
Gym;
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 6 : Provisions relative to additional uses and dependent uses
111
d)
4°
5°
6°
Health centre.
The following additional uses for a main use that is part of the “Religious establishments
or facilities (p2a)” sub-use category, except the specific uses “Cemetery (6242)” and
“Mausoleum (6243)”:
a)
Reproduction and advertising associated with the main use;
b)
A civic, social or fraternal association;
c)
Specialized training in the arts, culture and other related fields of activity;
d)
Welfare and charity services;
e)
Self-help and community resource centre.
The following additional uses for a main use that is part of the “Teaching establishments
(p2b)” sub-use category, insofar as they are mainly intended for the clients of the
establishments:
a)
Cafeteria or other food services;
b)
Research, development and testing services associated with the main use;
c)
Medical laboratory services;
d)
Retail sale of books, paper, pictures and frames;
e)
Retail sale of a dry goods consumer product associated with the main use;
f)
Daycare or stop-over childcare services;
g)
Gym and other installations for sports;
h)
Health centre;
i)
Church, synagogue, mosque, temple and other religious activities.
The following additional uses for a main use that is part of the “Healthcare and social
services establishments (p2c)” sub-use category, except for the specific uses “Social
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 6 : Provisions relative to additional uses and dependent uses
112
service centre and Health and social service centre (CSS and CRSSS) (6533)” and “Other
social service centres or offices of social services practitioners (6539)”, insofar as they are
mainly intended for the clients of the establishments:
7°
a)
Cafeteria and other food services;
b)
Medical laboratory services;
c)
Retail sale of gifts, souvenirs and various items;
d)
Laundry service;
e)
Daycare or stop-over childcare service;
f)
Gym and other installations for sports;
g)
Health centre;
h)
Church, synagogue, mosque, temple and other religious activities.
The following additional uses for a main use that is part of these sub-categories of uses:
“Outdoor installations intended for relaxation, leisure and sports (p1a)” or “Cultural and
sports establishments, or those related to public affairs and community services (p2d)”:
a)
Retail sale of dairy products (dairy bar);
b)
Restaurant;
c)
Retail sale books, paper, pictures and frames;
d)
Retail sale of gifts, souvenirs and various items;
e)
Art gallery;
f)
Daycare or stop-over childcare service;
g)
Athletics training related to the main use;
h)
Retail sale, rental or maintenance of a dry goods consumer product associated
with the main use.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 6 : Provisions relative to additional uses and dependent uses
113
N
8°
Maintenance, repair or refuelling of equipment, machinery or a vehicle necessary for the
operations of the establishment for a main use that is part of the “Services (p3)” use
category.
9°
The following additional uses in a library:
a)
Coffee shop;
b)
Food services;
c)
Theater;
d)
Exhibition Hall;
e)
Stand;
f)
Bookstore;
g)
Souvenir Shop.
(CA29 0040-12 ; 2013-06-28)
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 6 : Provisions relative to additional uses and dependent uses
113-1
92.
DEPENDENT USES AUTHORIZED
The uses authorized as dependent uses for a main use that is part of the “Community (p)” group
are limited to:
1°
An “Establishment in which beverages are served and diverse activities are offered”,
without the presentation of a show and without a dance hall, insofar as they are for the
exclusive use of the customers of the establishment:
2°
a)
A main use that is part of the “Outdoor installations intended for relaxation,
leisure and sports (p1a)” sub-use category;
b)
A main use that is part of the “Cultural and sports establishments, or those related
to public affairs and community services (p2d)” sub-use category;
An establishment with a reception or banquet hall for a main use that is part of the sub-use
category “Religious establishments or facilities (p2a)” sub-use category, except the
specific uses “Cemetery (6242)” and “Mausoleum (6243)”.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 6 : Provisions relative to additional uses and dependent uses
114
93.
GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USES AND
DEPENDENT USES AUTHORIZED
In order to be authorized, the additional use must not be a use listed under “Use specifically
excluded” in the specifications chart for the zone in which the main use is located.
Moreover, the floor area occupied by an additional use and a dependent use for a main use that is
part of the “Community (p)” group, or the total floor area occupied by all the additional uses and
dependent uses, if there is more than one, must be less than the total floor area occupied by the
main use.
94. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN ADDITIONAL USE OF “RETAIL
SALE OF DRY GOODS CONSUMER PRODUCTS”
Notwithstanding Article 93, the floor area occupied by the additional uses “Retail sale of dry
goods consumer products associated with the main use”, “Retail sale of gifts, souvenirs and
various items” and “Retail sale of books, paper, pictures and frames” may not exceed 25% of the
total floor area of the establishment, nor exceed 300 m².
95. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USES OF
“DAYCARE SERVICE” AND “STOP-OVER CHILDCARE SERVICE”
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 93, the following provisions apply to
the additional uses “Daycare service” and “Stop-over childcare service”:
1°
Daycare service and stop-over childcare service may only be located in the basement, on
the ground floor and/or on the floor immediately above the ground floor of a building.
96.
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE DEPENDENT USE
“ESTABLISHMENT SERVING BEVERAGES AND OFFERING DIVERSE
ACTIVITIES”
Notwithstanding Article 93, the floor area occupied by the dependent use “Establishment serving
beverages and offering diverse activities”, or the floor area occupied by all the dependent uses, if
there is more than one, may not exceed 15% of the total floor area of the establishment, nor
exceed 50 m².
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 6 : Provisions relative to additional uses and dependent uses
115
97.
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE DEPENDENT
“ESTABLISHMENT WITH RECEPTION OR BANQUET HALL”
USE
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 93, the following provisions apply to
the dependent use “Establishment with a reception or banquet hall”:
1°
The distance between a building occupied by the dependent use “Establishment with a
reception or banquet hall” and a building occupied by a main use in the “Housing (h1)”
group must be at least 75 m. The present paragraph does not apply in the following cases:
a)
When the dependent use is located in a building with a floor area of 5,000 m² or
more;
b)
When the dependent use occupies a floor area of 50 m² or less;
c)
When the building occupied by the main use that is part of the “Housing (h)”
group is located in a zone in which the main uses that are part of the “Commercial
(C)” group are authorized.
SECTION 6: ADDITIONAL USES AND DEPENDENT USES FOR
THE USES IN THE RECREATIONAL (R) GROUP
98.
ADDITIONAL USES AUTHORIZED
The uses authorized as additional uses to a main use that is part of the “Recreational (r)” group
are, in a non-limitative way:
1°
A use authorized in the specifications chart and that is in the same sub-use category as the
main use.
2°
Retail sale of dairy products (dairy bar).
3°
Restaurant.
4°
Retail sale of books, paper, pictures and frames.
5°
Retail sale of gifts, souvenirs and various items.
6°
Art gallery.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 6 : Provisions relative to additional uses and dependent uses
116
99.
7°
Daycare or stop-over childcare service.
8°
Athletics training associated with the main use.
9°
Maintenance, repair or rental service for a dry goods consumer product or for a vehicle
associated with the main use.
10°
Retail sale of dry goods consumer products associated with the main use.
AUTHORIZED DEPENDENT USE
The only use authorized as a dependent use for a main use in the “Recreational(r)” group is
limited to an “Establishment serving beverages and offering diverse activities”, without the
presentation of a show or a dance hall.
100. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USES AND DEPENDENT
USES AUTHORIZED
In order to be authorized, the additional use must not be a use listed under “Use specifically
excluded” in the specifications chart for the zone in which the main use is located.
Moreover, the floor area occupied by an additional use and a dependent use for a main use that is
part of the “Recreational (r)” group, or the total floor area occupied by all the additional uses and
dependent uses, if there is more than one, must be less than the total floor area occupied by the
main use.
Notwithstanding the second clause, the floor area occupied by the additional use “Retail sale of
dry goods consumer products associated with the main use” may not exceed 25% of the total
floor area of the establishment, nor exceed 300 m².
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 6 : Provisions relative to additional uses and dependent uses
117
101. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USES OF
“DAYCARE SERVICE” AND “STOP-OVER CHILDCARE SERVICE”
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 100, the following provisions apply to
the additional uses “Daycare service” and “Stop-over childcare service”:
1°
Daycare service and stop-over childcare service may only be located in the basement, on
the ground floor and/or on the floor immediately above the ground floor of a building.
102. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE DEPENDENT USE
“ESTABLISHMENT SERVING BEVERAGES AND OFFERING DIVERSE
ACTIVITIES”
Notwithstanding Article 100, the floor area occupied by the dependent use “Establishment
serving beverages and offering diverse activities”, or the floor area occupied by all the dependent
uses, if there is more than one, may not exceed 15% of the total floor area of the establishment,
nor exceed 50 m².
A dependent use for an “Establishment serving beverages and offering diverse activities” must be
accessible by means of an access shared with the main use.
SECTION 7: ADDITIONAL USES TO THE USES IN THE AGRICULTURAL (A) GROUP
103. ADDITIONAL USES AUTHORIZED
The uses authorized as additional uses to a main use that is part of the “Agricultural (a)” group
are limited to:
1°
A use authorized in the specifications chart and part of the same sub-use category as the
main use.
2°
A dwelling associated with a farm.
3°
An activity by an artisan for processing and packaging an agricultural product.
4°
The sale of an agricultural product.
5°
A service offering educational or recreational tours related to an activity carried out on a
farm.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 6 : Provisions relative to additional uses and dependent uses
118
6°
An equestrian centre for the main use of “Farm and ranch (horse breeding) (8165)”.
7°
Farm meal service.
8°
Sugar shack meal service for the main use “Farm (maple products) (maple sugaring)
(8194)”.
104. GENERAL PROVISION
AUTHORIZED
APPLICABLE
TO
THE
ADDITIONAL
USES
An additional use for a main use that is part of the “Agricultural (a)” group must be carried out by
an agricultural producer.
105. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN ADDITIONAL USE OF
“DWELLING ASSOCIATED WITH A FARM”
The additional use “Dwelling associated with a farm” is subject to the following conditions:
1°
The dwelling must be a detached, single-family dwelling and must be a residence
permitted in virtue of Article 0 of the Act respecting the preservation of agricultural land
and agricultural activities (R.S.Q., c. P-41.1), as follows:
a)
the home of an individual whose main occupation is farming;
b)
the home of a child of an individual whose main occupation is farming;
c)
the home of an employee of an individual whose main occupation is farming;
d)
the home of a shareholder or a partner in a farming company or corporation on
condition that the main occupation of the shareholder or partner is farming;
e)
the home of an employee hired to carry out farming activities for a farming
company or corporation.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 6 : Provisions relative to additional uses and dependent uses
119
2°
The construction of a building must respect the standards prescribed and the specific
provisions set out in the applicable provisions in the specifications chart, for a use in the
“Housing (h)” group authorized as a main use in the zone.
The additional uses listed in articles 0 et 0 are authorized, under the conditions prescribed depending on
the type of additional use, in a “dwelling associated with a farm” as if it were a building housing a
single-family dwelling.
106. SPECIFIC PROVISION APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USE OF “ACTIVITY
BY AN ARTISAN FOR PROCESSING AND PACKAGING A FARM PRODUCT” OR
“SALE OF A FARM PRODUCT”
An additional use for an “activity by an artisan for processing and packaging a farm product” or
the “sale of a farm product is authorized only if the activities are carried out on the farm on which
the major portion of the agricultural products originate.
107. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ADDITIONAL USE OF “FARM
MEAL SERVICE”
The additional use of “Farm meal service” is subject to the following conditions:
1°
The use must be carried out in a dwelling located on a farm.
2°
The dwelling must be the home of the farmer.
3°
The meal may be served inside or outside the dwelling.
4°
Farm meals are offered only to groups and the seating capacity may not exceed 30 people
at a time.
5°
The meal consists mainly of dishes prepared from products that mainly originate on the
farm on which the use is carried out.
108. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN ADDITIONAL USE OF “SUGAR
SHACK MEAL SERVICE”
The additional use of “Sugar shack meal service” is subject to the following conditions:
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 6 : Provisions relative to additional uses and dependent uses
120
1°
The use is permitted during the sugaring-off season, i.e., the period during which maple
sap is harvested, and may continue for no more than 30 days after the harvest ends, and no
later than April 15 of the same year.
2°
The use must be carried out in a sugar shack located on the same land as the maple stand
exploited for maple sugar production.
3°
The use must be carried out the farmer who exploits the maple stand.
4°
The seating capacity for the meal service may not exceed 100 people at a time
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 6 : Provisions relative to additional uses and dependent uses
121
CHAPTER 7
PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO THE SITING AND TO THE
VOLUME OF A BUILDING OR A STRUCTURE
SECTION 1: PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO SETBACKS AND TO THE
TRIANGLE OF VISIBILITY
109. CALCULATING SETBACKS
The prescribed setback must be measured:
1°
To the exterior face of the foundation wall, if the outside wall of the building does not
project beyond the foundation wall.
2°
To the exterior face of the outside wall of the building, if this wall of the building projects
beyond the foundation wall.
3°
To the exterior face of the columns supporting the roof, when the wall is open.
4°
To the centre of a party wall.
An outside wall of a building is not considered as projecting beyond the foundation wall if only
the exterior cladding of the outside wall projects beyond the foundation wall and provided that
this projection does not exceed 0.15 m.
110. SIDE SETBACK APPLICABLE ON A CORNER LANDSITE
Notwithstanding the minimum side setback prescribed in the specifications chart, on a corner
landsite, the minimum side setbacks on the sides facing the road must be at least 3 m.
111. SIDE SETBACK FOR A SEMI-DETACHED OR ROWHOUSE BUILDING
When the applicable specifications chart authorizes a semi-detached or rowhouse building, the
side setback applicable to a party wall is 0 m.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 7 : Provisions relative to the siting and to the volume
of a building or a structure
122
112. SIDE SETBACK APPLICABLE TO A USE IN THE “SINGLE-FAMILY DWELLING
(H1)” CATEGORY
When the applicable specifications chart authorizes a detached building in the “Single-family
dwelling (h1)” category, the following rules apply for determining the minimum side setback:
1°
When the building does not have an attached garage, one of the minimum side setbacks
must be 3 m, while the other is that prescribed in the applicable specifications chart;
2°
When a garage is attached to the building, the minimum side setback must be 2 m. In
addition, if habitable rooms are located above or on more than one side of the garage, the
minimum side setback must be 2 m.
113. “LATERAL 3” TYPE CONSTRUCTION
R
Repealed
(CA29 0040-15; 2013-09-16)
114. SIDE AND REAR SETBACKS FOR A WALL WITH AN OPENING
When the applicable specifications chart authorizes a side or rear setback or 1.5 m or less, and the
wall of the building has an opening, the building must be erected at a minimum distance of 1.5 m
from the landsite boundary line if this opening creates a direct view onto an adjacent landsite,
unless a servitude of view has been established and published in conformity with the provisions
in the Civil Code (C.C.Q., 1991, c. 64).
115. TRIANGLE OF VISIBILITY
A triangle of visibility must be delineated on any corner landsite and for each side of an entrance
to an off-street parking area, in accordance with the following provisions:
1°
In the case of a corner landsite, the triangle of visibility is delineated as follows:
a)
Two sides of the triangle are formed by the lines of the street. Each of these sides
must be 9 m in length. This length is measured along the edge of the curb or the
pavement, from the point of intersection of these lines. If the corner is rounded,
the length is measured from the point of intersection of their rectilinear
extensions.
b)
The third side is formed by the straight line joining the ends of the two sides
determined in paragraph a).
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 7 : Provisions relative to the siting and to the volume
of a building or a structure
123
2°
In the case of an entrance to an off-street parking area, a triangle of visibility must be
delineated on either side of the entrance. Each triangle of visibility is delineated as
follows:
a)
One side of the triangle is formed by the street line, and the other by a line along
the inside of the entrance. Each of these sides must be 2.5 m, measured from their
point of intersection.
b)
The third side of the triangle is formed by a straight line joining the ends of the
two sides determined in paragraph a).
The space inside the triangle of visibility must be left free of all objects, structures or other works
the height of which is greater than 1 m, measured from the level of the crown of the road. No
landsite entrance, entrance aisle, off-street parking area, loading bay, delivery area or
manœuvering area may be located, in part or in whole, inside the triangle of visibility.
Paragraph 1° does not apply when the prescribed front setback is 3m at the most.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 7 : Provisions relative to the siting and to the volume
of a building or a structure
124
Triangle of visibility for a corner landsite:
Triangle of visibility for an entrance to an off-street parking area:
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 7 : Provisions relative to the siting and to the volume
of a building or a structure
125
SECTION 2: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL USES
116. SITING OF A SEMI-DETACHED OR ROWHOUSE STRUCTURE
When the structure of a building must be semi-detached or contiguous (rowhouse) in virtue of the
provisions applicable in the specifications chart, the building must be placed on the side boundary
line of the landsite, alongside the party wall, over a depth of at least 5 m from the main façade of
the building.
117. SITING OF AN ACCESSORY BUILDING
An accessory building must be located on a landsite occupied by a main building.
Notwithstanding the first clause, an accessory building may be installed on a landsite occupied by
a main use that is carried out without a main building, in conformity with the provisions in
articles 0, 0 and 0.
SECTION 3: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE USES
FOR THE “HOUSING (H)” GROUP
118. MAIN USE AND MAIN BUILDING
A main use in the “Housing (h)” group may only be carried out on a landsite on which the closed
main building is located.
119. NUMBER OF MAIN BUILDINGS
Only one main building is permitted per landsite, except when each building is occupied by a
main use in the “Housing (h)” group that is part of an integrated housing project authorized in
virtue of the present by-law.
For an integrated housing project, all the main buildings must be occupied for the purpose of the
same main use.
120. INSTALLATION OF A STOREY IN THE ATTIC SPACE
When the specifications chart authorizes a maximum building height of 2 storeys for buildings
occupied by a use in the “Single-family dwelling (h1)” and “Two-family and three-family
dwellings (h2)” categories, a third storey may be installed in the attic space only.
121. DEVELOPMENTS OF AN INTEGRATED HOUSING PROJECT
An integrated housing project is authorized for a group of buildings occupied or intended to be
occupied by a main use in the “Housing (h)” group of uses on the following conditions:
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 7 : Provisions relative to the siting and to the volume
of a building or a structure
126
1°
The integrated housing project must have a minimum of 2 main buildings. Each
portion of a building belonging to a semi-detached or row-house building is considered
to be a single main building.
2°
Each main building must be accessible from the street by an access aisle with a
minimum width of 6.5 m and covered in asphalt, concrete, concrete pavers or stone
pavers, so that each building is accessible to emergency vehicles.
3°
The sitting of main buildings must be in conformity with the following provisions:
a) The minimum distance between a main building and an access aisle may not be
less than 3 m;
b) The minimum distance between a main building and a landsite boundary line is set
as follows:
−
M
When the landsite is adjacent to a zone in which the main land use occupation
is “Community (P)”: 6 m.
− When the landsite is adjacent to a zone in which the main land use occupation
is “Industrial (I)” or to a railway line: 30 m.
−
M
When the landsite is adjacent to a zone in which the main land use occupation
is “Commercial (C)”: 3 m, but never less than the height of the building that is
part of the integrated project.
(CA29 0040-4:2011-08-30)
− When the landsite is adjacent to a zone in which the main land use occupation
is “Housing (H)”: 6 m, but never less than the height of the building that is part
of the integrated project multiplied by 0.625 if the length of the wall parallel to
this landsite boundary line is less than 60 m, or by 0.75 if the length of the wall
is 60 m or more.
c)
The distance between a main building and another main building that is part of
the integrated project is set as follows:
− The minimum distance between two buildings must be equal to half of the
cumulative height of the two buildings. However, this distance must be
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 7 : Provisions relative to the siting and to the volume
of a building or a structure
127
increased by 25% if two walls or parts of walls of the buildings are parallel or
almost parallel (with a maximum splay of 20%) over a length of between 20 m
and 60 m, and by 50% if the walls are parallel or almost parallel (with a
maximum splay of 20%) over a length of more than 60 m.
−
N
In case of contradiction between the applicable setbacks for a main building provided
in paragraph 3º and the specifications chart, the less restrictive standard is applied.
(CA29 0040-4; 2011-08-30)
4°
The exterior cladding materials of the main buildings must be identical.
5°
When the project has more than 40 dwelling units, an outdoor children’s playground
with a minimum area of 5 m2 per dwelling unit must be installed and offer sunny areas
and areas shaded by planting. This outdoor playground may form part of the leisure
area required under the provisions in the present by-law.
6°
Above-ground swimming and wading pools are prohibited.
7°
An access aisle that is more than 90 m in length must end in a turning circle with a
diameter of 36 m.
8°
Walkways and outdoor off-street parking areas must be illuminated with lighting
bollards, minimum 50 watts, spaced no more than 5 m apart, with a maximum height
of 1 m, or with 50- to100-watt lampposts, with a maximum height of 4 m and spaced
20 m to 35 m apart.
(CA29 0040-4; 2011-08-30)
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 7 : Provisions relative to the siting and to the volume
of a building or a structure
128
9°
Any exterior staircase leading to a level above the ground floor is prohibited.
10°
A rear or side façade of a building facing a street must be clad in the same exterior
cladding material as the main façade.
11°
Outdoor washing lines are prohibited.
12°
A landsite occupied by an integrated housing project must be surrounded by a fence or
an evergreen fence that conforms to the applicable provisions in the present by-law.
13°
All the provisions in the present by-law are applicable, among them those relative to
an off-street parking area (Chapter 10) and to the landscaping of open spaces (Chapter
12).
14°
The provisions listed under the items “STRUCTURE” and “BUILDING”, as well as
the number of dwelling units per building (min/max) on the specifications chart, are
applicable to each building in the integrated project.
15°
The provisions relative to the area and the dimensions of the landsite, as well as the
floor area ratio (F.A.R.) and the ratio of building footprint to site (B.F.S.) apply to all
of the landsite on which the buildings in the integrated project are located.
122. SEPARATION DISTANCE BORDERING A RAIL LINE
A building occupied or intended to be occupied by a main use in the “Housing (h)” group must
be located at least 10 m from the easement for an existing or proposed rail line.
When a building occupied or intended to be occupied by a main use in the “Housing (h)” group is
located, the following landscaping must be carried out on the side of the landsite adjacent to the
rail line: grading and the installation of an embankment, a low wall, trees or shrubs, or an opaque
fence, minimum 2 m in height.
For the purposes of interpreting the present article, a building is also considered as being located
bordering a rail line when it is less 100 m from the rail line and when it is separated from it by a
thoroughfare or a park, or by a thoroughfare and a park.
123. MAXIMUM NUMBER OF ROWHOUSES
The maximum number of rowhouses in one structure, occupied exclusively by a use in the
“Housing (h)” group, is 6.
SECTION 4: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE
COMMERCIAL (C) GROUP
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 7 : Provisions relative to the siting and to the volume
of a building or a structure
129
124. MAIN USE AND MAIN BUILDING
A main use in the “Commercial (c)” group may only be carried out on a landsite on which a
closed main building is constructed, except for the uses “Parking lot for heavy vehicles (4623)”
or “Parking lot for cars (4621)”.
125. NUMBER OF MAIN BUILDINGS
Only one main building is permitted per landsite, except when each building is occupied by a
main use in the “Commercial (c)” that is part of an integrated commercial project authorized in
virtue of the present by-law.
126. ZERO SETBACK FOR A LANDSITE ADJACENT TO A LANDSITE OCCUPIED OR
INTENDED TO BE OCCUPIED BY A USE IN THE “COMMERCIAL (C)” GROUP
Notwithstanding the side setback prescribed in the specifications chart, when a landsite occupied
or intended to be occupied by a use in the “Commercial (c)” group is adjacent, along the entire
length of the side boundary, to a landsite occupied or intended to be occupied by a use in the
“Commercial (c)” group, the side setback on this side of the landsite may be zero, on condition
that the following requirements are met:
1° The width of the side setback prescribed in the specifications chart must be doubled on the
side on which the side setback is not zero;
2° The side wall of the building on the side of the landsite with the zero setback must be
constructed of masonry and must not contain any opening.
127. STANDARDS FOR INTEGRATED COMMERCIAL OR INDUSTRIAL PROJECTS
An integrated commercial or industrial project is authorized under the following conditions:
1°
The integrated commercial or industrial project must have a minimum of two main
buildings. Each part of the building that is part of a semi-detached or row-house
building is considered to be a single main building.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 7 : Provisions relative to the siting and to the volume
of a building or a structure
130
2°
Each building in an integrated commercial project must have a maximum of 4
commercial establishments. At least 50% of the gross floor area of an integrated
commercial project must be occupied by a use in the “Retail sale of food products and
dry consumer goods (c1a)” sub-category of uses.
3°
Each main building must be accessible from a street by way of an access aisle at least
6.5 m wide and covered in asphalt, concrete, concrete pavers or stone pavers, so that
each building is accessible to emergency vehicles.
4°
The siting of the main buildings must conform to the following provisions:
a)
The minimum distance between a main building and an access aisle corresponds
to the minimum setback prescribed in the specifications chart;
b)
The minimum distance between a main building and a landsite boundary line is
set as follows:
− When the landsite is adjacent to a park: 9 m.
− When the landsite is adjacent to a zone in which the main land use occupation
is “Industrial (I)”, except in the case of an integrated industrial project, or to a
railway line: 30 m.
− When the landsite is adjacent to a zone in which the main land use occupation
is “Commercial (C)” or “Community (P)”: 3 m, but never less than the height
of the building in the integrated project.
− When the landsite is adjacent to a zone in which the main land use occupation
is “Housing (H)”: 6 m, but never less than the height of the building in the
integrated project multiplied by 0.625 if the length of the wall parallel to this
landsite boundary line is less than 60 m, or by 0.75 if the length of the wall is
60 m or more.
c)
The minimum distance between a main building and another main building in
the integrated project is set as follows:
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 7 : Provisions relative to the siting and to the volume
of a building or a structure
131
− The minimum distance between two buildings must be equal to half the
cumulative height of those two buildings. However, this distance must be
increased by 25% if two walls or parts of walls of the buildings are parallel or
almost parallel (with a maximum splay of 20%) over a length between 20 m
and 60 m, and by 50% if the walls are parallel or almost parallel (with a
maximum splay of 20%) over a length of more than 60 m.
5°
The exterior cladding materials of all the buildings must be identical.
6°
Communal detached signs are authorized in conformity with the provisions applicable
in virtue of Chapter 19 for a commercial or industrial sign.
7°
An access aisle longer than 90 m must end in a turning circle with a minimum
diameter of 32 m.
8°
All the provisions in the present by-law are applicable, among them those relative to
an off-street parking area (Chapter 10) and to the landscaping of open spaces (Chapter
12).
9°
The provisions listed under the items “STRUCTURE” and “BUILDING”, as well as
the number of dwelling units per building (min/max) on the specifications chart are
applicable to each building in the integrated project.
10°
The provisions relative to the area and the dimensions of the landsite, as well as the
floor area ratio (F.A.R.) and the ratio of building footprint to site (B.F.S.) apply to all
of the landsite on which the buildings in the integrated project are located.
SECTION 5: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE USES IN THE
INDUSTRIAL GROUP (I)
128. MAIN USE AND MAIN BUILDING
A main use in the “Industrial (i)” group may only be carried out on a landsite on which a closed
main building is constructed.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 7 : Provisions relative to the siting and to the volume
of a building or a structure
132
129. NUMBER OF MAIN BUILDINGS
More than one main building per landsite occupied by a use in the “Industrial (i)” group is
permitted only if this landsite is located in a zone in which the main occupational use is
“Industrial (i)”.
130. ZERO SETBACK BORDERING A RAIL LINE
When a landsite is occupied or intended to be occupied exclusively by a main use in the
“Industrial (i)” group, and when the rear boundary line of this landsite is adjacent to the easement
for an existing or proposed rail line, the rear setback applicable may be zero.
131. SEPARATION DISTANCE BORDERING A DWELLING
A building occupied or intended to be occupied by a main use in the “Industrial (i)” group must
be located at least 18 m from a main building occupied exclusively by a use in the “Housing (h)”
group.
The present article does not apply in the following cases:
1°
When the use in the “Housing (h)” group is not authorized in the zone.
2°
When the use in the “Housing (h)” group is located in a zone in which the main
occupational use is not “Housing (h)”
SECTION 6: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE COMMUNITY (P) GROUP
132. MAIN USE AND MAIN BUILDING
A main use in the “Institutions (p2)” use category, except for the “Cemetery (6242)” use or in the
“Security and Defence (p3a)” a use in sub-use category may only be carried out on a landsite on
which the closed main building is constructed.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 7 : Provisions relative to the siting and to the volume
of a building or a structure
133
133. NUMBER OF MAIN BUILDINGS
More than one main building per landsite occupied by a use in the “Community (p)” group is
permitted only if this landsite is located in a zone in which the main occupational use is
“Commercial (c)” or “Community (p)”.
134. SEPARATION DISTANCE BORDERING A RAIL LINE
A building occupied or intended to be occupied by a main use in the “Institutions (p2) ” group
must be located at least 10 m from the easement for an existing or proposed rail line.
When a building is occupied or intended to be occupied by a main use in the “Institutions (p2)”
group, the side of the landsite bordering the railway line must be landscaped with an
embankment, soil grading, a low wall, tree or shrub planting or an opaque fence at least 2 m high.
For the purposes of interpreting the present article, a building is considered as being located
bordering a rail line when it is less than 100 m from the rail line and when it is separated from it
by a thoroughfare or a park, or by a thoroughfare and a park.
SECTION 7: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE USES IN THE
RECREATIONAL (R) GROUP
135. MAIN USE AND MAIN BUILDING
A main use in the “Recreation (r)” group may only be carried out on a landsite on which a
closed/completed main building is constructed, except for the use “Golf course (no clubhouse or
other sports facilities)”, “Wilderness camping and picnic (7492)”, “Ski station (downhill or crosscountry) (7513)” or “Hunting & fishing club (7514)” or for the uses in the “Off-trail extreme
sports (r2)” sub-use category.
136. NUMBER OF MAIN BUILDINGS
More than one main building per landsite occupied by a use in the “Recreational (r)” group is
permitted only if this landsite is located in a zone in which the main occupational use is “Housing
(h)”.
For the case given in the first clause, all the main buildings must be occupied for the purpose of
the same main use.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 7 : Provisions relative to the siting and to the volume
of a building or a structure
134
CHAPTER 8
PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO USES, BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES,
EQUIPMENT AND PROJECTIONS INTO YARDS
SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS
137. INTERPRETING THE TABLES
An accessory use, an accessory building, an accessory structure, a piece of accessory equipment
or a projection of a main building is authorized in a yard only if it is listed in one of the tables in
sections 2 to 6 of the present chapter and if the word “YES” appears, in the column for a given
yard, on the line identifying this use, building, structure, piece of equipment or projection. This
provision does not apply to an underground accessory use, accessory structure or piece of
accessory equipment that is not apparent.
The accessory use, accessory building, accessory structure, piece of accessory equipment or
projection is subject to all the standards set out in the pertinent table as well as to any additional
standard prescribed elsewhere in the present by-law, whether or not the table concerned refers to
it. In the case of a conflict between a standard prescribed in one of the tables in the present
chapter and a standard prescribed elsewhere in the by-law, the latter takes precedence.
When a setback is mentioned in a table in the present chapter, this is the minimum setback
applicable set out in the specifications chart of the zone in which the landsite is located or, as the
case may be, the minimum setback calculated in accordance with the provisions in Chapter 7.
When mention is made of an encroachment into a setback, this encroachment is measured from
the setback prescribed in the specifications chart towards the boundary line. However, in the case
of a building built inside the setback and protected by acquired rights, the encroachment is
measured from the wall of the existing building.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
135
SECTION 2: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE USES
IN THE HOUSING (H) GROUP
138. GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE USES IN THE “HOUSING (H)”
GROUP
The table that follows identifies and governs the accessory uses, accessory buildings, the pieces
of accessory equipment and the projections from the main building that are authorized inside a
yard for a main use in the “Housing (h)” group.
Authorized use, building,
structure or accessory
equipment and projection for
the main building
Front Yard
Side Yard
not
adjacent to
a street
Side Yard
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
not
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
adjacent to
a street
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1. SIDEWALK, WALKWAY,
LANDSCAPING, TREE,
SHRUB, HEDGE
2. FENCE, WALL OR
RETAINING WALL
a) Other standards applicable
3. INSTALLATION SERVING
See Chapter 15
AS
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
4. INSTALLATION SERVING
AS
AUTHORIZED SIGNAGE
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
a) Other standards applicable
See Chapter 18
5. RECREATIONAL
EQUIPMENT ACCESSORY TO
THE MAIN USE SUCH AS
No
Yes
Yes
PLAYROUND EQUIPMENT
a) Other standards applicable

A playhouse is only authorized in the rear yard of a landsite occupied by a
use in the “Single-family dwelling (h1)” category. The maximum area
permitted is 14 m², the height may not exceed 4.5 m and it must be located
at least 2 m from a street line.
6. SWING OR BASKETBALL
NET
7.
LANDSITE ENTRANCE AND
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
136
Authorized use, building,
structure or accessory
equipment and projection for
the main building
Front Yard
Side Yard
not
adjacent to
a street
Side Yard
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
not
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
adjacent to
a street
ENTRANCE TO OFF-STREET
PARKING AREA OR
DELIVERY AREA
a) Other standards applicable
8.
See chapters 9, 10 and 11
OFF-STREET PARKING AREA
AND BICYCLE PARKING
Yes
Yes
a) Other standards applicable
Yes
Yes
Yes
See Chapter 10
9. LOADING BAY, BERTH,
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
a) Maximum encroachment
into a setback
1.8 m
1.8 m
1.8 m
3m
3m
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
2m
2m
2m
2m
2m
DELIVERY AREA AND
MANŒUVERING AREA
10. P ATIO
11. FRONT PORCH, BALCONY,
VERANDA , TERRACE OR
COLD STORAGE ROOM THAT
IS INCORPORATED INTO THE
MAIN BUILDING
c) Other standards applicable


12. COVERED
See Article 0
One cold storage room only is authorized. It must be located under a front
porch, balcony, veranda, terrace or staircase and have the same
dimensions.
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
a) Maximum encroachment
into any setback
-
2m
-
2m
2m
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
-
1.5 m
-
1.5 m
1.5 m
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
2m
2m
2m
2m
13.
DECK
SOLARIUM (GLAZED
ATRIUM )
a) Maximum encroachment
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
137
Authorized use, building,
structure or accessory
equipment and projection for
the main building
Front Yard
Side Yard
not
adjacent to
a street
Side Yard
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
not
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
adjacent to
a street
-
1.5 m
1.5 m
1.5 m
1.5 m
STAIRCASE
PROVIDING ACCESS TO THE
BASEMENT OR THE GROUND
FLOOR
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
a) Maximum encroachment
into a setback adjacent to a
street
3m
-
3m
-
3m
into any setback
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
14. OPEN EXTERIOR
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
R (CA29 0040-4; 2011-08-30)
c) Other standards applicable
See Article 139
15. OPEN EXTERIOR
ACCESS
RAMP OR EXTERIOR
ELEVATOR FOR A
HANDICAPPED PERSON
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
-
-
-
1m
1m
16. EXTERIOR STAIRCASE OR
EXTERIOR ACCESS RAMP,
PROVIDING ACCESS TO A
LEVEL OTHER THAN THE
BASEMENT OR GROUND
FLOOR
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
b) Other standards applicable
17. FIRE ESCAPE STAIRS

Only the “Single-family dwelling (h1)” and “Two-family and three-family
dwellings (h2)” use categories may have a staircase leading to the 2nd floor.
Non
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
18. AWNING, BANNER, ROOF
OR EAVES THAT IS
INCORPORATED INTO THE
MAIN BUILDING
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
138
Authorized use, building,
structure or accessory
equipment and projection for
the main building
Front Yard
a) Maximum encroachment
into a setback
b) Other standards applicable
0.75 m

Side Yard
not
adjacent to
a street
0.75 m
Side Yard
adjacent to
a street
0.75 m
Rear Yard
not
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
adjacent to
a street
0.75 m
0.75 m
Notwithstanding the definition in Chapter 3, an awning may be supported
by walls or columns when it serves to cover a terrace or patio in a rear
yard.
19. CANOPY THAT IS
INCORPORATED INTO THE
Yes
No
No
No
No
2m
-
-
-
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
MAIN BUILDING
a)
Minimum distance
from a landsite
boundary line
20. P ROJECTING WINDOW OR
CANTILEVER THAT IS
INCORPORATED INTO THE
MAIN BUILDING
a) Maximum encroachment
into any yard
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
The minimum distance from a landsite boundary line is set at 1.5 m.
c) Other standards applicable
The maximum area is set at 1.5m2.
21. CHIMNEY OR FIREPLACE,
EITHER PROJECTING OR NOT
INCORPORATED INTO THE
BUILDING
a) Maximum encroachment
into any yard
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
0.65 m
0.65 m
0.65 m
0.65 m
0.65 m
b) Other standards applicable
The chimney or fireplace may not be wider than 2.5 m.
22. DETACHED ACCESSORY
BUILDING OTHER THAN
THAT TARGETED IN LINE
139
M ( CA29 0040-4; 2011-08-30)
a) Other standards applicable
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Non
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
See Article 140
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
139
Authorized use, building,
structure or accessory
equipment and projection for
the main building
23. WINTER SHELTER
Front Yard
Yes
Side Yard
not
adjacent to
a street
Yes
a) Other standards applicable
Side Yard
adjacent to
a street
Yes
Rear Yard
not
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
adjacent to
a street
Yes
Yes
See Chapter 5
24. P OOL OR SPA , ACCESS
STAIRS AND ACCESSORY
EQUIPMENT TO THE POOL
OR SPA
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
1.5 m
1.5 m
1.5 m
1.5 m
b) Other standards applicable
See Article 143
25. ACCESS PLATFORM FOR
THE SWIMMING POOL
ERECTED ABOVE THE
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
1.5 m
1.5 m
1.5 m
1.5 m
GRADE LEVEL
c) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
d) Other standards applicable
See Article 143
26. DOMESTIC DISH ANTENNA
ATTACHED TO THE MAIN
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
0.65 m
0.65 m
0.65 m
0.65 m
BUILDING
a) Maximum diameter
b) Other standards applicable
See Article 144
27. DOMESTIC DISH ANTENNA
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
a) Maximum diameter
-
-
-
2.5 m
2.5 m
b) Maximum height measured
from grade level at the base
-
-
-
5m
5m
c) Minimum distance from a
street line
-
-
-
-
6m
d) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line,
other than a street line
-
-
-
2m
2m
NOT ATTACHED TO THE
MAIN BUILDING
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
140
Authorized use, building,
structure or accessory
equipment and projection for
the main building
Front Yard
Side Yard
not
adjacent to
a street
e) Other standards applicable
Side Yard
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
not
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
adjacent to
a street
See Article 144
28. DOMESTIC ANTENNA
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
a) Maximum height,
measured from grade level
at the base
-
25 m
25 m
25 m
25 m
b) Minimum distance from a
street line
-
-
6m
-
6m
c) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line,
other than a street line
-
2m
2m
2m
2m
1m
1m
1m
1m
OTHER THAN A DISH
ANTENNA
d) Maximum distance from
the main building
e) Other standards applicable
29. WASTE STORAGE
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line,
other than a street line
See Article 144
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
1m
1m
1m
1m
b) Other standards applicable
30. RECYCLING
a)
b)
STORAGE
Minimum distance
from a landsite
boundary line, other
than a street line
See Article 142
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
Yes
Yes
Other standards
applicable
31. MAST AND ENTRY CONDUIT
FOR ELECTRICAL POWER,
OR A GAS, WATER OR
ELECTRICITY METER, FOR A
DETACHED OR SEMI-
See Article 142
No
Yes
Yes
DETACHED DWELLING
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
141
Authorized use, building,
structure or accessory
equipment and projection for
the main building
a) Other standards applicable
32. MAST AND ENTRY CONDUIT
FOR ELECTRICAL POWER,
OR A GAS, WATER OR
ELECTRICITY METER, FOR A
Front Yard
Side Yard
not
adjacent to
a street
Side Yard
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
not
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
adjacent to
a street
A distribution network for public utility services must be placed under ground.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
ROW HOUSE
a)
Other standards
applicable
33. GAS BOTTLE WITH A
CAPACITY OF UP TO 9.1 KG
A distribution network for public utility services must be placed under ground.
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
34. GAS CANISTER WITH A
CAPACITY OF MORE THAN
9.1 KG
a)
Maximum number per
landsite
b)
Maximum
encroachment into a
setback adjacent to a
street
c)
Minimum distance
from a landsite
boundary line other
than a street line
2
-
-
0m
-
0m
-
-
-
-
-
M (CA29 0040-15; 2013-09-16)
d)
Minimum distance
from a street line
-
-
6m
-
6m
e)
Maximum distance
between a gas bottle or
canister and the main
building
-
1m
1m
1m
1m
Yes
Yes
M (CA29 0040-15; 2013-09-16)
f)
Other standards
applicable
See Article 145
35. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
ON THE GROUND SUCH AS A
HEAT PUMP, AIR
No
Yes
Yes
CONDITIONER OR COMPRESSOR
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
142
Authorized use, building,
structure or accessory
equipment and projection for
the main building
Front Yard
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
-
b) Maximum distance
between the equipment and
the main building
-
Side Yard
not
adjacent to
a street
c) Other standards applicable
Side Yard
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
not
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
adjacent to
a street
See Article 146
No
36. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
INSTALLED ON THE
BUILDING SUCH AS A HEAT
PUMP, AIR CONDITIONER OR
COMPRESSOR
a) Other standards applicable
See Article 146
37. FIREWOOD
a) Minimum distance from a
side or rear boundary line
b) Other standards applicable


38. WASHING LINE AND POST
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
The maximum area permitted in a front yard is 1.6 m3 or 1.22 m high x
2.44 m long x 0.5 m deep.
The maximum area permitted in a side or rear yard is 6 m3.
No
FOR A WASHING LINE
a) Other standards applicable

No
No
Yes
Yes
A washing line, umbrella dryer or other type of line for outdoor clothes
drying is authorized only on a landsite occupied by a use comprising less
than 8 dwelling units and occupying a detached or semi-detached building
with 2 storeys or less.
39. STORAGE OR PARKING OF A
TRAILER LONGER THAN
3.66 M, A HEAVY VEHICLE
OR A TOOL VEHICLE
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
40. STORAGE OR PARKING OF A
TRAILER SHORTER THAN
3.66 M, EXCLUDING THE
CONNECTION FITTING
41. UNDERGROUND
CONSTRUCTION THAT IS
NOT APPARENT
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
143
Authorized use, building,
structure or accessory
equipment and projection for
the main building
a) Minimum distance from
landsite boundary line
N (CA29 0040-15; 2013-09-16)
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Front Yard
3m
Side Yard
not
adjacent to
a street
3m
Side Yard
adjacent to
a street
3m
Rear Yard
not
adjacent to
a street
3m
Rear Yard
adjacent to
a street
3m
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
143-1
139. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A BUILDING THAT IS SEMIDETACHED OR A ROW HOUSE OR THAT HAS A ZERO SIDE SETBACK
Notwithstanding Article 0, in the case of a building that is semi-detached or a row house or with a
zero side setback, a projection that is incorporated into a building, such as a porch, balcony,
veranda, terrace, patio, exterior staircase, open exterior access ramp or exterior elevator for a
handicapped person, may be located less than 1 m from the side boundary line when it is in the
rear yard. In such a case, an opaque screen at least 1.5 m high and no more than 2 m high,
measured from the level of the floor of the projection, must be installed for the entire width of the
projection, from the edge of a party wall or wall of a building constructed with a zero side
setback..
140. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ACCESSORY BUILDINGS
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 138, the following provisions apply to
an accessory building detached from the main building:
1°
General provisions applicable to all detached accessory buildings in all zones:
2°
M
a)
No more than 2 accessory buildings are permitted per landsite, and not more than
one accessory building of the same type. This provision does not include the
numbers for private garages or carports authorized on a landsite.
b)
The minimum distance away from the main building is set at 2 m.
c)
Except when specified in the following paragraphs, the maximum permitted
height of an accessory building is 4 m.
d)
When the accessory building is located in a side yard adjacent to a street or in a
rear yard adjacent to a street, it must be hidden from the street by an opaque fence
at least 1.5 m high and not more than 2.0 m high or by a dense evergreen hedge or
an evergreen hedge at least 1.5 m high.
Specific provisions applicable to a private garage:
a)
One private garage is permitted per landsite. It must be located at least 1 m from a
landsite boundary line.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
144
b)
The maximum permitted area of a private garage or is 45 m². In addition, if it is
located in the rear yard, it may not exceed 50% of the area of this yard.
c)
The maximum interior dimensions of a private garage must be 2.75 m wide,
5.5 m deep and 2.1 m free height.
d)
The maximum height permitted, including the gable, is set at 4.5 m.
e)
A private garage must be linked to the public way by an access path in conformity
with the provisions of the present by-law.
(CA29 0040-4; 2011-08-30)
3°
4°
Specific provisions applicable to a shed for the storage of household and garden
equipment:
a)
The maximum height of a shed is set at 4 m and the maximum permitted area is
14 m².
b)
Notwithstanding the preceding sub-paragraph, the maximum permitted area of a
shed is 28 m² if it is located on a landsite with an area larger than 1000 m².
c)
A shed must be located at least 30 cm away from a side or rear landsite boundary
line.
Specific provisions applicable to a domestic greenhouse:
a)
The maximum area of a domestic greenhouse is set at 14 m².
b)
A domestic greenhouse must be located at least 2 m away from a side or rear
landsite boundary line.
140.1 REQUIREMENTS RELATIVE TO A PRIVATE GARAGE OR A CARPORT
ATTACHED TO OR INTEGRATED INTO A DWELLING
N
Provisions applicable to a private garage or a carport attached or integrated into a dwelling :
a)
One private garage or one attached or integrated carport is permitted per landsite.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
145
b)
The interior dimensions of a private garage or the dimensions of the carport on the
ground must be 2.75 m wide, 5.5 m deep and 2.1 m free height.
c)
The walls of the carport must be open on a minimum of two sides. For the
application of the present provision, the columns, the finished floor level and the
underside of the roof delineate the surface of a wall.
d)
Any carport that does not respect the provisions in the present paragraph or on
which the entrance is closed by a private garage door is considered to be a private
garage for the purposes of the by-law.
e)
Except in the case of a private garage serving a use in the “Multi-family dwelling
(h3)” category, a private garage attached to or integrated into a main building may
not be located at a level lower than 20 cm below the finished level of the centre of
the street facing the landsite on which the private garage is installed. In the case
of a waterfront landsite, the floor level of the private garage must be 20 cm above
the surrounding grade level.
f)
A private garage serving a use in the “Multi-family dwelling (h3)” category must
be located below ground and not be apparent. However, when it is bordering
Rivière-des-Prairies, at 1 m from the landsite boundary lines and hidden by a
screen of vegetation, the private garage may be apparent.
(CA29 0040-4; 2011-08-30)
141. REQUIREMENTS RELATIVE TO THE INSTALLATION OF A BELOW-GRADE
GARAGE
M
Notwithstanding Article 140.1, a below-grade private garage incorporated into a dwelling is
permitted subject to the following conditions:
(CA29 0040-5; 2011-08-30)
1°
When it serves a “Single-family dwelling (h1)” use in a row-house structure or a
“Multifamily dwelling (h3)” use, a below-grade garage is permitted only if it serves
more than one dwelling unit;
2°
The maximum permitted slope for the access to the basement is set at 10%;
3°
An exterior drain must be installed at the bottom of the slope in such a way that storm
water runs towards it;
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
146
4°
There must be a difference in level of 0.75 cm between the bottom of the garage door
in the semi-basement and the top of the exterior drain cover;
5°
A speed bump must be installed at the top of the slope of a circulation aisle for a semibasement garage as illustrated for information purposes on the diagram identified in
Appendix “I”.
142. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE STORAGE OF GARBAGE OR
MATERIALS FOR RECYCLING
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 138, the following provisions apply to
an area for the storage of garbage or materials for recycling located outside a main building:
1°
In the case of a building with 6 or more dwelling units or 10 or more rooms, a space must
be reserved, inside or outside the building, for the storage of garbage and materials for
recycling. The table that follows establishes the type of area authorized for the storage of
garbage and materials for recycling, in terms of the total number of dwelling units in the
building. When the word “Yes” appears on the line for the type of storage area, this type
of storage area is authorized to serve a building containing the number of dwelling units or
rooms shown in the corresponding column.
Number of dwelling units or rooms per building
Type of area authorized for the
storage of garbage and materials for
recycling
6 to 8 dwelling units
or
10 to 17 rooms
9 to 23 dwelling
units or 18 to 47
rooms
24 or more dwelling
units or 48 or more
rooms
Garbage receptacle (container, bin)
Yes
No
No
Outdoor enclosure for containers or
bins
Yes
Yes
No
Storage area inside the main building
Yes
Yes
Yes
2°
A storage area for garbage must not obstruct any emergency exit.
3°
It is obligatory to use a storage area for garbage installed inside a main building.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
147
4°
A garbage receptacle must be contiguous with a wall of the main building and be placed
at least 6 m away from the main façade of the building.
5°
A garbage container and a storage area inside the main building main building and serving
a use in the “Multi-family dwelling (h3)” category or “Collective housing (h4)” category
with more than 6 dwelling units or more than 10 rooms must have a minimum volume of
0.57 m3 per dwelling unit.
6°
An outdoor enclosure for garbage containers or bins must be accessible by a circulation
aisle with a street entrance. There must be an open space with a minimum length of 12 m
in front of the door to the enclosure to allow the truck to park during the collection of
garbage or materials for recycling.
7°
An outdoor enclosure for garbage containers or bins must be installed on a concrete or
asphalt surface and it must have a door that closes automatically. In addition, it must be
surrounded on three sides by a minimum 1 m wide green strip planted with grass and
shrubs.
8°
The walls of the outdoor enclosure for garbage containers or bins must be at least as high
as the garbage containers or bins so that they are not visible from the street or from a
contiguous landsite located on the same street, but must not exceed 3 m or be less than 2
m in height.
9°
The exterior cladding material on the outdoor enclosure must be treated wood or masonry
. In the case of the construction of a wooden fence, it must consist of openwork over a
maximum of 20% of its surface.
10°
A door providing access to a storage area for garbage, whether indoors or outdoors, must
be kept closed at all times and it must be fitted with an automatic door closer.
143. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A SWIMMING POOL OR SPA
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 138, the following provisions apply to
a swimming pool or spa:
1°
The area of a swimming pool must not exceed one third of the area of the landsite on
which it is installed. In addition, if it is located in a rear yard, it may not exceed 50% of the
area of this yard.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
148
2°
A swimming pool must be located at least 2m from the main building and more than 1 m
from an accessory building.
(CA29 0040-4; 2011-08-30)
3°
A patio or a terrace attached to the main building and providing direct access to the pool
may be installed at a distance of 2 m from a rear boundary line.
(CA29 0040-14; 2013-06-06)
4°
A swimming pool or a spa must be surrounded by a fence with a minimum height of 1.5
m, placed at a minimum distance of 1 m from the edge of the pool or spa. The open space
between the finished grade level and the underside of the fence must not exceed 5 cm. The
fence must be rigid and permanently attached to the ground, and it must be composed of
vertical elements or panels, except in the case of a chain link fence, and the maximum
permitted distance between the vertical elements is 10 cm. Any passage through the fence
must be closed by a door fitted with an automatic closer and an automatic locking device.
(CA29 0040-15; 2013-09-16)
5°
Paragraph 4° does not apply to an above-ground pool surrounded by an integrated fence if
the height above grade of the pool wall or the integrated fence is at least 1.5 m. However,
the following conditions apply:
M
M
M
M
a)
Any steps or ladders providing access to the pool must be surrounded by a fence
and by a gate at least 1.5 m high, fitted with an automatic closer and an automatic
locking device; the provisions in paragraph 4° apply to this fence.
b)
When there is the addition or modification of a terrace or patio giving access to
the pool, a fence with a minimum height of 1.2 m must be placed across the deck
or patio to block access to the pool and the provisions in paragraph 4°apply to this
fence.
(CA29 0040-15: 2013-09-16)
6°
Paragraph 4° does not apply to a spa fitted with a lockable cover. When not in use, the spa
must be covered and locked.
7°
Wastewater from the swimming pool must be emptied into the storm sewer, or with the
aid of pumps, into drainage ditches.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
149
144. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A DOMESTIC DISH ANTENNA OR
A DOMESTIC ANTENNA OTHER THAN A DISH ANTENNA
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 138, the following provisions apply to
a domestic dish antenna or a domestic antenna other than a dish antenna:
1°
No more than one domestic antenna per dwelling unit or per 4 rooms for a main use that is
part of the “Collective housing (h4)” use category may be installed on a landsite or on a
building.
2°
A domestic dish antenna attached to a building must not obstruct an opening or be
installed in front of an opening to the building.
3°
A domestic dish antenna not attached to the main building and located in a yard adjacent
to a street must be hidden from the street by an opaque fence or a wall at least 1.5 m high
and not exceeding 2.5 m high or by a dense, evergreen or coniferous hedge of the same
height.
145. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A GAS BOTTLE OR CANISTER
WITH A CAPACITY OF MORE THAN 9.1 KG
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 138, a bottle or tank of gas with a
capacity of more than 9.1 kg must be hidden by an opaque fence at least 1.5 m high and not
exceeding 2.5 m high or by a dense evergreen hedge or an evergreen hedge of the same height,
unless it is located in a rear yard not adjacent to a street.
A tank for liquid heating fuel (oil or gas) is prohibited on a landsite occupied by a use in the
“Housing (h)” group.
146. SPECIFIC AND ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO MECHANICAL
EQUIPMENT INSTALLED ON THE GROUND OR ON A BUILDING
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of the first clause and of Article 138 the
following provisions apply to mechanical equipment installed on the ground or on the building,
such as a heat pump, an air conditioner or a compressor;
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
150
1°
Mechanical equipment must be surrounded by an acoustic, opaque screen with exterior
cladding composed of a material authorized in virtue of Chapter 14 if it is located at a
distance of less than 2.0 metres from a landsite boundary line.
2°
At no time must mechanical equipment be visible from the street.
3°
The mechanical equipment must be maintained and kept in a good state of repair at all
times.
146.1 SPECIFIC AND ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO MECHANICAL
EQUIPMENT INSTALLED ON THE GROUND OR ON A BUILDING
APPLICABLE TO SUBGROUP OF USES “MULTI-FAMILY DWELLING (H3)”
AND “COLLECTIVE HOUSING (H4)”
N
In spite of the contrary provisions applicable in virtue of Article 138 and 146, the following
provisions apply to a mechanical equipment of split-system type installed on the ground or a
mechanical equipment of type split-system installed on the balcony of a building such as a
heat pump, an air conditioner or a compressor;
A mechanical equipment of split-system type is permitted in the front yard of a building under
the following conditions;
a) The mechanical equipment of split-system type must be installed on a balcony or a patio
only.
b) When the mechanical equipment of split-system type lays on the ground, it must not be
visible from the street.
c) The mechanical equipment of split-system type must be maintained and kept in a good
state of repair at all times.
d) The mechanical equipment must be installed professionally.
For application purposes of the present article, a split-system unit is a mechanical equipment
consisting of a unit located outside the building and another inside linked together by a
refrigerated duct.
(CA29 0040-4; 2011-08-30)
SECTION 3: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE USES IN THE COMMERCIAL (C)
AND RECREATIONAL (R) GROUPS
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
151
147. GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE USES IN THE “COMMERCIAL
(C)” AND “RECREATIONAL (R)” GROUPS
The table that follows identifies and governs accessory uses, accessory buildings, accessory
structures, accessory equipment and projections of the main building that are authorized in a yard
for a main use in the “Commercial (c)” or “Recreational (r)” group.
Authorized use, building,
structure or accessory equipment
and projection for the main
building
1. SIDEWALK, WALKWAY,
LANDSCAPING, TREE, SHRUB,
Front Yard
Side Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Side Yard
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Rear Yard
adjacent to
a street
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
HEDGE
2. FENCE, WALL OR RETAINING
WALL
a) Other standards applicable
3. INSTALLATION SERVING
AS
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
4. INSTALLATION SERVING
AS
AUTHORIZED SIGNAGE
See Chapter 15
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
a) Other standards applicable
See Chapter 18
5. RECREATIONAL AND SPORTS
EQUIPMENT FOR CLIENTS OR
EMPLOYEES OF THE
RECREATIONAL OR
COMMERCIAL ESTABLISHMENT
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
6.
LANDSITE ENTRANCE AND
ENTRANCE TO OFF-STREET
PARKING AREA OR DELIVERY
AREA
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
3m
1.5 m
1.5 m
1.5 m
1.5 m
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
a) Other standards applicable
7.
OFF-STREET PARKING AREA AND
BICYCLE PARKING
a) Other standards applicable
8. LOADING BAY, BERTH AND
UNLOADING AREA , INCLUDING
See chapters 9, 10 et 11
Yes
Yes
Yes
See Chapter 10
Yes
Yes
Yes
THE MANŒUVERING AREA
a) Other standards applicable
9. P ORCH, BALCONY, VERANDA ,
TERRACE, PATIO OR COLD
See Chapter 11
Yes
Yes
Yes
STORAGE ROOM INCORPORATED
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
152
Authorized use, building,
structure or accessory equipment
and projection for the main
building
Front Yard
Side Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Side Yard
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Rear Yard
adjacent to
a street
1.8 m
1.8 m
1.8 m
3m
3m
1m
2m
2m
1m
1m
INTO THE MAIN BUILDING,
EXCEPT A COMMERCIAL FOOD
SERVICE TERRACE
a) Maximum encroachment into a
setback
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
c) Other standards applicable
10. COMMERCIAL FOOD SERVICE
TERRACE
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line other
than a street line
b) Minimum distance from a street
line
c) Other standards applicable
11. SOLARIUM (GLAZED ATRIUM)
a) Maximum encroachment into a
setback
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
c) Other standards applicable
12. COMMERCIAL GREENHOUSE
a)
Maximum encroachment
into a setback
b)
Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
c)
Other standards applicable


See Article 0
One cold storage room only is authorized. It must be located under a front
porch, balcony, veranda, terrace or staircase and have the same
dimensions.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
3m
3m
3m
3m
3m
4m
-
4m
-
4m
No
Yes
-
2m
2m
2m
2m
-
1.5 m
1.5 m
1.5 m
1.5 m
No
Yes
See Article 148
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
2m
2m
2m
2m
-
2m
2m
2m
2m
See articles 148 and 149
Yes
Yes
Yes
See Article 150
13. OPEN EXTERIOR
ACCESS RAMP
OR EXTERIOR ELEVATOR FOR A
HANDICAPPED PERSON
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
14. OPEN EXTERIOR STAIRCASE
PROVIDING ACCESS TO THE
BASEMENT OR THE GROUND
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
3m
-
3m
-
3m
2m
2m
2m
2m
2m
No
No
FLOOR
a) Maximum encroachment into a
setback adjacent to a street
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
c) Other standards applicable
15. OPEN EXTERIOR STAIRCASE OR
EXTERIOR ACCESS RAMP,
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
See Article 148
No
No
No
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
153
Authorized use, building,
structure or accessory equipment
and projection for the main
building
Front Yard
Side Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Side Yard
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Rear Yard
adjacent to
a street
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
0.75 m
0.75 m
0.75 m
0.75 m
0.75 m
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
2m
2m
2m
2m
2m
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
0.65 m
0.65 m
0.65 m
0.65 m
0.65 m
PROVIDING ACCESS TO A LEVEL
OTHER THAN THE BASEMENT OR
GROUND FLOOR
16. FIRE ESCAPE STAIRS
17. AWNING, BANNER, ROOF OR
EAVES INCORPORATED INTO THE
MAIN BUILDING, EXCEPT FOR A
CANOPY SHELTERING GAS
PUMPS
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
18. P ROJECTING WINDOW OR
CANTILEVER INCORPORATED
INTO A BUILDING
a) Maximum encroachment into a
setback
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
19. CHIMNEY OR FIREPLACE,
PROJECTING OR NOT
PROJECTING, INCORPORATED
INTO THE BUILDING
a) Maximum encroachment into a
setback
b) Other standards applicable
20. ACCESSORY BUILDING OTHER
THAN THOSE LISTED IN LINES 22,
AND 38
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
b) Other standards applicable
21. ENCLOSURE FOR SHOPPING
CARTS
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
b) Other standards applicable
22. P ERGOLA , SUMMERHOUSE,
KIOSK OR GAZEBO
a) Maximum encroachment into a
setback adjacent to a street
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
c) Maximum height
Other standards applicable
23. SWIMMING POOL OR SPA AND
ACCESSORIES
a) Minimum distance from a street
line
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
The chimney or fireplace must not be wider than 2.5 m.
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
-
-
-
1m
1m
See Article 151
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1.5 m
1.5 m
1.5 m
1.5 m
1.5 m
See Article 152
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
-
2m
-
2m
-
1m
1m
1m
1m
-
4.5 m
4.5 m
See Article 151
4.5 m
4.5 m
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
-
5m
-
5m
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
154
Authorized use, building,
structure or accessory equipment
and projection for the main
building
e) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line other
than a street line
b) Other standards applicable
24. DISH ANTENNA ATTACHED TO
THE MAIN BUILDING
a) Maximum diameter
b) Other standards applicable
25. DISH ANTENNA NOT ATTACHED
TO THE MAIN BUILDING
a) Maximum diameter
b) Maximum height, measured
from grade level at the base
c) Minimum distance from a
street line
d) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line other
than a street line
e) Other standards applicable
26. ANTENNA OTHER THAN A DISH
ANTENNA
a) Maximum height, measured
from grade level at the base
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
c) Other standards applicable
27. GARBAGE STORAGE
Front Yard
Side Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Side Yard
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Rear Yard
adjacent to
a street
-
2m
2m
1.5 m
1.5 m
See Article 153
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
0.65 m
0.65 m
See Article 154
0.65 m
0.65 m
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
-
-
-
2.5 m
2.5 m
-
-
-
5m
5m
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
2m
2m
See Article 154
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
25 m
25 m
25 m
25 m
-
2m
2m
2m
2m
No
Yes
See Article 154
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
1m
1m
1m
1m
Yes
Yes
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
b) Other standards applicable
28. GAS, WATER OR ELECTRICITY
METER, MAST OR ENTRY
CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL
See Article 156
No
Yes
Yes
POWER
a) Other standards applicable
29. GAS BOTTLE OR TANK WITH A
CAPACITY OF LESS THAN 9.1 KG
a) Other standards applicable
30. GAS BOTTLE OR TANK WITH A
CAPACITY OF MORE THAN 9.1
A distribution network for public utility services must be placed underground.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
See Article 155
No
Yes
Yes
KG OR LIQUID FUEL TANK
a) Maximum number per landsite
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
1
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
155
Authorized use, building,
structure or accessory equipment
and projection for the main
building
b) Maximum encroachment into a
setback
c) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
d) Other standards applicable
31. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
INSTALLED ON THE GROUND
SUCH AS HEAT PUMP (EXCEPT A
SWIMMING POOL HEAT PUMP),
AIR CONDITIONER OR
Front Yard
Side Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Side Yard
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Rear Yard
adjacent to
a street
-
0m
0m
0m
0m
-
6m
6m
6m
6m
See Article 157
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
2m
2m
2m
2m
-
2m
2m
2m
2m
Yes
Yes
Yes
4.5 m
Yes
4.5 m
Yes
Yes
COMPRESSOR
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
b) Maximum distance between the
equipment and the main
building
c) Other standards applicable
32. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
INSTALLED ON A BUILDING
SUCH AS A HEAT PUMP (EXCEPT
A SWIMMING POOL HEAT PUMP)
OR COMPRESSOR
a)
33.
a)
b)
34.
a)
Other standards applicable
GATEHOUSE
Maximum height
Other standards applicable
OUTDOOR DISPLAY
Other standards applicable
See Article 159
No
Yes
Yes
4.5 m
Yes
4.5 m
Yes
Yes
Yes
See Article 159
Yes
4.5 m
See Article 151
Yes
See Article 155
35. OUTDOOR STORAGE
See Article 332
36. GAS PUMP FOR FILLING THE
TANK OF A VEHICLE,
ASSOCIATED WITH AN
ESTABLISHMENT
a) Maximum encroachment into a
setback adjacent to a street
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
c) Other standards applicable
37. CANOPY TO SHELTER FUEL
PUMPS, ASSOCIATED OR NOT
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
-
-
-
-
0m
-
2m
-
2m
2m
See Article 157
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
4m
4m
4m
4m
4m
ASSOCIATED WITH A BUILDING
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
156
Authorized use, building,
structure or accessory equipment
and projection for the main
building
Front Yard
Side Yard
not adjacent
to a street
b) Other standards applicable
38. RETAIL SALE FUEL PUMP
ISLAND AND CABIN FOR
ATTENDANT OR CASHIER
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
b) Other standards applicable
39. NON-APPARENT UNDERGROUND
STRUCTURE
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
N (CA29 0040-15; 2013-09-16)
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Side Yard
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Rear Yard
adjacent to
a street
See Article 158
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
7m
7m
7m
7m
7m
See Article 162
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
3m
3m
3m
3m
3m
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
156-1
148. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A SEMI-DETACHED OR ROWHOUSE
BUILDING OR WITH A ZERO SIDE SETBACK
Notwithstanding Article 0, in the case of a semi-detached or rowhouse building or one with a
zero side setback, a projection that is incorporated into a building, such as a porch, balcony,
veranda, terrace, food service terrace, exterior staircase, open exterior access ramp or exterior
elevator for a handicapped person, may be located less than 1 m from the side boundary line
when it is in the rear yard. In such a case, an opaque screen at least 1.5 m high and no more than
2 m high, measured from the level of the floor of the projection, must be installed for the entire
width of the projection, from the edge of a party wall or wall of a building constructed with a zero
side setback.
149. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A COMMERCIAL FOOD SERVICE
TERRACE
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 147, the following provisions apply to
a commercial food service terrace:
1°
A food service terrace is permitted only as an accessory structure or use to a main use in
the “Food service (c2d)” or “Licensed establishments and dance halls (c4b)” subcategories of uses.
2°
The terrace must be contiguous with the premises occupied by the establishment that it
serves.
3°
The terrace must not occupy a yard contiguous with a landsite occupied by a use in the
“Housing (h)” group. This provision does not apply if the use in the “Housing (h)” group
of uses is non-conforming or is located in a zone in which the main land use occupation is
not “Housing (h)”.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
157
4°
A terrace must be separated from the public thoroughfare by a screen, fence, planting box
or otherwise, to a maximum height of 1.5 m.
5°
The terrace may be used only for the consumption and serving of food and beverages.
6°
The presentation of a show, dancing or similar event is not authorized on the terrace. In
addition, loud speakers or any other sound amplification device may not be installed on
the terrace outside the main building.
7°
The terrace must not occupy a circulation aisle or an off-street parking area required in
virtue of the provisions in the present by-law.
8°
The places available on the food service terrace must not be taken into consideration when
calculating the minimum number of off-street parking spaces required for the main use.
9°
An access between the building and the terrace is obligatory, and this access must be free
of obstacles.
10°
A removable fabric awning, banner or canopy to protect the terrace is authorized on the
following conditions:
a)
It may be installed only during the period from March 31 to November 30 of the
same year;
b)
It must be made of incombustible, flame-retardant materials;
c)
Run-off from the roof must fall at least 0.5 m from any landsite boundary line.
150. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A COMMERCIAL GREENHOUSE
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 147, the following provisions apply to
a commercial greenhouse:
1°
A greenhouse is only permitted as an accessory structure or accessory use to a main use in
the “Retail sale of landscaping and gardening articles and accessories (536)”, “Retail sale
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
158
of flowers (florist) (5991)” or “Retail sale of construction (5212)” sub-categories of uses.
Except where specified in the paragraphs for specific provisions, the maximum height permitted
for a greenhouse may not exceed that of the main building.
151. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN ACCESSORY BUILDING
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 147, the following provisions apply to
an accessory building:
1°
A winter shelter is not authorized as an accessory building for a use in the “Commercial
(c)” and “Recreational (r)” groups.
2°
The height of the accessory building may not exceed the height of the main building.
3°
For a main use in the “Commercial (c)” group, the footprints of all the detached accessory
buildings combined may not exceed 30% of the area of the rear yard, or exceed 50% of
the area of the footprint of the main building.
4°
For a main use in the “Recreational (r)” group, the footprints of all the detached accessory
buildings combined may not exceed 10% of the area of the landsite.
5°
Notwithstanding Article 0, when the accessory building is located on a landsite that is
adjacent, over the entire length of the side boundary line, to a landsite occupied or
intended to be occupied by a use in the “Industrial (i)” group, the distance between the
accessory building and the side boundary line on that side may be zero, on condition that
the distance on the other side is doubled.
6°
Notwithstanding Article 0, when the landsite on which the accessory building is installed
is adjacent to an occupied or intended to be occupied landsite by a use in the “Housing
(h)” group, the distance between the accessory building and the side boundary line on that
side must be at least 6 m.
152. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN ENCLOSURE FOR SHOPPING
CARTS
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 147, the following provisions apply to
an enclosure intended for the storage of shopping carts:
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
159
1°
An enclosure for shopping carts must have one side open to allow access to the carts and
be closed on the three other sides by a fence or a wall not more than 1.2 m high.
2°
An enclosure for shopping carts must be located inside an off-street parking area, but must
not occupy a parking space required in virtue of the provisions in the present by-law.
3°
An enclosure for shopping carts is not considered as being an accessory building.
153. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A SWIMMING POOL OR SPA
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 147, the following provisions apply to
a swimming pool or spa:
1°
The area of a swimming pool must not exceed one third of the area of the landsite on
which it is installed. In addition, if it is located in a rear yard, it may not exceed 50% of the
area of this yard.
2°
A swimming pool or spa must be located at least 2.4 m from the main building and more
than 1 m from an accessory building.
3°
A patio or a terrace attached to the main building and providing direct access to the pool
may be installed at a distance of 2 m from a rear boundary line.
(CA29 0040-14 ; 2013-06-06)
4°
A swimming pool or a spa must be surrounded by a fence with a minimum height of 1.5
m, placed at a minimum distance of 1 m from the edge of the pool or spa. The open space
between the finished grade level and the underside of the fence must not exceed 5 cm.
M
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
160
Except in the case of a chain link fence, the fence must be composed of vertical elements, and the
maximum permitted distance between these elements is 10 cm. Any passage through the fence
must be closed by a door fitted with an automatic closer and an automatic locking device.
5°
Paragraph 4° does not apply to an above-ground pool surrounded by an integrated fence if
the height above grade of the pool wall or the integrated fence is at least 1.5 m. However,
the following conditions apply:
a)
Any steps or ladders providing access to the pool must be surrounded by a fence
and by a gate at least 1.5 m high, fitted with an automatic closer and an automatic
locking device; the provisions in Paragraph 3° apply to this fence.
b)
Should the above-ground pool be accessible by a terrace or a patio connected to
the ground by steps or stairs, access to the pool must be prevented by one of the
following methods:
− the top of the stairs or steps must be closed by a gate with a minimum
height of 1.5 m, fitted with an automatic closer and an automatic locking
device;
− a fence must be placed across the terrace, patio or platform so as to block
access to the pool; the provisions in paragraph 4° apply to this fence.
6°
Paragraph 4° does not apply to a spa fitted with a lockable cover. When not in use, the spa
must be covered and locked.
7°
An in ground swimming pool must be entirely surrounded by a sidewalk, including the
minimum 0.76 m wide parapet wall.
154. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A DISH ANTENNA OR AN
ANTENNA OTHER THAN A DISH ANTENNA
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 147, the following provisions apply to
a dish antenna or an antenna other than a dish antenna:
1°
Only one antenna may be installed per main building. When the building is also occupied
by a main use in the “Housing (h)” group, this provision does not apply to the main use in
the “Housing (h)” group.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
161
2°
A dish antenna attached to a building must not obstruct an opening or be installed in front
of an opening to the building.
3°
A parabolic antenna, not attached to the main building, located in a yard adjacent to a
street must be hidden from the street by an opaque fence or a wall not less than 1.5 m and
not more than 2.5 m high or by a dense hedge of evergreen shrubs or evergreens of the
same height.
155. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN OUTDOOR DISPLAY
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 147, the following provisions apply to
an outdoor display:
1°
Only the following types of outdoor display are permitted:
2°
a)
Outdoor display of fruits and vegetables;
b)
Outdoor display of flowers, shrubs and trees, and landscaping and gardening
articles and accessories;
c)
Outdoor display of gas canisters;
d)
Outdoor display of vehicles;
e)
Outdoor display of products related to safety and promotion, and outdoor display
of bags of ice;
f)
Machines for the automatic dispensing of products;
g)
Outdoor display of retail products or rental equipment;
h)
Outdoor display of recreational vehicles, motorcycles, snowmobiles and their
accessories.
i)
Outdoor display of utility trailers with a load inferior than 2300 kg and of trucks.
The outdoor display for fruits, vegetables, flowers, shrubs, trees, articles and accessories
for landscaping and gardening is authorized under the following conditions:
a)
This type of display is authorized only for a main use for a retail store selling food
products (54) Retail sale (florist) (5991), Retail sale of hardware (5251) and Retail
sale of articles and accessories for landscaping and gardening;
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
162
3°
b)
The area in which products related to retail sales are displayed must be at a
maximum distance of 4 m from the main building;
c)
The overall area of any products displayed must be located at least 3m from a
property line;
d)
The display area must be constructed with display cases specially designed for
this purpose, and not with storage pallets or similar installations;
e)
The height which the products are displayed must not exceed 2 m high;
f)
The area in which the products are stored can be located within an off street
parking space without impeding on a space required by the present by-law.
The outdoor display of fruits, vegetables, flowers, shrubs and trees, and landscaping and
gardening articles and accessories for stores with a gross floor area greater than 1400 m2 is
authorized under the following conditions:
a)
This type of display is authorized for the following main uses only:
−
“ Retail sale of landscaping and gardening articles and accessories (536)” as
main uses;
− A main use “retail hardware store (5251)”
− a main use in the sub-use category “Retail sale of food products and dry
consumer goods (c1a)”;
b)
The area of the space in which the products are displayed may not exceed 15% of
the gross floor area occupied by the establishment;
c)
The area in which the products are displayed must be at least 3 m from a landsite
boundary line;
d)
The overall height of any products displayed must not exceed 2 m;
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
163
e)
Except for the display area at a maximum distance of 4.0 m from the main
building, the area in which the products are displayed or storage must be
delineated by an openwork fence with a maximum height of 2 m;
f)
The display area at a maximum distance of 4.0 m from the main building must be
constructed with display cases specially designed for this purpose, and not with
storage pallets or similar installations;
g)
The area in which the products are displayed may be located inside an off-street
parking area but not encroach onto a space required in virtue of the present bylaw.
h)
The outdoor storage of soil, crushed stone, sand and any other similar material is
permitted only in bags with a maximum capacity of 50 kg;
i)
A single modular building, a marquee or a kiosk is authorized as an accessory
building to serve the outdoor display under the following conditions:
− the accessory building may be installed from May 1 to November 15 of the
same year, inclusively;
− the accessory building must not encroach onto the minimum setbacks
prescribed in the specifications chart.
4°
The outdoor display of gas canisters intended for retail sale, rental or exchange is
authorized under the following conditions :
a)
This type of display is authorized only for uses in the “Retail sale of food products
and dry consumer goods (c1a)” and “Retail distribution centres for petroleum
and fuel products (c3a)” categories of uses;
b)
The capacity of each canister may not exceed 9.1 kg;
c)
The canisters must be placed inside a wire display cage fitted with a locking
device. This display must be fixed to and be contiguous with the main building;
d)
The number of canisters may not exceed 30;
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
164
5°
6°
e)
Notwithstanding Article 0, the space in which the canisters are displayed may not
be located in a rear yard or in a rear yard adjacent to a street;
f)
The area of the ground space used for the outdoor display may not exceed 5% of
the gross floor area occupied by the establishment;
g)
The cage in which the canisters are displayed must be at least 1.5 m from a street
line.
The outdoor display of vehicles intended for sale or rented is authorized under the
following conditions:
a)
This type of display is authorized only for a main use that is part of the sub-use
category “Rental services for, and retail sale of motorized vehicles and
recreational vehicles, except for heavy vehicles (c3c)” or for the use “Retail sale
of new and used heavy vehicles (5597)”;
b)
The space for the display of the vehicles is authorized in the front and side yards.
When the space is in the front yard, it may not occupy more than 50% of the front
yard of the main building;
c)
The space for the display of the vehicles must be at least 3 m from a street line,
and at least 1.5 m from any other landsite boundary line;
d)
A minimum 2 m wide grass strip must be installed between the display space for
the vehicles and any street line;
e)
The space for the display of the vehicles must not occupy an off-street parking
space required in virtue of the provisions in the present by-law or a circulation
aisle, and it must be paved.
The outdoor display of products related to maintenance, safety and promotion, of products
in automatic dispensing machines and of bags of ice is authorized under the following
conditions:
a)
This type of display is authorized only for a main use in the “Retail sales and
services (c1)”, Retail distribution centres for petroleum and fuel products (c3a)”
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
165
and “Services for motorized vehicles, except for heavy vehicles, or for
recreational vehicles (c3b)” categories;
b)
All products related to maintenance, safety and promotion must be displayed
inside a display case occupying a footprint of 3 m²;
c)
The number of display cases is set as follows:
− A single display case placed near the main building;
− A single display case per fuel pump island and located on this island.
d)
7°
A freezer containing bags of ice and machines for the automatic dispensing of
products is authorized on condition that they are adjacent to the main building.
The outdoor display of products related to the retail sale or rental of tools and equipment
and to the retail sale of recreational vehicles, motorcycles and snowmobiles is authorized
under the following conditions:
a)
This type of display is authorized only for a main use that is part of the sub-use
category “Retail sale of hardware (5251)” “Rental of tools and equipment
(6352)”, “Retail sale of recreational vehicles and touring trailers (5595)” and
“Retail sale of motorcycles, snowmobiles and their accessories (5594)”. The
space for the display of retail sale products or rental must be at a maximum
distance of 4.0 m from the main building;
b)
The area in which the products are displayed may be located inside an off-street
parking lot as long as it does not encroach upon a parking space required in virtue
of the present by-law.
156. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN AREA FOR GARBAGE
STORAGE
M
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 147, the following provisions apply to
an area for garbage storage:
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
166
1°
A space must be reserved inside or outside a building for garbage storage. The following
table sets out the type of garbage storage authorized:
Garbage storage for the uses in the
“Commercial (c)” or “Recreational (r)” group
1. Retail sale or on-site preparation of  Storage area inside the main building
food products (fish store, butcher

Storage area must be refrigerated
shop, fresh produce market,

A container or bin outside is authorized
restaurant, cafeteria, etc.) use,
including without limitations all
commercial stores generating
garbage of putrescible matter.
2. All other commercial uses or uses
in the “Recreational (r)” group


Outdoor container or bin enclosure
Storage area inside the main building.
2°
When an area for garbage storage is required or located inside a building, this area must
be used for storing garbage.
3°
Storage of garbage must not obstruct any emergency exit.
4°
When several establishments occupy a building with 2 storeys or more, the garbage
storage area may be shared, on condition that the minimum volume required for each of
the uses is in conformity with the provisions in the present by-law.
5°
An area for garbage storage required for a retail sale or on-site preparation of food
products (fish store, butcher shop, fresh produce market, restaurant, cafeteria, etc.) use,
including without limitations all commercial stores generating garbage of putrescible
matter, must have a volume of 1.8 m3 for every 100 m² of floor area of the use it serves,
with the minimum volume being 2.4 m3. For all other uses, the storage area must have a
volume of 0.9 m3 per 100 m² of floor area of the use it serves, with the minimum volume
being 2.4 m3.
6°
An area for garbage storage can have an inferior volume requested by the preceding
paragraph if it is equipped with a garbage compactor.
7°
A shelter for garbage storage must be contiguous to a wall of the main building and be set
back at least 6 m from the main façade of the building.
8°
All outside garbage container or bin must be completely surrounded by an enclosure.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
167
9°
An outdoor enclosure for garbage containers or bins must be accessible by a circulation
aisle with a street entrance. There must be an open space with a minimum length of 12 m
in front of the door to the enclosure to allow the truck to park during the collection of
garbage or materials for recycling.
10°
An outdoor enclosure for garbage containers or bins must be installed on a concrete or
asphalt surface and it must have a door that closes automatically.
11°
The walls of the outdoor enclosure for garbage containers or bins must be at least as high
as the garbage containers or bins so that they are not visible from the street or from a
contiguous landsite located on the same street, but must not exceed 3 m or be less than 2
m in height.
12°
The exterior cladding material on the outdoor enclosure must be of a material authorized
by the by-law for a main building.
(CA29 0040-4; 2011-08-30)
157. SPECIFIC AND ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A CANISTER OR
TANK FOR GAS FUEL WITH A CAPACITY OF MORE THAN 9.1 KG OR TO A
LIQUID FUEL TANK
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 147, except for the main uses of
“Storage centre and distribution network for natural gas (4862)” or “Storage centre and
distribution network for petroleum (3715)”, a gas canister or tank with a capacity of more than
9.1 kg or a liquid gas tank that is located in a side yard adjacent to a street or in a rear yard
adjacent to a street must be hidden by an opaque screen or a wall at least 1.5 m up to maximum
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
168
2.5 m high or by a dense, evergreen hedge, or of evergreens of the same height.
Notwithstanding Article 147, the following provisions apply to a gas canister or tank with a
capacity of more than 9.1 kg or a liquid gas tank:
1°
The number of liquid gas tanks on a landsite is unlimited for the main use of “Storage
centre and distribution network for petroleum (3715)”.
2°
The number of gas canisters or tanks with a capacity of more than 9.1 kg for a landsite is
unlimited for the main use of “Storage centre and distribution network for natural gas
(4862)”.
3°
A liquid gas tank used to provide fuel to a vehicle or a fleet of vehicles must be
underground.
4°
A gas canister or tank with a capacity of more than 9.1 kg must be located at a minimum
distance of 20 m from the boundary of a zone in which the main land use occupation is
“Housing (h)”.
158. SPECIFIC AND ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO MECHANICAL
EQUIPMENT INSTALLED ON THE GROUND OR ON A BUILDING
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of the first clause and of Article 147, mechanical
equipment installed on the ground or on a building, such as a heat pump (except a swimming
pool heat pump), an air conditioner or a compressor, must be entirely surrounded by an acoustic,
opaque screen with exterior cladding composed of a material authorized in virtue of Chapter 14.
The mechanical equipment must be maintained and kept in a good state of repair at all times.
159. SPECIFIC AND ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO MECHANICAL
EQUIPMENT INSTALLED ON THE GROUND OR ON A BUILDING
R
(CA29 0040-5; 2011-08-30)
160. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE OUTDOOR STORAGE OF A VEHICLE
The following provisions apply to the outdoor storage of a vehicle:
1°
The outdoor storage of a commercial vehicle or a car that is part of a fleet of cars,
including a vehicle intended for rental is authorized. This outdoor storage may be in the
side or rear yard, adjacent or not adjacent to a street. The vehicle must be associated with
the activities of an establishment located on the same landsite.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
169
2°
The maximum number of commercial vehicles that may be stored on a landsite is 3.
3°
For a main use included under code “57 - Retail sale of furniture, home furnishings and
appliances” or a main use in the “Heavy arterial commercial activities, wholesale
businesses and para-industrial services (c5)” use category, the outdoor storage of a vehicle
is authorized. This outdoor storage may be in all yards, with the exception of a tool
vehicle. In the case of a tool vehicle, the outdoor storage is authorized only in a yard not
adjacent to a street. The vehicle must be associated with the activities of an establishment
located on the same landsite that the activity for which the vehicle is used must arise from
the main use, or from an additional use or a dependent use for this main use.
161. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A CANOPY THAT FORMS A SHELTER
FOR GAS PUMPS
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 147, a canopy that forms a shelter for
gas pumps may be higher than the main building it serves.
162. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A CABIN FOR A GAS PUMP
ATTENDANT OR A CASHIER
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 147, only one cabin for a gas pump
attendant or cashier may be installed on a landsite occupied by a use in the “Retail distribution
entres for petroleum and fuel products (c3a)” category. The cabin must be less than 18m² in area,
and be either the same height as the main building or 6 m, whichever is lower.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
170
SECTION 4: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES
IN THE INDUSTRIAL (I) GROUP
163. GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE USES IN THE “INDUSTRIAL (I)”
GROUP
The following table identifies and governs the accessory uses, accessory buildings, accessory
structures, accessory equipment for, and the projections of the main building that are authorized
in a yard for a main use in the “Industrial (i)” group.
Authorized use, building,
structure or accessory equipment
and projection for the main
building
1. SIDEWALK, WALKWAY,
LANDSCAPING, TREE, SHRUB,
Font Yard
Side Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Side Yard
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Rear Yard
adjacent to
a street
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
HEDGE
2. FENCE, WALL OR RETAINING
WALL
a) Other standards applicable
3. INSTALLATION SERVING
AS
EXTERIOR OR SURVEILLANCE
LIGHTING
4. INSTALLATION SERVING
See Chapter 15
AS
AUTHORIZED SIGNAGE
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Other standards applicable
5. RECREATIONAL AND SPORTS
EQUIPMENT INTENDED FOR THE
CLIENTS OR EMPLOYEES OF THE
INDUSTRIAL FACILITY
See Chapter 18
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
3m
1.5 m
1.5 m
1.5 m
1.5 m
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
6. LANDSITE ENTRANCE AND
ENTRANCE TO OFF-STREET
PARKING AREA OR DELIVERY
AREA
Other standards applicable
7. OFF-STREET PARKING AREA OR
BICYCLE PARKING
See chapters 9,10 and 11
Yes
Yes
a) Other standards applicable
Yes
See Chapter 10
8. LOADING BAY, BERTH,
DELIVERY AREA AND
MANŒUVERING AREA
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Yes
Yes
Yes
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
171
Authorized use, building,
structure or accessory equipment
and projection for the main
building
Font Yard
Side Yard
not adjacent
to a street
a) Other standards applicable
9. FRONT PORCH, BALCONY,
VERANDA , TERRACE OR COLD
Side Yard
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Rear Yard
adjacent to
a street
See Chapter 11
STORAGE ROOM THAT IS
INCORPORATED INTO THE MAIN
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1.8 m
1.8 m
1.8 m
3m
3m
1m
2m
2m
1m
1m
BUILDING
a) Maximum encroachment into a
setback
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
c) Other standards applicable


See Article 0
One cold storage room only is authorized. It must be located under a front
porch, balcony, veranda, terrace or staircase and have the same
dimensions.
10. OPEN EXTERIOR
ACCESS RAMP
OR EXTERIOR ELEVATOR FOR A
HANDICAPPED PERSON
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
b) Other standards applicable
11. OPEN EXTERIOR STAIRCASE
PROVIDING ACCESS TO THE
BASEMENT OR THE GROUND
FLOOR
a) Maximum encroachment into a
setback adjacent to a street
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
c) Other standards applicable
12. OPEN EXTERIOR STAIRCASE OR
EXTERIOR ACCESS RAMP,
PROVIDING ACCESS TO A LEVEL
OTHER THAN THE BASEMENT OR
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
See Article 164
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
3m
-
3m
-
3m
2m
2m
2m
2m
2m
See Article 164
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
0.75 m
0.75 m
0.75 m
0.75 m
0.75 m
GROUND FLOOR
13. FIRE ESCAPE STAIRS
14. AWNING, BANNER, ROOF OR
EAVES INCORPORATED INTO THE
MAIN BUILDING
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
b) Other standards applicable
15. P ROJECTING WINDOW OR
CANTILEVER INCORPORATED
INTO THE MAIN BUILDING
a) Maximum encroachment into a
setback
b) Minimum distance from a
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
See Article 164
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
2m
2m
2m
2m
2m
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
172
Authorized use, building,
structure or accessory equipment
and projection for the main
building
Font Yard
Side Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Side Yard
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Rear Yard
adjacent to
a street
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
0.65 m
0.65 m
0.65 m
0.65 m
0.65 m
landsite boundary line
16. CHIMNEY OR FIREPLACE,
EITHER PROJECTING OR NOT
INCORPORATED INTO THE
BUILDING
a) Maximum encroachment into a
setback
b) Other standards applicable
17. ACCESSORY BUILDING OTHER
THAN THAT LISTED IN LINE
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
b) Other standards applicable
18. DISH ANTENNA ATTACHED TO
THE MAIN BUILDING
a) Maximum diameter
b) Other standards applicable
19. DISH ANTENNA NOT ATTACHED
TO THE MAIN BUILDING
a) Maximum diameter
b) Maximum height measured
from grade level at the base
c) Minimum distance from a street
line
d) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line, other
than a street line
e) Other standards applicable
20. ANTENNA OTHER THAN A DISH
ANTENNA
a) Maximum height measured
from grade level at the base
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
c) Other standards applicable
21. GARBAGE STORAGE
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
b) Other standards applicable
c)
22. GAS, WATER OR ELECTRICITY
METER; MAST AND ENTRY
CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL
POWER
a)
Other standards applicable
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
The chimney or fireplace may not be wider than 2.5 m.
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
-
-
-
1m
1m
See Article 165
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
0.65 m
0.65 m
See Article 166
0.65 m
0.65 m
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
-
-
-
2.5 m
2.5 m
-
-
-
5m
5m
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
2m
2m
See Article 166
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
25 m
25 m
25 m
25 m
-
2m
2m
2m
2m
No
Yes
See Article 166
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
1m
1m
1m
1m
Yes
Yes
See Article 167
No
Yes
Yes
A distribution network for public utility services must be placed under ground.
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
173
Authorized use, building,
structure or accessory equipment
and projection for the main
building
23. GAS CANISTER OR LIQUID FUEL
TANK
a) Maximum encroachment into a
setback
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
c) Other standards applicable
24. SILO AND TANK FOR SOLIDS OR
LIQUIDS OTHER THAN THOSE
LISTED IN LINE 23
a) Maximum encroachment into a
setback
25. FUEL PUMP FOR FUELING A
VEHICLE ASSOCIATED WITH THE
INDUSTRIAL FACILITY
a) Maximum encroachment into a
setback adjacent to a street
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
c) Other standards applicable
26. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ON
THE GROUND OR ON A BUILDING
SUCH AS A HEAT PUMP OR
Font Yard
Side Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Side Yard
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Rear Yard
adjacent to
a street
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
0m
0m
0m
0m
-
6m
6m
6m
6m
See Article 168
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
0m
0m
0m
0m
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
-
-
-
-
0m
-
2m
-
2m
2m
See Article 168
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
2m
2m
2m
2m
-
2m
2m
2m
2m
Yes
Yes
COMPRESSOR
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
b) Maximum distance between the
equipment and the main
building
c) Other standards applicable
27. GATEHOUSE
a) Other standards applicable
See Article 169
Yes
Yes
28. OUTDOOR STORAGE
29. UNDERGROUND
CONSTRUCTION
THAT IS NOT APPARENT
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
N (CA29 0040-15; 2013-09-16)
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Yes
See Article 165
See article 332
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
3m
3m
3m
3m
3m
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
174
164. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A SEMI-DETACHED OR ROWHOUSE
BUILDING OR TO A ZERO SIDE SETBACK
Notwithstanding Article 0, in the case of a semi-detached or rowhouse building or one with a
zero side setback, a projection that is incorporated into a building, such as a porch, balcony,
veranda, terrace, exterior staircase, open exterior access ramp or exterior elevator for a
handicapped person, may be located less than 1 m from the side boundary line when it is in the
rear yard. In such a case, an opaque screen at least 1.5 m high and no more than 2 m high,
measured from the level of the floor of the projection, must be installed for the entire width of the
projection, from the edge of a party wall or wall of a building constructed with a zero side
setback.
165. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN ACCESSORY BUILDING
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 163, the following provisions apply to
an accessory building:
1°
A winter shelter is not authorized as an accessory building for a use in the “Industrial (i)”
group;
2°
The height of an accessory building may not exceed the maximum height prescribed for
the main building in the specifications chart;
3°
The number of accessory buildings is unlimited.
166. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A DISH ANTENNA OR AN
ANTENNA OTHER THAN A DISH ANTENNA
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 163, the following provisions apply to
a dish antenna or an antenna other than a dish antenna:
1°
No more than one antenna may be installed per main building.
2°
A dish antenna attached to a building must not obstruct an opening or be installed in front
of an opening to the building.
3°
A dish antenna, not attached to the main building, located in a yard adjacent to a street
must be hidden from the street by an opaque fence or a wall not less than 1.5 m and not
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
175
more than 2.5 m high or by a dense hedge or of evergreens of the same height.
167. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN AREA FOR GARBAGE
STORAGE
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 163, the following provisions apply to
an area for garbage storage:
1°
A space must be reserved inside or outside a building for garbage storage. The following
are the types of garbage storage authorized:
a)
An outdoor enclosure for containers or bins;
b)
Storage area inside the main building.
2°
When an area for garbage storage is required or located inside a building, this area must
be used for storing garbage.
3°
When several establishments occupy a building with 2 storeys or more, the garbage
storage area may be shared, on condition that the minimum volume required for each of
the uses is in conformity with the provisions in the present by-law.
4°
An area for garbage storage must have a volume of 0.9 m3 per 100 m² of floor area of the
use it serves, with the minimum volume being 2.4 m3.
5°
An outdoor enclosure for garbage containers or bins must be accessible by a circulation
aisle with a street entrance. There must be an open space with a minimum length of 12 m
in front of the door to the enclosure to allow the truck to park during the collection of
garbage or materials for recycling.
6°
An outdoor enclosure for garbage containers or bins must be installed on a concrete or
asphalt surface and it must have a door that closes automatically. In addition, it must be
surrounded on three sides by a minimum 1 m wide green strip planted with grass and
shrubs.
7°
The walls of the outdoor enclosure for garbage containers or bins must be at least as high
as the garbage containers or bins so that they are not visible from the street or from a
contiguous landsite located on the same street, but must not exceed 3 m or be less than 2
m in height.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
176
8°
The exterior cladding material on the outdoor enclosure must be a material authorized for
a main building.
168. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A GAS CANISTER OR A GAS OR
LIQUID GAS TANK
Notwithstanding Article 163, the following provisions apply to a gas canister or to a gas or liquid
gas tank:
1°
A liquid gas tank for fuelling a vehicle or a fleet of vehicles must be underground.
2°
A gas canister or tank with a capacity of more than 9.1 kg must be located at least 20 m
from the boundary of a zone in which the main land use occupation is “Housing (h)”.
169. SPECIFIC AND ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO MECHANICAL
EQUIPMENT INSTALLED ON THE GROUND OR ON A BUILDING
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of the first clause and of Article 163, mechanical
equipment installed on the ground or on a building, such as a heat pump (except a swimming
pool heat pump), an air conditioner or a compressor, must be entirely surrounded by an acoustic,
opaque screen with exterior cladding composed of a material authorized in virtue of Chapter 14.
The mechanical equipment must be maintained and kept in a good state of repair at all times.
170. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE OUTDOOR STORAGE OF A VEHICLE
The following provisions apply to the outdoor storage of a vehicle:
1°
The outdoor storage of a commercial vehicle or a car that is part of a fleet of cars,
including a vehicle intended for rental is authorized. This outdoor storage may be in the
side or rear yard, adjacent or not adjacent to a street. The vehicle must be associated with
the activities of an establishment located on the same landsite.
2°
The maximum number of commercial vehicles that may be stored on a landsite is 3.
3°
For a main use included under code “57 - Retail sale of furniture, home furnishings and
appliances” or a main use in the “Heavy arterial commercial activities, wholesale
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
177
businesses and para-industrial services (c5)” use category, the outdoor storage of a vehicle is
authorized. This outdoor storage may be in all yards, with the exception of a tool vehicle. In the
case of a tool vehicle, the outdoor storage is authorized only in a yard not adjacent to a street. The
vehicle must be associated with the activities of an establishment located on the same landsite that
the activity for which the vehicle is used must arise from the main use, or from an additional use
or a dependent use for this main use.
SECTION 5: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE USES IN THE
“COMMUNITY (P)” GROUP
171. GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE USES IN THE “COMMUNITY (P)”
GROUP
The following table identifies and governs the accessory uses, accessory buildings, accessory
structures, accessory equipment and the projections of the main building that are authorized in a
yard for a main use in the “Community (p)” group.
Accessory use, building, structure
or equipment and projection for
the main building
1. SIDEWALK, WALKWAY,
LANDSCAPING, TREE, SHRUB,
HEDGE
Front Yard
Side Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Side Yard
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Rear Yard
adjacent to
a street
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
2. FENCE, WALL OR RETAINING
WALL
a) Other standards applicable
3. INSTALLATION SERVING AS
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
4. INSTALLATION SERVING
AS
AUTHORIZED SIGNAGE
a) Other standards applicable
5. LANDSITE ENTRANCE AND
ENTRANCE TO OFF-STREET
PARKING AREA OR DELIVERY
AREA
a) Other standards applicable
6. OFF-STREET PARKING AREA AND
See Chapter 15
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
See chapters 9, 10 and 11
Yes
Yes
Yes
See Chapter 18
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
BICYCLE PARKING
a) Other standards applicable
7. LOADING BAY, BERTH,
DELIVERY AREA AND
MANŒUVERING AREA
a) Other standards applicable
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
See Chapter 10
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
See Chapter 11
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
178
Accessory use, building, structure
or equipment and projection for
the main building
Front Yard
Side Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Side Yard
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Rear Yard
adjacent to
a street
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1.8 m
1.8 m
1.8 m
3m
3m
1m
2m
2m
1m
1m
8. FRONT PORCH, BALCONY,
VERANDA , TERRACE OR COLD
STORAGE ROOM THAT IS
INCORPORATED INTO THE MAIN
BUILDING, EXCEPT FOR A FOOD
SERVICE TERRACE
a) Maximum encroachment into a
setback
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
c) Other standards applicable
9. FOOD SERVICE TERRACE
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line other
than a street line
b) Minimum distance from a street
line
c) Other standards applicable
10. OPEN EXTERIOR ACCESS RAMP
OR EXTERIOR ELEVATOR FOR A
DISABLED PERSON


See Article 172
One cold storage room only is authorized. It must be located under a front
porch, balcony, veranda, terrace or staircase and have the same
dimensions.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
3m
3m
3m
3m
3m
4m
-
4m
-
4m
See articles 172 and 173
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
3m
-
3m
-
3m
2m
2m
2m
2m
2m
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
11. OPEN EXTERIOR
STAIRCASE OR
EXTERIOR ACCESS RAMP,
PROVIDING ACCESS TO THE
BASEMENT OR GROUND FLOOR
a) Maximum encroachment into a
setback adjacent to a street
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
c) Other standards applicable
12. OPEN EXTERIOR STAIRCASE OR
EXTERIOR ACCESS RAMP,
PROVIDING ACCESS TO A LEVEL
OTHER THAN THE BASEMENT OR
GROUND FLOOR
13. FIRE ESCAPE STAIRS
14. AWNING, BANNER, ROOF OR
EAVES INCORPORATED INTO THE
MAIN BUILDING
a) Minimum distance from a
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
See Article 172
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
0.75 m
0.75 m
0.75 m
0.75 m
0.75 m
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
179
Accessory use, building, structure
or equipment and projection for
the main building
Front Yard
Side Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Side Yard
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Rear Yard
adjacent to
a street
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
2m
2m
2m
2m
2m
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
0.65 m
0.65 m
0.65 m
0.65 m
0.65 m
landsite boundary line
15. P ROJECTING WINDOW OR
CANTILEVER INCORPORATED
INTO THE MAIN BUILDING
a) Maximum encroachment into a
setback
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
16. CHIMNEY OR FIREPLACE,
EITHER PROJECTING OR NOT
INCORPORATED INTO THE
BUILDING
a) maximum encroachment into a
setback
b) Other standards applicable
17. ACCESSORY BUILDING OTHER
THAN THOSE LISTED IN LINES
18, 19AND 31
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
b) Other standards applicable
18. WINTER SHELTER OR WINTER
TUNNEL
The chimney or fireplace may not be wider than 2.5 m.
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
-
-
-
1m
1m
Yes
Yes
See Article 174
Yes
Yes
a) Other standards applicable
19. P ERGOLA , SUMMERHOUSE,
KIOSK OR GAZEBO
a) Maximum encroachment into a
setback adjacent to a street
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
c) Maximum height
d) Other standards applicable
20. SWIMMING POOL OR SPA AND
ACCESSORIES
a) Minimum distance from a street
line
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary other than a
street line
c) Other standards applicable
21. DISH ANTENNA ATTACHED TO
THE MAIN BUILDING
a) Maximum diameter
b) Other standards applicable
22. DISH ANTENNA NOT ATTACHED
TO THE MAIN BUILDING
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Yes
See Chapter 5
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
-
2m
-
2m
-
1m
1m
1m
1m
-
4.5 m
4.5 m
See Article 174
4.5 m
4.5 m
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
-
5m
-
5m
-
2m
2m
1.5 m
1.5 m
See Article 175
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
0.65 m
0.65 m
See Article 176
0.65 m
0.65 m
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
180
Accessory use, building, structure
or equipment and projection for
the main building
Front Yard
Side Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Side Yard
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Rear Yard
adjacent to
a street
a) Maximum diameter
b) Maximum height, measured
from grade level at the base
c) Minimum distance from a street
line
d) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line other
than a street line
e) Other standards applicable
23. ANTENNA OTHER THAN A DISH
-
-
-
2.5 m
2.5 m
-
-
-
5m
5m
-
-
-
-
6m
-
-
-
2m
2m
ANTENNA
a) Maximum height, measured
from grade level at the base
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
c) Other standards applicable
24. GARBAGE STORAGE OR
RECYCLING STORAGE
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
b) Other standards applicable
25. GAS, WATER OR ELECTRICITY
METER, MAST OR ENTRY
CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL
POWER
See Article 176
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
-
25 m
25 m
25 m
25 m
-
2m
2m
2m
2m
See Article 176
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
1m
1m
1m
1m
Yes
Yes
See Article 177
No
Yes
Yes
a) Other standards applicable
A distribution network for public utility services must be placed under ground.
26. GAS OR LIQUID FUEL CANISTER
OR TANK
a) Maximum encroachment into a
setback
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
c) Other standards applicable
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
0m
0m
0m
0m
-
6m
6m
6m
6m
See Article 178
27. SILO AND TANK FOR SOLID OR
LIQUID PRODUCTS OTHER THAN
26
a) Maximum encroachment into a
setback
b) Other standards applicable
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
0m
0m
0m
0m
Yes
Yes
THAT LISTED ON LINE
28. FUEL PUMP USED FOR FUELING
A VEHICLE ASSOCIATED WITH
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
See Article 179
No
Yes
No
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
181
Accessory use, building, structure
or equipment and projection for
the main building
Front Yard
Side Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Side Yard
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Rear Yard
adjacent to
a street
-
-
-
-
0m
-
2m
-
2m
2m
THE COMMUNITY
ESTABLISHMENT
a) Maximum encroachment into a
setback adjacent to a street
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
c) Other standards applicable
29. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ON
THE GROUND SUCH AS A HEAT
PUMP (EXCEPT FOR A SWIMMING
POOL HEAT PUMP) OR
COMPRESSOR
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
b) Minimum distance between the
equipment and the main
building
c) Other standards applicable
30. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ON A
See Article 178
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
2m
2m
2m
2m
-
2m
2m
2m
2m
Yes
Yes
See Article 180
BUILDING SUCH AS A HEAT
PUMP (EXCEPT FOR A SWIMMING
POOL HEAT PUMP) OR
COMPRESSOR
a) Other standards applicable
31. GATEHOUSE
a) Maximum height
No
Yes
Yes
See Article 180
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
4.5 m
4.5 m
4.5 m
4.5 m
4.5 m
b) Other standards applicable
See Article 174
32. RECREATIONAL OR SPORTS
EQUIPMENT
a) Maximum encroachment into a
setback adjacent to a street
33. OUTDOOR FIREPLACE
a) Minimum distance from the
main building
34. OUTDOOR STORAGE
35. UNDERGROUND
CONSTRUCTION
THAT IS NOT APPARENT
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
N (CA29 0040-15; 2013-09-16)
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
0m
-
0m
-
0m
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
4m
4m
4m
4m
See Article 332
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
3m
3m
3m
3m
3m
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
182
172. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A SEMI-DETACHED OR ROWHOUSE
BUILDING OR TO A ZERO SIDE SETBACK
Notwithstanding Article 171, in the case of a semi-detached or rowhouse building or one with a
zero side setback, a projection that is incorporated into a building, such as a porch, balcony,
veranda, terrace, exterior staircase, open exterior access ramp or exterior elevator for a disabled
person, may be located less than 1 m from the side boundary line when it is in the rear yard. In
such a case, an opaque screen at least 1.5 m high and no more than 2 m high, measured from the
level of the floor of the projection, must be installed for the entire width of the projection, from
the edge of a party wall or wall of a building constructed with a zero side setback.
173. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A FOOD SERVICE TERRACE
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 171, the following provisions apply to
a food service terrace:
1°
A food service terrace is only permitted as an accessory structure or use for a main use
that includes “Retail sale of dairy products” or “Restaurant” as an additional use that
includes “Establishment serving beverages and offering diverse activities” as a dependent
use.
2°
The terrace must be contiguous with the premises occupied by the establishment that it
serves.
3°
The terrace must not occupy a yard contiguous with a landsite occupied or intended to be
occupied by a use in the “Housing (h)” group. This provision does not apply if the use in
the “Housing (h)” group of uses is non-conforming in a zone in which the main land use
occupation is not “Housing (h)”.
4°
A terrace must be separated from a public thoroughfare by a screen, fence, planting box or
otherwise, with a maximum height of 1.5 m.
5°
The terrace can only be used for the consumption and service of food and drinks.
6°
The presentation of a show, dancing or similar event is not authorized on the terrace. In
addition, loud speakers or any other sound amplification device may not be installed on
the terrace outside the main building.
7°
the terrace must not occupy a circulation aisle or an off-street parking area required in
virtue of the provisions in the present by-law.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
183
8°
The places available on the food service terrace must not be taken into consideration when
calculating the minimum number of off-street parking spaces required for the main use.
9°
An access between the building and the terrace is obligatory, and this access must be free
of obstacles.
10°
A removable fabric awning, banner or canopy to protect the terrace is authorized on the
following conditions:
a)
It may be installed only during the period from March 31 to November 30 of the
same year;
b)
It must be made of incombustible, flame-retardant materials;
c)
Run-off from the roof must fall at least 0.5 m from any landsite boundary line.
174. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN ACCESSORY BUILDING
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 171, the following provisions apply to
an accessory building:
1°
The height of the accessory building may not exceed the height prescribed for the main
building in the specifications chart.
2°
Notwithstanding paragraph 1°, the height and the number are not limited for an accessory
building that serves a main use in the “Services (p3)” category is unlimited.
175. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A SWIMMING POOL OR SPA
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 171, the following provisions apply to
a swimming pool or spa:
1°
The area of a swimming pool must not exceed one third of the area of the landsite on
which it is installed. In addition, if it is located in a rear yard, it may not exceed 50% of the
area of this yard.
2°
A swimming pool or spa must be located at least 2.4 m from the main building and more
than 1 m from an accessory building.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
184
3°
A patio or a terrace attached to the main building and providing direct access to the pool
may be installed at a distance of 2 m from a rear boundary line.
(CA29 0040-14 ; 2013-0606)
4°
A swimming pool or a spa must be surrounded by a fence with a minimum height of
1.5 m, placed at a minimum distance of 1 m from the edge of the pool or spa. The open
space between the finished grade level and the underside of the fence must not exceed
5 cm. Except in the case of a chain link fence, the fence must be composed of vertical
elements, and the maximum permitted distance between these elements is 10 cm. Any
passage through the fence must be closed by a door fitted with an automatic closer and an
automatic locking device.
5°
Paragraph 4° does not apply to an above-ground pool surrounded by an integrated fence if
the height above grade of the pool wall or the integrated fence is at least 1.5 m. However,
the following conditions apply:
M
a)
Any steps or ladders providing access to the pool must be surrounded by a fence
and by a gate at least 1.5 m high, fitted with an automatic closer and an automatic
locking device; the provisions in Paragraph 4°apply to this fence.
b)
Should the above-ground pool be accessible by a terrace or a patio connected to
the ground by steps or stairs, access to the pool must be prevented by one of the
following methods:
− the top of the stairs or steps must be closed by a gate with a minimum height of
1.5 m, fitted with an automatic closer and an automatic locking device;
− a fence must be placed across the terrace, patio or platform so as to block
access to the pool; the provisions in paragraph 4°apply to this fence.
6°
Paragraph 4° does not apply to a spa fitted with a lockable cover. When not in use, the
spa must be covered and locked.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
185
176. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A DISH ANTENNA OR AN
ANTENNA OTHER THAN A DISH ANTENNA
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 171, the following provisions apply to
a dish antenna or an antenna other than a dish antenna:
1° Only one antenna may be installed per main building.
2° A dish antenna attached to a building must not obstruct an opening or be installed in front of
an opening to the building.
3° A dish antenna, not attached to the main building, located in a yard adjacent to a street must be
hidden from the street by an opaque fence or a wall not less than 1.5 m and not more than
2.5 m high or by a dense evergreen hedge.
177. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO STORAGE FOR GARBAGE OR
MATERIALS FOR RECYCLING
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 171, the following provisions apply to
an area for the storage of garbage and materials for recycling:
1°
A space must be reserved inside or outside a building for the storage of garbage and
materials for recycling. The following are the types of garbage storage authorized:
a)
An outdoor enclosure for containers or bins;
b)
Storage area inside the main building.
2°
When a storage area for garbage is required or installed inside a building, this area
must be used for storing garbage.
3°
Storage of garbage must not obstruct any emergency exit.
4°
When several establishments occupy a building with 2 storeys or more, the garbage
storage area may be shared, on condition that the minimum volume required for each
of the uses is in conformity with the provisions in the present by-law.
5°
The area for garbage storage must have a volume of 0.9 m3 per 100 m² of floor area of
the use it serves, with the minimum volume being 2.4 m3.
6°
An outdoor enclosure for garbage containers or bins must be accessible by a
circulation aisle with a street entrance. There must be an open space with a minimum
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
186
length of 12 m in front of the door to the enclosure to allow the truck to park during
the collection of garbage or materials for recycling.
7°
An outdoor enclosure for garbage containers or bins must be installed on a concrete or
asphalt surface and it must have a door that closes automatically. In addition, it must
be surrounded on three sides by a minimum 1 m wide green strip planted with grass
and shrubs.
8°
The walls of the outdoor enclosure for garbage containers or bins must be at least as
high as the garbage containers or bins so that they are not visible from the street or
from a contiguous landsite located on the same street, but must not exceed 3 m or be
less than 2 m in height.
9°
The exterior cladding material on the outdoor enclosure must be an authorized
material for a main building by the regulations.
178. SPECIFIC AND ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A CANISTER OR
TANK FOR GAS OR LIQUID FUEL
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 171, a gas canister or tank with a
capacity of more than 9.1 kg or a liquid gas tank that is not located in a rear yard not adjacent to a
street must be hidden by an opaque screen or a wall at least 1.5 m up to maximum 2.5 m high or
by a dense, evergreen hedge. This provision does not apply to a main use in the “Services (p3)”
use category.
Notwithstanding Article 0, the following provisions apply to a gas canister or a liquid fuel tank:
1°
The number of gas or liquid fuel canisters or tanks on a landsite is unlimited for a main
use in the “Services (p3)” use category.
2°
A liquid fuel tank used to provide fuel to a vehicle or a fleet of vehicles must be
underground.
3°
A gas canister or liquid fuel tank with a capacity of more than 9.1 kg must be located at a
minimum distance of 20 m from the boundary of a zone in which the main land use
occupation is “Housing (h)”.
179. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A SILO, A TANK OR A PUMP FOR
LIQUID FUEL
Notwithstanding Article 0, the following provisions apply to a silo or tank:
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
187
1°
A silo or a tank for solid or liquid products used for the purposes of the main use is only
authorized for a main use in the “Services (p3)” use category.
2°
A fuel pump used for the purposes of the main use is only authorized for a main use in the
“Services (p3)” use category.
180. SPECIFIC AND ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO MECHANICAL
EQUIPMENT INSTALLED ON THE GROUND OR ON A BUILDING
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of the article 171 and of the first clause of the
article, mechanical equipment installed on the ground or on a building, such as a heat pump
(except a swimming pool heat pump), an air conditioner or a compressor, must be entirely
surrounded by an acoustic, opaque screen with exterior cladding composed of a material
authorized in virtue of Chapter 14. The mechanical equipment must be maintained and kept in a
good state of repair at all times.
SECTION 6: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE
AGRICULTURAL (A) GROUP
181. GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE USES IN THE “AGRICULTURAL
(A)” GROUP
The following table identifies and governs the accessory uses, accessory buildings, accessory structures,
accessory equipment and the projections of the main building that are authorized in a yard for a
main use in the Agricultural” group.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
188
Accessory use, building, structure
or equipment and projection for
the main building
Front Yard
Side Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Side Yard
adjacent to
a street
Rear Yard
not adjacent
to a street
Rear Yard
adjacent to
a street
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
0m
0m
0m
0m
0m
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
2m
2m
2m
2m
2m
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
10 m
-
10 m
-
10 m
5m
5m
5m
5m
5m
1. ANY ACCESSORY USE,
BUILDING, STRUCTURE OR
EQUIPMENT FOR THE MAIN
BUILDING OTHER THAN THOSE
LISTED ON LINES 2 AND 3
a) Maximum encroachment into a
setback
2. P ROJECTION OF THE MAIN
BUILDING
a) Maximum encroachment into a
setback
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
3. STAND FOR THE SALE OF
AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS
a) Minimum distance from a street
line
b) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line, other
than a street line
c) Other standards applicable
4. UNDERGROUND
STRUCTURE
THAT IS NOT APPARENT
a) Minimum distance from a
landsite boundary line
N (CA29 0040-15; 2013-09-16)
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Article 183
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
3m
3m
3m
3m
3m
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
188-1
182. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A “DWELLING ASSOCIATED WITH A
FARM”
Notwithstanding Article 181, the provisions in Section 2 of the present chapter apply on the
portion of the landsite or to the building, as the case may be, occupied by an additional use of
“Dwelling associated with a farm” as if it were a main use in the “Housing (h)” group.
183. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A STAND FOR THE SALE OF
FARM PRODUCTS
In addition to the provisions applicable in virtue of Article 181, the following provisions apply to
a stand for the sale of farm products:
1°
The additional use “sale of farm products” may be carried out on the landsite on which the
stand is installed.
2°
The footprint of the stand must not exceed 55 m² per landsite.
3°
A kiosk associated with the stand may be installed during the following periods only:
a)
From November 15 to December 30 inclusively in the same year, for the sale of
Christmas trees;
b)
From March 1 to April 15 inclusively in the same year, for the sale of maple
syrup and derivative products;
c)
From June 1 to October 31 inclusively in the same year, for the sale of other farm
products.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
189
CHAPTER 9
PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO LANDSITE ENTRANCES AND ACCESS
AISLES TO PARKING AREAS
SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL USES
184. SITING OF A LANDSITE ENTRANCE OR AN ACCESS AISLE
A landsite entrance (also known as a curb cut) or an access aisle must be located more than 1 m
from a side landsite boundary line. This 1 m wide strip must be covered in grass or otherwise
landscaped. This provision does not apply to the party boundary to a landsite occupied by a use in
the “Single-family dwelling (h1)” category constructed as a semi-detached or rowhouse dwelling,
if the landsite entrance or access aisle is located in the front yard and if the private garages
integrated into the dwelling are contiguous.
An access aisle must be located at least 1.2 m from a building occupied by a main use in the
“Multi-family dwelling (h3)”, “Collective housing (h4)”, “Commercial (c)”, “Industrial (i)” or
“Community (p)” use category.
There must be a minimum distance of 7.5 m between two entrances located on the same landsite,
and between an entrance and a street intersection. The distance must be measured on the street
line, from the edge of the travel portion of the entrance to the landsite.
An access aisle must be located on the same landsite as the off-street parking area it serves.
185. LAYOUT OF A LANDSITE ENTRANCE OR ACCESS AISLE
An access aisle must be designed, installed and maintained in accordance with the following
provisions:
1°
An a ccess aisle leading to an off-street parking area must be covered in asphalt, concrete,
concrete pavers or stone pavers.
2°
Notwithstanding Paragraph 1°, an access aisle leading to an off-street parking area may be
covered in gravel, crushed stone or another hard surface of aggregate material when the
access aisle is on a landsite occupied or intended to be occupied by a use in the
“Agricultural (a)” group.
3°
An access aisle leading to an off-street parking area that has more than 5 parking spaces
must be bordered by a concrete curb poured in situ and at least 0.15 m high.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
190
The installation work for the landsite entrance and the access aisle must be completed before the
validity periods for the building permit and the certificate of authorization expire.
186. USE OF A LANDSITE ENTRANCE OR AN ACCESS AISLE
A landsite entrance or an access aisle may not be used for parking or storing a vehicle or a trailer.
An access aisle serving a use in the “Housing (h)” group may however be used for parking a
vehicle.
187. SHARED LANDSITE ENTRANCE AND ACCESS AISLE
The use of a landsite entrance or an access aisle may be shared to serve off-street parking spaces
or loading and unloading areas and berths located on adjacent landsites.
A real servitude published in the land register must guarantee the shared use of the landsite
entrance and the access aisle.
188. RULE FOR CALCULATING THE WIDTH OF A LANDSITE ENTRANCE
The width of a landsite entrance is measured from the street line.
SECTION 2: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE HOUSING (H) GROUP
189. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS FOR THE SITING OF A LANDSITE ENTRANCE OR AN
ACCESS AISLE
In the case of a use in the “Multi-family (h3)” or “Collective housing (h4)” category, a landsite
entrance or an access aisle may not encroach onto the width of the main façade of a building.
190. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS THE SITING OF A SEMI-CIRCULAR ACCESS AISLE
Notwithstanding Article 189, a semi-circular access aisle is authorized in the front yard under the
following conditions:
1°
The width of the landsite in which this access aisle is located is at least 20 m.
2°
The width of this access aisle is no more than 4 m.
3°
The portion of this access aisle that is parallel to the street must be located at least 3 m
from the line of the street.
4°
This access aisle must be bordered, on the side next to the road, by a minimum 3 m wide
strip covered with grass or otherwise landscaped.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
191
191. MAXIMUM NUMBER OF LANDSITE ENTRANCES
The maximum number of landsite entrances is fixed as follows:
1°
2 landsite entrances per main building in the case of a building occupied by a use in the
“Single-family dwelling (h1)” or “Two-family or three-family dwelling (h2)” category.
2°
3 landsite entrances per main building in the case of a building occupied by a use in the
“Multi-family (h3)” or “Collective housing (h4)” category.
192. WIDTH OF A LANDSITE ENTRANCE OR AN ACCESS AISLE
M
The width of a landsite entrance or an access aisle is set as follows:
Type of Dwelling
“Single-family dwelling (h1)”
constructed as a semi-detached or
rowhouse dwelling, and “Two-family or
three-family dwelling (h2)”
“Single-family dwelling (h1)” constructed
as a rowhouse dwelling
“Multi-family (h3)” or “Collective
housing (h4)”
Minimum Width
Maximum Width
3m
6.5 m
3m
5.5 m
4.5 m
7.5m
(CA29 0040-5; 2011-08-30)
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
192
SECTION 3: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE COMMERCIAL (C),
INDUSTRIAL (I), COMMUNITY (P), RECREATIONAL (R)
AND AGRICULTURAL (A) GROUPS
193. MAXIMUM NUMBER OF LANDSITE ENTRANCES
For a use in the “Commercial (c)” and Recreational (r)” groups, the maximum number of landsite
entrances is set at 2 entrances on each street with which the landsite is contiguous.
For a use in the “Industrial (i)” group, the number of landsite entrances is set at 1 entrance on
each street with which the landsite is contiguous for the first 30 m stretch of street line, plus 1
entrance for each additional 30 m stretch of street line after the first 30 m.
For all other use groups, the number of landsite entrances is set at 2 entrances on each street with
which the landsite is contiguous for the first 60 m stretch of street line, plus 1 entrance for each
additional 60 m stretch of street line after the first 60 m.
194. WIDTH OF A LANDSITE ENTRANCE OR AN ACCESS AISLE
The width of a landsite entrance or an access aisle is set as follows:
Type of Use
All use groups except the uses in the
“Retail distribution centres for petroleum
and fuel products (c3a)” and “Services for
motorized vehicles, except heavy
vehicles, or for recreational vehicles
(c3b)” categories.
Uses in the following use categories:

“Retail distribution centres for
petroleum and fuel products (c3a)”;

“Services for motorized vehicles,
except heavy vehicles, or for
recreational vehicles (c3b)”.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Minimum Width
Maximum Width
4m
12 m
7.5 m
12 m
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
193
195. SPECIFIC PROVISION FOR
ASSOCIATED WITH A FARM”
THE ADDITIONAL USE OF “DWELLING
The provisions in the present chapter apply for a landsite entrance or an access aisle serving an
additional use of “Dwelling associated with a farm” as if it were a main use in the “Housing (h)”
group.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 8 : Provisions relative to uses, buildings, structures,
equipment and projections into yards
194
CHAPTER 10
PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO OFF-STREET PARKING
SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL USES
196. NECCESSITY FOR AND MAINTENANCE OF A PARKING AREA
Any main use must be served by an off-street parking area.
The off-street parking area that serves a main use must have the minimum number of parking
spaces required by the present by-law. These parking spaces must be maintained for as long as
the main use is being carried out.
In the case of an off-street parking area in which the number of parking spaces is not in
conformity with the minimum requirements in the by-law, including the absence of off-street
parking, but which is protected by acquired rights:
1°
The area occupied by an existing main use served by this parking area may be enlarged, as
long as the capacity of the off-street parking area is increased to the minimum number of
spaces required by the enlargement.
2°
Changing a use served by this parking area is not permitted, unless the new use requires a
minimum number of off-street parking spaces equal to or less than that required for the
existing use, or if it is possible to make the off-street parking area conform to the
minimum applicable requirements for all the uses served.
197. USE OF A PARKING AREA
A circulation aisle may not be used for parking or storing a vehicle or a trailer.
198. RULES FOR CALCULATING THE NUMBER OF PARKING SPACES
The following rules apply for calculating the minimum number of off-street parking spaces
required in the by-law:
1°
When the calculation for the minimum number of off-street parking spaces results in a
fraction that is more than one half, this result is rounded up to the next number.
2°
When the building is occupied by several uses, the minimum number of off-street parking
spaces required corresponds to the sum of the spaces required by each of the uses served
exception made of a building located in a zone of which the main designation is
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 10: Provisions relative to off-street parking
195
“Industrial”, in such a case, a ratio in conformity with Article 215 is required for all the
uses of the building.
(CA29 0040-6; 2011-08-30)
M
3°
When the calculation of the number of off-street parking spaces is based on an area, this
area is the gross floor area occupied by the use served.
4°
When a requirement is based on the number of seats, and when there are existing or
proposed benches instead of individual seats, each 50 cm length of bench is considered
equivalent to one seat.
199. DIMENSIONS OF PARKING SPACES AND OF CIRCULATION AISLES
The minimum and maximum dimensions of an off-street parking space, except for a designated
space for the disabled, are set as follows:
1°
Minimum and maximum width: 2.5 m min / 3 m max.
2°
Minimum and maximum length:
a)
5m min. / 5.5m max. if the space is at an angle of 90° degrees;
b)
5.5 m min. / 6 m max. if the space is at an angle of 30°, 45° or 60° degrees;
c)
7 m min. / 7.5 m max. if the space is at an angle of 0°.
The width of an off-street parking space must always be measured perpendicular to the side lines,
real or imaginary, that delineate the parking space.
The minimum width for a circulation aisle and the minimum width for a row of parking spaces to
which the aisle gives access must be in conformity with the provisions in the following tables:
1°
Circulation aisle and row of parking spaces installed outdoors for a use in the “Housing
(h)” group:
Angle authorized for
the space in relation to
the traffic direction
0°
30°
45°
60°
90°
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Minimum width of an
outdoor circulation aisle
3m
3.3 m
4m
5.2 m
6.5 m
Minimum depth of an
outdoor row of parking
spaces
2.5 m
4.6 m
5.5 m
5.8 m
5.5 m
Chapter 10: Provisions relative to off-street parking
196
2°
Circulation aisle and row of parking spaces installed outdoors for all other use groups:
Angle authorized for
the space in relation to
the traffic direction
0°
30°
45°
60°
90°
3°
Minimum width of an
outdoor circulation aisle
4.5 m
5.5 m
5.5 m
6m
6.5 m
Minimum depth of an
outdoor row of parking
spaces
2.5 m
4.6 m
5.5 m
5.8 m
5.5 m
Circulation aisle and row of parking spaces installed indoors for all use groups:
Angle authorized for
Minimum depth of an
Minimum width of an indoor
the space in relation to
indoor row of parking
circulation aisle
the traffic direction
spaces
0°
3m
2.5 m
30°
3.3 m
4.6 m
45°
4m
5.5 m
60°
5m
5.8 m
90°
5m
5.5 m
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 10: Provisions relative to off-street parking
197
200. DESIGNATED PARKING SPACES FOR THE DISABLED
In addition to the minimum number of off-street parking spaces required in terms of the use, an
off-street parking area must include a certain number of parking spaces adapted and reserved for
the disabled under the meaning of the Act to secure disabled persons in the exercise of their
rights with a view to achieving social, school and workplace integration (R.S.Q, c. E-20.1).
The number of off-street parking spaces designated for the disabled must be calculated by taking
into account the minimum number of off-street parking spaces required by the present by-law for
the use served. The number of designated spaces for the disabled is set as follows:
Number of off-street parking spaces
required
Minimum number of designated
spaces for the disabled
25 spaces or less
1 space
26 to 50 spaces
2 spaces
51 to 75 spaces
3 spaces
76 to 175 spaces
4 spaces
176 to 299 spaces
5 spaces
300 to 399 spaces
6 spaces
400 to 499 spaces
7 spaces
500 or more spaces
8 spaces
A designated parking space for the disabled must be identified by a panel recognized in the
Highway Safety Code (R.S.Q., c. C-24.2) and in the Regulation respecting road signs (R.Q., c.
C-24, r.28). The panel must be fixed to the top of a post installed at the front corner of every
designated parking space for the handicapped. When a space is less than 1 m from the wall of a
building, the panel may be fixed to this wall. In all cases, the top of the panel must be at a height
of between 2 m and 3m.
A designated parking space for the disabled must be located as close as possible to a main
entrance of the building that presents no obstacles.
A designated parking space for the disabled must have a minimum width of 2.5 m, a minimum
length of 5 m, or 5.5m if there is no curb, and be bordered, along its entire length on the driver’s
side, by a side aisle with a minimum width of 1.5 m. The surface of this side aisle must be
entirely hatched so as to prohibit parking within it. The side aisle may be shared by two adjacent
spaces if the angle of the space is at 90° to the circulation aisle.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 10: Provisions relative to off-street parking
198
The present article does not apply to an off-street parking area serving a main use in the “Housing
(h)” group that has less than 10 dwelling units or less than 10 rooms.
201. LAYOUT OF A PARKING AREA
An off-street parking area must be laid out and maintained in accordance with the following
provisions:
1°
Off-street parking area with 5 or less parking spaces:
a)
Except for an off-street parking area serving a “Single-family dwelling (h1)” or
“Two-family and three-family dwelling (h2)” use, the off-street parking area must
be laid out to allow a vehicle to access each parking space without the need to
move another vehicle.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 10: Provisions relative to off-street parking
199
M
b)
The entire surface of an off-street parking area must be covered in asphalt,
concrete, concrete pavers, stone pavers or permeable pavers.
CA29 0040-12 ; 2013-06-28)
c)
Notwithstanding sub-paragraph a), an off-street parking area may be covered in
gravel, crushed stone or another hard surface of aggregate material in the
following cases:
(CA29 0040-14 ; 2013-06-06)
M
− When the off-street parking area is on a landsite occupied or intended to be
occupied by a use in the “Agricultural (a)” group;
− For the first year in which the street on which the landsite is located is paved or
the start of construction of the main building, as the case may be.
d)
2°
An off-street parking area must be at least 1 m from any landsite boundary line,
unless it is inside a building.
In addition to the provisions in Paragraph , the following provisions apply to an off-street
parking area with more than 5 parking spaces:
a)
The off-street parking area must be laid out so as to allow a vehicle to enter and
exit the area by moving in a forward direction, with all manœuvers being carried
out within the off-street parking area itself.
b)
The off-street parking area must include as many circulation aisles as required in
order to allow access to each parking space without the need to move another
vehicle.
c)
Except for a shared off-street parking area, an outdoor off-street parking area must
be bordered, along the landsite boundary line other than a street line, by a strip at
least 1 m wide, covered in grass or otherwise landscaped.
d)
An outdoor off-street parking area located in a front yard, a side yard adjacent to a
street or a rear yard adjacent to a street must be bordered along the street, except
for landsite entrances and access aisles, by a strip at least 2 m wide, landscaped in
conformity with Paragraph e) below. The width of the landscaped strip must be
increased to obtain an area equal to that obtained by multiplying, by 2 m, the
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 10: Provisions relative to off-street parking
200
width of a landsite entrance installed in one or other of these yards, or the sum of
the widths of the landsite entrances if there is more than one.
M
e)
An embankment with a minimum height of 0.6 m in relation to the level of the
parking area and with a slope of less than 30% must be installed along the side
with the street when the off-street parking area is located in a yard adjacent to a
street. At least 50% of the area of this embankment must be planted with trees and
shrubs. The trees must be spaced no more than 7 m apart. This embankment may
be installed within the street easement belonging to the municipality. However, no
trees or shrubs may be planted in this easement unless an agreement has been
reached between the competent authority and the owner.
(CA29 0040-12 ; 2013-06-28)
M
f)
Notwithstanding sub-paragraph e), the construction of an embankment of a
minimal height of 0.6 m may be replaced by a low wall of equivalent height. or
by planting grasses, shrubs and trees as appropriate.(CA29 0040-12 ; 2013-06-28)
g)
A off-street parking area, as well as a landsite entrance must be bordered by a
concrete curb poured in situ, with a height of at least 0.15 m.
h)
The delineation of all parking spaces must be identified by markings on the
surface of an off-street parking area.
i)
An outdoor circulation aisle may not be installed within 1 m of the wall of a
building, except for the placement of and approach to a drive-through.
3°
In addition to the provisions in paragraphs 1° and 2°, the following provisions apply to an
outdoor off-street parking area with more than 12 parking spaces :
a)
The off-street parking area must be equipped with a lighting system.
b)
The surface must be adequately drained to avoid any accumulation of water in the
off-street parking area. To this end, every 2,000 m² of an off-street parking area
must be equipped with a sump, 60 cm x 60 cm or 75 cm in diameter. Each sump
must be connected using a Class 3 reinforced concrete pipe or a SDR35 cm PVC
pipe with a minimum diameter of 200 mm.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 10: Provisions relative to off-street parking
201
M
4°
c)
When an off-street parking area requires the installation of more than 2 catchment
basins, an engineer who is a member of the Ordre des ingénieurs du Québec must
approve the system.
d)
An off-street parking area serving a use in the “Commercial (c)”, “Industrial (i)”
and “Community (p)” groups must include pockets of landscaping, installed at the
ends of each row containing at least 12 parking spaces. A landscaped pocket must
have a minimum area of 30 m² and be composed of grass, shrubs and trees, with
at least 30% of the pocket filled with shrubs and trees.
CA29 0040-12 ; 2013-06-28)
In addition to the provisions in paragraphs 1°, 2° and 3°, the following provisions apply to
an outdoor off-street parking area with more than 100 parking spaces:
a)
The off-street parking area must include access aisles to channel traffic towards
the landsite entrances.
b)
In the grassed or otherwise landscaped strip bordering any entrance aisle
mentioned in sub-paragraph a), a deciduous with a D.B.H. of at least 5 cm or a
conifer with a height of at least 2 m, at the time of their planting, it is planted at
24 m linear intervals. At least 60% of these trees must be coniferous.
The landscaping work for the off-street parking area must be completed before the validity
periods for the building permit and the certificate of authorization expire.
202. SHARED PARKING AREA
An off-street parking area may be shared to serve several uses located on the same landsite or on
different s. The off-street parking area may straddle a landsite boundary line as long as the two
landsites are located in the same zone or in different zones that have the same main land use
occupation.
Off-street parking areas located on different landsites but landscaped in continuity must be
considered as a single parking area for the application of the provisions in the present chapter.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 10: Provisions relative to off-street parking
202
Off-street parking areas located on different landsites and not landscaped in continuity may be
joined by an access aisle. However, each off-street parking area must have another access aisle to
allow direct access to and from the street.
203. PARKING SPACES LOCATED ON A DIFFERENT LANDSITE THAN THE USE
THEY SERVE
In a case where the provisions in the present chapter allow the required off-street parking spaces
to be located on a landsite other than that on which the use they serve is located, and where the
landsites belong to different owners, the maintenance and the right to the use of these parking
spaces must be guaranteed by a real servitude published in the land register.
204. INSTALLATION OF BICYCLE PARKING
When a main building is constructed or enlarged, parking units for bicycles must be installed. In
the case of an enlargement, only the enlargement is considered for establishing the requirements.
All off-street parking units for bicycles must be installed and maintained as follows:
1°
The units must be within 50 m of the main entrance to the building served or be inside the
building;
2°
Each unit must be at least 1.80 m in length;
3°
The units may be inside or outside a building;
4°
Units must be freely accessible by visitors;
5°
Each unit must be fixed to the ground or to the wall of a building and be designed so as to
make it possible to keep the bicycle in a normal position on two wheels or to suspend it;
6°
It must be possible to lock the bike into its parking unit.
SECTION 2: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE HOUSING (H) GROUP
205. SITING OF PARKING SPACES
M
All off-street parking spaces required by the by-law must be located on the same landsite as the
use they serve.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 10: Provisions relative to off-street parking
203
For the “Multi-family (h3)” and “Collective housing (h4)”, an off-street parking area may not
encroach onto the minimum front setback. However, up to 10% of the number of spaces required
for a use in the “Multi-family (h3)” category may encroach onto the minimum front setback, on
condition that these spaces are reserved for the exclusive use of visitors.
(CA29 0040-4; 2011-08-30)
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 10: Provisions relative to off-street parking
204
206. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SPACES
Subject to Article 198, the minimum number of off-street parking spaces required for a use in the
“Housing (h)” group or for an additional use to a main use in this group is determined as follows:
Main Type of Use
Single-family dwelling (h1)
Two-family and three-family dwelling (h2)
M
Multi-family dwelling (h3)
Collective housing (h4)
Type of Additional Use
Boarding rooms, foster family, foster home and
intermediary resources
Additional use authorized for a building with
more than 60 dwelling units or more than 120
rooms
Minimum Number of Spaces
1 space per dwelling unit
1 space per dwelling unit plus 1 space
1.25 spaces per dwelling unit plus 0.20 space
per dwelling unit, for visitors.
At least 80% of parking spaces must be located
indoor or underground.
(CA29 0040-12 ; 2013-06-28)
• 0.3 space per bed or 0.085 space per
dwelling unit, reserved for employees and
identified as such plus;
• 0.075 space per bed or per dwelling unit.
Of this number, 15% of the spaces, with a
minimum of 3 spaces, must be located
close to the main entrance to the building
and identified as short-stay spaces (max.
15 mins.) plus, as needed;
• 0.45 space per dwelling unit, of which at
least 50% must be located inside the
building.
Minimum Number of Spaces
1 space per 4 rooms
In accordance with the provisions in articles 0
and 0 that follow by incorporating the
additional use into a main use
207. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SPACES FOR A BUILDING IN THE HOUSING (H)
GROUP LOCATED LESS THAN 500 METRES FROM A COMMUTER TRAIN
STATION
N
Notwithstanding Article 206, the minimum number of off-street parking spaces for a building
with one or several uses in the “Housing (h)”, located within 500 m of a station, group may be
reduced by 25%.
Notwithstanding Article 206, the minimum number of off-street parking spaces for a building
with one or several uses in the “Housing (h)” group, located between 500 m and 1,000 m of a
train station, is reduced by 15%. (CA29 0040-12 ; 2013-06-28)
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 10: Provisions relative to off-street parking
205
M
In addition, a use listed in the preceding paragraphs may not be served by a number of parking
spaces that exceeds 25% of the minimum number required by the present by-law, except in the
case of parking intended for public transit users.(CA29 0040-14 ; 2013-06-06)
208. MINIMUM NUMBER OF BICYCLE PARKING UNITS
The minimum number of bicycle parking units required for a use in the “Housing (h)” group that
has more than 6 dwelling units is set at 5% of the minimum number of parking spaces required,
up to a total of 10 units.
SECTION 3: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE
COMMERCIAL (C) GROUP
209. SITING OF PARKING SPACES
The off-street parking area that serves a use in the “Commercial (c)” group may be located on the
same landsite as the use served, or on a different landsite. This latter landsite must be located in
whole or in part within a radius of 100 m or less from the landsite on which the use served is
located, and must be in the same zone or in a zone in which the main land occupation use is
“Commercial (C)”, “Community (P)” or “Recreational (R)”. When the off-street parking area is
located on a different landsite, a pedestrian path at least 6 m in width must connect this parking
area to the use served.
210. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SPACES
Subject to articles 211 and 212, the minimum number of off-street parking spaces required for a
use in the “Commercial (c)” group is established in the table below. When a use is not listed in
this table, the minimum number of spaces required must be established on the basis of the
requirements of the present article for a comparable use.
Type of Main, Additional or Dependent Use
Retail sale of food products and dry consumer goods
(c1a)
Professional, business (including associations), financial
and communication services, and services for the
maintenance, repair or rental of various products (c1b)
• Childcare services (6541)
Intensive commercial entertainment (c2a):
• Miniature golf (indoor or outdoor) (7392)
• Other places of amusement (indoor premises) (7399)
• Poolroom (7396)
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Minimum Number of Spaces
1 space per 25 m²
(Only 50% of the basement floor area must
be taken into account)
1 space per 25 m²
1 space per 25 m²
• 1 space per hole
• 1 space per play area
Chapter 10: Provisions relative to off-street parking
206
Type of Main, Additional or Dependent Use
• Bowling alley (7417)
• Indoor swimming pool and related activities (7432)
• Curling rink (7452)
• Squash, racquetball tennis courts (7413)
Intensive commercial entertainment (c2a) not listed
elsewhere
Minimum Number of Spaces
• 1 space per pool table or 1 space per
13 m², with the most demanding
provision taking precedence
• 2 spaces per lane
• 1 space per 4 swimmers, depending
on the capacity of the facility
• 2 spaces per sheet
• 1 space per court
1 space per 4 seats for a facility with
fixed seats and 1 space per 10 m² for an
area accessible to the public with no
fixed seats
1 space per 6 seats up to 800 and 1 space
per 10 seats after the first 800 seats
Commercial entertainment with gathering space (c2b),
except a drive-in cinema (7213)
Accommodation and conference services (c2c):
• Hotel (5831), motel (5832), inn or B&B (5833) with 2 basic spaces plus 1.5 space per lodging
unit
no more than 9 lodging units
Accommodation and conference services (c2c):
• Hotel (5831), motel (5832) or inn with more than 9
lodging units
Accommodation and conference services (c2c):
• Tourist home (5834)
Additional use or dependent use for accommodation and
conference services (c2c), excluding meeting rooms,
conference and convention centre (7233)
Meeting rooms, conference and convention centre
(7233), whether for a main use, an additional use or a
dependent use for a main use listed under code 583 –
Lodging establishment
13 basic spaces plus 1 space per 2
lodging units after the first 9 lodging
units, and 10 spaces for every other
complete or partial block of 40 lodging
units
1 space per lodging unit
50% of the number of spaces that would
be required if the use were a main use
1 space per 13m²
Food service (c2d) in a building occupied by at least 4
commercial establishments
1 space per 25 m²
Food service (c2d) in a building occupied by less than 4
commercial establishments
1 space per 13 m²
Services for motorized vehicles, except heavy vehicles, or
for recreational vehicles (c3b), except for the use “Service
station with car repairs (5531)”
1 space per 25 m²
Retail distribution centres for petroleum and fuel products
(c3a) and the use “Service station with car repairs (5531)”
Rental services and retail sale of motorized vehicles,
except heavy vehicles, or of recreational vehicles (c3c)
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
3 spaces
1 space per 25 m²
Chapter 10: Provisions relative to off-street parking
207
Type of Main, Additional or Dependent Use
Minimum Number of Spaces
Credit for warranty service
Licensed establishments and dance halls (c4b)
Business or service of a sexual nature (c4c)
Daytime or night-time dance hall (c4d)
Retail sales establishment for used merchandise or a
public market (c4e)
The use “Retail sale of gardening articles and accessories
(536)” that has a greenhouse of at least 50 m² and in the
“Heavy arterial commercial activities, wholesale
businesses and para-industrial services (c5)” use category
Use in the “Heavy arterial commercial activities and
para-industrial services (c5)” use category
1 space per 25 m²
1 space per 13 m²
1 space per 25 m²
1 space per 25 m²
1 space per 25 m²
1 space per 25 m²
(Excluding the area of the greenhouse)
1 space per 35 m²
211. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SPACES FOR AN COMMERCIAL (C) BUILDING
LOCATED LESS THAN 500 METRES FROM A COMMUTER TRAIN STATION
Notwithstanding articles 210 and 212, the minimum number of off-street parking spaces for a
building with one or several uses in the “Commercial (c)” group may be reduced by 25%.
In addition, a use listed in the preceding paragraph may not be served by a number of parking
spaces that exceeds 25% of the minimum number required by the present by-law, except in the
case of parking intended for public transit users.
212. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SCPACES FOR A LARGE COMMERCIAL BUILDING
Notwithstanding article 210, the minimum number of off-street parking spaces for a building
composed of one or more uses in the “Commercial (c)” group and in which a floor area is at least
2,300 m2, is set at 1 space per 25 m2 of leasable floor area.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 10: Provisions relative to off-street parking
208
Notwithstanding the first paragraph, a use within the category “Intensive commercial
entertainment (c2a),” “Commercial entertainment with gathering place (c2b),” “Food services
(c2d)” or “licensed establishments and dance halls (c4b)” may rely on the minimum number of
off-street parking spaces required in the first paragraph only if the floor area occupied by these
uses is less than 25% of that of the commercial building.
213. MINIMUM NUMBER OF BICYCLE PARKING UNITS
The minimum number of bicycle parking units required for a use in the “Commercial (c)” group
is set at 5% of the minimum number of parking spaces required, up to a total of 30 spaces.
SECTION 4: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE
INDUSTRIAL (I) GROUP
214. SITING OF PARKING SPACES
The off-street parking area that serves a use in the “Industrial (i)” group may be located on the
same landsite as the use served or on a different landsite. This latter landsite must be in whole or
in part located within a radius of 150 m or less from the landsite on which the use served is
located, and must be in the same zone or in a zone in which the main land occupation use is
“Industrial (i)”. When the off-street parking area is located on a different landsite, a pedestrian
path at least 6 m in width must connect this parking area to the use served.
215. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SPACES
The minimum number of off-street parking spaces required for a use in the “Industrial (i)” group
is 1 space per 56 m² and the surface area of the parking area must be equal to at least 75% of the
gross floor area of the industrial premises.
216. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SPACES FOR AN INDUSTRIAL (I) BUILDING
LOCATED LESS THAN 500 METRES FROM A COMMUTER TRAIN STATION
Notwithstanding Article 215, the minimum number of off-street parking spaces for a building
with one or several uses in the “Industrial (I)” group may be reduced by 25%.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 10: Provisions relative to off-street parking
209
In addition, a use listed in the preceding paragraph may not be served by a number of parking
spaces that exceeds 25% of the minimum number required by the present by-law, except in the
case of parking intended for public transit users.
217. MINIMUM NUMBER OF BICYCLE PARKING UNITS
The minimum number of bicycle parking units required for a use in the “Industrial (i)” group is
set at 5% of the minimum number of parking spaces required, up to a total of 30 spaces.
SECTION 5: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE COMMUNITY (P) GROUP
218. SITING OF PARKING SPACES
The off-street parking area that serves a use in the “Community (p)” group may be located on the
same landsite as the use served or on a different landsite. This latter landsite must be in whole or
in part located within a radius of 100 m or less from the landsite on which the use served is
located, and must be in the same zone or in a zone in which the main land occupation use is
“Commercial (c)”, Community (p)” or “Recreational (r)”. When the off-street parking area is
located on a different landsite, a pedestrian path at least 6 m in width must connect this parking
area to the use served.
219. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SPACES
The minimum number of off-street parking spaces required for a use in the “Community (p)”
group is established in the table below. When a use is not listed in this table, the minimum
number of spaces required must be established on the basis of the requirements of the present
article for a comparable use.
Type of Main, Additional or Dependent Use
• Uses in the “Recreation (p1)” use category
• Outdoor pool and related activities (7432)
Additional use or a dependent use for a use in the
“Recreation (p1)” use category
Minimum Number of Spaces
• 2 spaces per playground, amusement
area or sports field
• 1 space per 4 swimmers, depending on
the capacity of the facility
50% of the number of spaces that would be
required if it were a main use
1 space per 5 seats up to 800 seats and
Institutions (p2):
1 space per 10 seats after the first 800 seats
• 691 – Religious activity
• Community or neighbourhood centre (including for a facility with fixed seats or 1 space
a diocesan centre) (6997)
per 5 people, depending on the capacity of
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 10: Provisions relative to off-street parking
210
Type of Main, Additional or Dependent Use
Minimum Number of Spaces
the facility, for an area without fixed seats
• Stadium (7221)
• Multi-use sports centre (covered) (7222)
• Other sports facilities (7229)
• General recreation centre (7424)
• Arena and related activities (ice skating) (7451)
Institutions (p2):
• 153 – Residence and student housing
• 1 space per 2 rooms
• 155 – Residence for a religious institution
• 1 space per 4 rooms
• 681 – Pre-school, primary and secondary
• 1 space per 2 employees plus 1.5
schools
spaces per classroom
• Polyvalent school (6822)
• 1 space per classroom
• Orphanage (1542)
• 1 space per 2 beds
Institutions (p2):
• University (6821)
• C.E.G.E.P. (6823)
Institutions (p2):
• Hospital services (including psychiatric
hospitals) (6513)
• Sanatorium, convalescent home and rest home
(6516)
Institutions (p2):
• Local community services centre (C.L.S.C.)
(6532)
• Social services centres (C.S.S. and C.R.S.S.S.)
(6533)
• Other social services centres or offices of social
services practitioners (6539)
• Self-help and community resources centre
(6534).
• Municipal and regional public administration
(6713)
• 692 - Welfare and charity services
• Tourist information office (6996)
Institutions (p2):
• Assisted living retirement home (1541)
• Other retirement homes (1549)
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
1 space per 20 m²
1 space per 2 beds or 1 space per 100 m²:
whichever is the most demanding
1 space per 37 m²
• 0.3 space per bed or 0.085 space per
dwelling unit, reserved for employees
and identified as such, plus:
Chapter 10: Provisions relative to off-street parking
211
Type of Main, Additional or Dependent Use
• Reception centre or curative facility (6531)
• Transition house (people stay in these facilities
for a limited time) (6542)
M
Minimum Number of Spaces
• 0.075 space per bed or per dwelling
unit. Of this number, 15% of the spaces
(minimum 3 spaces) must be located
near the main entrance to the building
and identified as short-stay parking
spaces (max. 15 mins.), plus:
• 0.45 space per dwelling unit, at least
50% of which must be located inside
the building.
Institutions (p2):
• Library (7111)
• Museum (7112)
1 space per 80 m²
• Art gallery (except for a commercial gallery in
(CA29 0040-13 ; 2013-06-28)
which art objects are sold, including those under
codes (5947) (7113)
• Exhibition hall (7114)
Use in the “Institutions (p2)” use category not listed
1 space per 37 m²
elsewhere
Additional use or dependent use for the “Institutions 50% of the number of spaces that would
(p2)” use category
be required if it were a main use
Use in the “Services (p3)” use category
1 space per 37 m²
Additional use for a use in the “Services (p3)” use
50% of the number of spaces that would
category
be required if it were a main use
220. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SPACES FOR A COMMUNITY (P) BUILDING LOCATED
LESS THAN 500 METRES FROM A COMMUTER TRAIN STATION
Notwithstanding Article 219, the minimum number of off-street parking spaces for a building
with one or several uses in the “Housing (h)” group within 500 m of a commuter train station
may be reduced by 25%.
In addition, a use listed in the preceding paragraph may not be served by a number of parking
spaces that exceeds 25% of the minimum number required by the present by-law, except in the
case of parking intended for public transit users.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 10: Provisions relative to off-street parking
212
221. MINIMUM NUMBER OF BICYCLE PARKING UNITS
M
The minimum number of bicycle parking units required for a use in the “Community (p)” group
is set at 10% of the minimum number of parking spaces required, up to a total of 50 spaces.
However, for a use in the “Teaching Establishments (p2b)” sub-category, the minimum number
of bicycle parking units is set at 1 unit per 10 students. (CA29 0040-12 ; 2013-06-28)
SECTION 6: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES
IN THE RECREATIONAL (R) GROUP
222. SITING OF PARKING SPACES
The off-street parking area that serves a use in the “Recreational (r)” group may be located on the
same landsite as the use served or on a different landsite. This latter landsite must be in whole or
in part located within a radius of 150 m or less from the landsite on which the use served is
located, and must be in the same zone or in a zone in which the main land occupation use is
“Commercial (c)”, Community (p)” or “Recreational (r)”. When the off-street parking area is
located on a different landsite, a pedestrian path at least 6 m in width must connect this parking
area to the use served.
223. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SPACES
The minimum number of off-street parking spaces required for a use in the “Recreational (r)”
group is established in the table below. When a use is not listed in the table, the minimum number
of spaces required must be established on the basis of the requirements in the present article for a
comparable use.
Type of Main, Additional or Dependent Use
Activities related to water sports (r1a):
• Rental services for watercraft (6356)
• Marina, harbour for pleasure craft and quay for
boarding cruise ships (excluding ferries) (7441)
• Clubs and schools for water sports activities and
water safety (including, in particular, sailing, wind
surfing, yachting, canoeing, kayaking and water
skiing) (7444)
• Maintenance, repair and winter storage services
for watercraft (7445)
• Boat removal and installation services (hoist, boat
lift) (7446)
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Minimum Number of Spaces
• 1 space per 75 m²
• 0.6 space per mooring
• 1 space per 10 seats or 1 space per 35 m²
• 1 space per 75 m²
• 1 space per 75 m²
Chapter 10: Provisions relative to off-street parking
213
Type of Main, Additional or Dependent Use
• Site for water sports displays (7448)
Space-consuming recreational activities (r1b):
• Golf course (no clubhouse or other sports
facilities) (7411)
• Golf course (clubhouse and other sports facilities)
(7412)
• Luge run, bobsleigh course and ski-jumping
facility (7224)
• Driving range (7393)
• Horse riding (equestrian centre) (7416)
• Campground (excluding caravan site) (includes all
sites with electricity and water hook-ups and fuel)
(7491)
• Campground and caravan site (includes all sites
with electricity and water hook-ups, fuel and tank
emptying (septic discharge tanks) (7493)
• Slide (waterslide) (7418)
• 712 – Exhibition of objects or animals
• 731 – Exhibition park and amusement park
Minimum Number of Spaces
• 1 space per 6 seats, up to 800 seats and
1 space per 10 seats after the first 800
seats for a facility with fixed seats or 1
space per 6 people, depending on the
capacity of the facility, for an area
without fixed seats
• 2 spaces per hole
• 2 spaces per hole plus 1 space per 10 m²
• 4 spaces per run
• 1 space per teeing area
• 1 space per stall
• 1 space on each campsite or caravan site
• 1 space on each campsite or caravan site
• 4 spaces per slide
• 1 space per 6 seats up to 800 seats and
1 space per 10 seats after the first 800
seats for a facility with fixed seats or 1
space per 6 people, depending on the
capacity of the facility, for an area
without fixed seats
Use in the “Extensive recreation (r1)” use category not
1 space per 75 m²
listed elsewhere
Additional use or dependent use for a use in the
50% of the number of spaces that would be
“Extensive recreation (r1)” use category
required if it were a main use
Track activities (r2a):
• Racetrack (includes tracks for one or more types
• 1 space per 6 seats up to 800 seats and
1 space per 10 seats after the first 800
of race (cars, motorcycles, etc.) (7223)
seats for a facility with fixed seats or 1
• Race course (horses) (7225)
space per 6 people, depending on the
• Go kart track (7394)
capacity of the facility, for an area
without fixed seats
• Firing range (9871) and Archery and cross bow
centre (9872)
• 1 space per firing point
Use in the use category “Extreme and motorized sports Number of spaces that can be laid out in an
(r2)” not listed elsewhere
area corresponding to 1.5% of the landsite
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 10: Provisions relative to off-street parking
214
Type of Main, Additional or Dependent Use
Minimum Number of Spaces
Additional use or dependent use for the “Extreme and
motorized sports (r2)” use category
area
50% of the number of spaces that would be
required if it were a main use
224. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SPACES FOR A RECREATIONAL (R) BUILDING
LOCATED LESS THAN 500 METRES FROM A COMMUTER TRAIN STATION
Notwithstanding Article 223, the minimum number of off-street parking spaces for a building
with one or several uses in the “Housing (h)” group within 500 m of a station may be reduced by
25%.
In addition, a use listed in the preceding paragraph may not be served by a number of parking
spaces that exceeds 25% of the minimum number required by the present by-law, except in the
case of parking intended for public transit users.
225. MINIMUM NUMBER OF BICYCLE PARKING UNITS
M
The minimum number of bicycle parking units required for a use in the “Recreational (r)” group
is set at 10% of the minimum number of parking spaces required, up to a total of 50 spaces.
(CA29 0040-12 ; 2013-06-28)
SECTION 7: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE
AGRICULTURAL (A) GROUP
226. SITING OF PARKING SPACES
The off-street parking area that serves a use in the “Agricultural (a)” group must be located on the
same landsite as the use it serves.
227. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SPACES
There must be at least 2 parking spaces for an additional use of “sale of a farm product”, and the
parking area must have an area equal to at least 300% of the gross floor area of the kiosk
associated with the stand.
228. MINIMUM NUMBER OF SPACES FOR THE ADDITIONAL USE OF “DWELLING
ASSOCIATED WITH A FARM”
The provisions of the present chapter apply for an off-street parking area serving an additional
use of “dwelling associated with a farm” as if it were a main use in the “Housing (h)” group.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 10: Provisions relative to off-street parking
215
CHAPTER 11
PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO LOADING BAYS AND BERTHS
SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL USES
229. LAYOUT OF A LOADING BAY, DELIVERY AREA, BERTH AND MANŒUVERING
AREA
A loading bay, delivery area, berth or a manœuvering area must be laid out and maintained in
accordance with the following provisions:
1°
The surface of a loading bay, delivery area, berth or manœuvering area must be covered in
asphalt, concrete, concrete pavers or stone pavers.
2°
Notwithstanding Paragraph 1°, the surface of a loading bay, delivery area, berth or
manœuvering area may be covered in gravel, crushed stone or other hard surface
aggregate material in the following cases:
a)
When the surface of a loading bay, delivery area, berth or manœuvering area is
located on a landsite occupied or intended to be occupied by a use in the
“Agricultural (a)” group;
b)
The first year in which the street on which the landsite is located is paved.
3°
A loading bay, delivery area or berth must be served by a manœuvering area, the
dimensions of which must be sufficient to allow all manœuvers to be carried out within
the boundaries of the landsite on which the use served is located.
4°
A loading bay, delivery area or berth must be at least 4 m wide, 10 m long and have a
minimum free height of 4.5 m. In addition, the dimensions of a loading bay, delivery area
or berth must be sufficient to allow a delivery vehicle to park without encroaching onto
property beyond the boundaries of the landsite on which the use served is located, or
encroaching onto a yard or a setback in which the installation of a loading bay, delivery
area or berth is prohibited.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 11 : Provisions relative to loading bays and berths
216
5°
A loading bay, delivery area or berth contiguous with a wall of a building facing a street
must be hidden by a dense evergreen hedge, an opaque fence or a wall, the cladding
materials of which are similar to that of the main building, with a height of between 1.5 m
and 2.5 m. This provision takes precedence over any other contrary provision in Chapter
15.
6°
A loading bay, delivery area, berth or manœuvering area must be bordered by a concrete
curb poured in situ, with a height of at least 0.15 m.
7°
Except in the case of a shared manœuvering area, an outdoor manœuvering area must be
bordered, on the side nearest a landsite boundary line other than a street line, by a grassed
or otherwise landscaped strip at least 1 m wide.
8°
A manœuvering area located in a front yard, a side yard adjacent to a street or a rear yard
adjacent to a street must be bordered, on the side nearest the street, by a grassed or
otherwise landscaped strip at least 3 m wide.
230. SHARED MANOEUVERING AREA
A manœuvering area may be shared to serve loading bays and delivery areas located on adjacent
landsites.
A real servitude published in the register must guarantee the shared use of the landsite entrance,
the access aisle and the manœuvering area.
231. SITING OF A LOADING BAY, DELIVERY AREA, BERTH OR MANŒUVERING
AREA
Notwithstanding articles 147, 163, 171 and 181, a loading bay, delivery area or berth, or
manœuvering area for a loading bay, delivery area or berth may not be located in a yard
contiguous with a landsite occupied by or intended to be occupied by a main use in the “Housing
(h)” group.
SECTION 2: SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A USE IN THE
COMMERCIAL (C) OR INDUSTRIAL (I) GROUP
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 11 : Provisions relative to loading bays and berths
217
232. NUMBER OF LOADING BAYS, DELIVERY AREAS OR BERTHS REQUIRED FOR
A USE IN THE “COMMERCIAL (C)” OR “INDUSTRIAL (I)” GROUP
The number of loading bays, delivery areas or berths required to serve a use in the “Commercial
(c)” or “Industrial (i)” group is established according to the following provisions:
oss Floor Area for the Use in the umber of Loading Bays, Delivery Areas
“Commercial (c)” or “Industrial (i)” Group
or Berths Required
rea is between 500 m² and 2,000 m²
ea is between 2,001 m² and 5,000 m²
ea is between 5,001 m² and 9,000 m²
units plus 1 additional unit for every
rea is more than 9,001 m²
4,000 m² after the first 9,000 m²
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 11 : Provisions relative to loading bays and berths
218
CHAPTER 12
PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO THE LANDSCAPING OF OPEN AREAS
SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL USES
233. LANDSCAPING OF OPEN AREAS ON A LANDSITE
N
Unless it is to be left in its natural state, any unused or unoccupied area on a landsite, and any area
disturbed by construction work must be grassed or otherwise landscaped to cover any bare
ground. To this end, artificial turf is not authorized as a ground cover except for a use in the
“Outdoor installations intended for relaxation, leisure and sports (p1a)” and “Cultural and sports
establishments, or those related to public affairs and community services (p2d)” sub-groups or in
the “Recreation (r)” group category.
When work has been carried out under a building permit or a certificate of authorization, the
landscaping of all unused, unoccupied or disturbed areas must be completed within 12 months of
the issuance of the building permit or certificate of authorization.
In all cases, the owner is responsible for the grassing and maintenance of his land up to the street
asphalt.
(CA29 0040-5; 2011-08-30)
SECTION 2: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE HOUSING (H) GROUP
234. LANDSCAPING OF THE FRONT YARD
The front yard of a landsite occupied by a use in the “Housing (h)” group must be grassed or
otherwise landscaped with plants and vegetation according to the following proportions:
1°
Use in the “Single-family dwelling (h1)” category in which construction is contiguous
(row houses): 20% for the centre units and 40% for the end units;
2°
Use in the “Multi-family dwelling (h3)” category of 5 storeys or more and located on a
landsite adjacent to Rivière-des-Prairies: 25%. For corner units of a building with a
contiguous structure: 40%;
3°
For all other uses in the “Housing (h)” group: 50%.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 12 : Provisions relative to the landscaping of open areas
219
235. LANDSCAPING REQUIREMENTS FOR A USE IN THE “SINGLE-FAMILY
DWELLING (H1)” CATEGORY
A strip of land, grassed or otherwise landscaped and at least 1 m wide, must be installed on a
landsite occupied by a use in the “Single-family dwelling (h1)” category for detached, semidetached and rowhouse structures. This strip of greenery must be adjacent to the side wall of the
building, on the side that is not a party wall.
A strip of land, grassed or landscaped and at least 1 m wide, must be installed between a
circulation aisle and a parking area and the side property boundary line on a landsite occupied by
a use in the “ Single-family dwelling (h1)” category for detached, semi-detached and rowhouse
structures. This requirement does not apply to a shared circulation aisle.
236. OUTDOOR LEISURE AREAS
A leisure area must be landscaped on any landsite occupied by a use in the “Housing (h1)” group,
except for a landsite occupied by a use in the “Single-family dwelling (h1)” category.
The leisure area must be grassed or otherwise landscaped with planting, and must not contain any
building. A structure or a piece of equipment intended for leisure use, such as a swimming pool, a
play structure, a patio or an area for sports, may be installed in the leisure area subject to the
provisions applicable in virtue of Article 0. The leisure area must be accessible to all occupants
of the dwelling units.
The minimum surface area for the leisure area is determined as follows:
1°
For a use in the “Two-family or three-family dwelling (h2)” category: 50 m² per dwelling
unit.
2°
For a use in the “Multi-family dwelling (h3)” category: 35 m² per dwelling unit.
3°
For a use in the “Collective housing (h4)” category: 20 m² per room or per dwelling unit.
For the application of the present article, the following must be subtracted from the minimum
surface area required for the leisure area: the area of any balcony, veranda, terrace or patio with a
depth and a width of no more than 1.8 m and an area of no more than 4 m², the use of which is
exclusively for the occupant of a dwelling unit or a room. Also to be subtracted is the surface area
of any communal outdoor terrace that is located on the building and accessible to all occupants of
the dwelling units or rooms.
SECTION 3: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE “COMMERCIAL (C)”,
“INDUSTRIAL (I)”, “COMMUNITY (P)” AND “RECREATIONAL (R)” GROUPS
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 12 : Provisions relative to the landscaping of open areas
220
237. MINIMUM LANDSCAPING REQUIREMENTS
M
R
On a landsite occupied by a building housing a use of the following groups: “Commercial (c)”,
“Community (p)”, “Industrial (i)” and “Recreational (r)” a strip of greenery must be installed of a
minimum width of 2 m along the street boundary and of a width of 1 m along any landsite
boundary. The strip of greenery must be grassed or otherwise landscaped with planting, so as not
to leave any bare ground.
An accessory structure, an accessory building, an accessory use or accessory equipment for, or a
projection from, a main building listed in Chapter 8 may encroach onto the strip of greenery.
(CA29 0040-5; 2011-08-30)
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 12 : Provisions relative to the landscaping of open areas
221
238. OUTDOOR LEISURE AREAS FOR A ROOM OR A DWELLING UNIT
A leisure area must be installed on any landsite occupied by a main use of “Tourist home (5834)”
and on any landsite occupied by a building, other than a dwelling, that houses a main use in the
“Housing (h)” group. The leisure area must have a minimum surface area of 35 m² per dwelling
unit and 20 m² per room or lodging unit. The following must be subtracted from the minimum
surface area required for the leisure area: the area of any balcony, veranda, terrace or patio with a
depth and a width of no more than 1.8 m and an area of no more than 4 m², the use of which is
exclusively for the occupant of a dwelling unit or a room. Also to be subtracted is the surface area
of any communal outdoor terrace located on the building and accessible to all occupants of the
dwelling units or rooms.
The leisure area must be grassed or otherwise landscaped with planting and must not contain any
building. A structure or a piece of equipment intended for leisure use, such as a swimming pool, a
play structure, a patio or an area for sports, may be installed in the leisure area subject to the
provisions applicable in virtue of Chapter 8. The leisure area must be accessible to all occupants
of the dwelling units or lodging units.
The provisions in the present article apply in addition to the landscaping requirements applicable
to a use in another group of uses in virtue of Article 0. However, the strip of greenery required in
virtue of Article 0 may be used to form part of the leisure area.
239. LANDSCAPING FOR A BUFFER STRIP BORDERING A DWELLING
In the case of a landsite occupied by a main use in the “Commercial (c)”, “Industrial (i)” or
“Recreational (r)” group or in the “Institutions (p2)” or “Services (p3)” category of use, a buffer
strip must be installed on the landsite, along the entire length of a landsite boundary line, other
than a street line, that forms a boundary with a landsite occupied exclusively by a use in the
“Housing (h)” group or with a landsite that is on the boundary of another borough.
The buffer strip must be contiguous with the landsite boundary line, be installed along its entire
length, except for a landsite entrance, an access aisle or a pedestrian access, and be composed of
the following elements:
1°
An opaque fence at least 1.8 m high.
2°
A strip of greenery at least 3 m wide, measured from the landsite boundary line,
composed of vegetation at least 1.8 m high and designed so as to cover any bare ground or
an evergreen tree plantation.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 12 : Provisions relative to the landscaping of open areas
222
A stand of conifers or a dense evergreen hedge, planted so as to create a visual screen. The trees
or shrubs must be at least 2 m high at the time of planting. The conifers may be spaced at
intervals of no more than 3 m, centre to centre.
The buffer strip must be completed within 12 months of the date of the issuance of the building
permit or certificate of authorization.
The present article does not apply in the following cases:
1°
When the use in the “Housing (h)” group is not authorized in the zone.
2°
When the use in the “Housing (h)” group is located in a zone in which the main land use
occupation is not “Housing (h)”.
3°
When Article 240 applies.
249. LANDSCAPING OF A BUFFER STRIP BORDERING A ZONE IN WHICH THE
MAIN LAND USE OCCUPATION IS “HOUSING (H)”, OR BORDERING A
“RECREATION (P1)” OR “INSTITUTION (P2)” USE
In the case of a landsite occupied by a main use in the “Industrial (i)” or by the “Heavy arterial
commercial activities, wholesale businesses and para-industrial services (c5)” or “ Services (p3)”
category of uses, a buffer strip must be installed on the landsite, along the entire length of a
landsite boundary line, other than a street line, that forms a boundary with a zone in which the
main land use occupation is “Housing (h)” or that forms a boundary with a zone in which a use in
the “Recreation (p1)” or “Institutions (p2)” category of uses is authorized.
In addition to the provisions applicable in the first clause, a buffer strip must be installed along
the e ntire length of any landsite boundary line that forms a boundary with a landsite occupied by
a main use in the “Extraction and primary processing of raw materials (i3)” use category.
The buffer strip must conform to the following provisions:
1°
The buffer strip must be contiguous with the landsite boundary line, be installed along its
entire length, except across a landsite entrance, an access aisle or a pedestrian access, and
be at least 5 m wide, measured from the landsite boundary line.
2°
Conifers or a dense evergreen hedge must be planted along the entire length of the buffer
strip, except across a landsite entrance, an access aisle or a pedestrian access, so as to
create a visual screen. The trees or shrubs must be at least 2 m high at the time of their
planting. The conifers may be planted at intervals of no more than 3 m, centre to centre.
3°
The buffer strip must be grassed or otherwise landscaped so as to cover any bare ground.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 12 : Provisions relative to the landscaping of open areas
223
4°
In a case where the buffer strip is occupied by existing woodland, the planting of trees is
not required insofar as the woodland becomes an integral part thereof and the continuity
of the conifers conforms to the provisions in Paragraph 2°.
The buffer strip must be completed within 12 months of the date of the issuance of the building
permit or certificate of authorization.
SECTION 4: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES
IN THE “AGRICULTURAL (A)” GROUP
241. LANDSCAPING OF OPEN AREAS FOR A USE IN THE “AGRICULTURAL (A)”
GROUP
The provisions in the present chapter apply to an additional use of “Dwelling associated with a
farm” as if it were a main use in the “Housing (h)” group.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 12 : Provisions relative to the landscaping of open areas
224
CHAPTER 13
PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO THE PLANTING AND
FELLING OF TREES
SECTION 1: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE PLANTING OF TREES
242. TREE PLANTING REQUIRED
During the construction or enlargement of a main building or when a certificate of authorization
for tree felling has been issued, trees must be planted on the landsite on which the work is being
carried out, in accordance with the following methods:
1°
In the case of a landsite occupied, or destined to be occupied, exclusively by a main use in
the “Housing (h)” group, or in the case of a landsite occupied by an additional use of
“Dwelling associated with a farm”, the following rules apply:
a)
At least 1 tree per lot must be planted on a landsite occupied by a use in the
“Single-family dwelling (h1)” and “Two-family and three-family dwelling (h2)”
categories;
b)
At least 1 tree per 250 m² of landsite area must be planted on a landsite occupied
by a use in the “Multi-family dwelling (h3)” and “Collective housing (h4)”
categories;
c)
At least 50% of the trees to be planted must be planted in the front yard: if only
one tree is required, it must be planted in the front yard;
d)
Any mature trees existing on the landsite at the time of the construction of the
main building may be included in the calculation for the number of trees required
above.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 13 : Provisions relative to the planting and felling of trees
225
2°
In the case of a landsite occupied or destined to be occupied by a main use that is not in
the “Housing (h)” group, or is not in a zone in which the main use land use occupation is
“Agricultural (A)”, at least 1 tree per 12 linear metres of the width of the landsite, and of
the depth of the landsite in the case of a corner landsite, as the case may be, must be
planted bordering any street line. The trees required in the grassed or otherwise
landscaped strip bordering any off-street parking area with 5 spaces or more in virtue of
Article 0 may be included in the calculation for the number of trees required in the present
paragraph.
For the application of the present article, a tree must have the following dimensions at the time of
its planting:
1°
Diameter of more than 5 cm measured at 25 cm from the adjacent grade level for a
deciduous tree.
2°
Height of at least 2 m for a conifer.
When the calculation for the number of trees required in virtue of the present article gives a result
with a fraction, the result must be rounded up to the nearest whole number.
The planting of trees required in virtue of the present article must be completed within 12 months
of the date of the issuance of the building permit or certificate of authorization.
Once planted, the trees must be maintained in good condition in terms of maintenance and
preservation. Should a tree need to be felled because it is dead, has an incurable disease or is
dangerous, it must be replaced within 30 days of felling.
SECTION 2 : PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO TREE MAINTENANCE
243. PRESERVATION, MAINTENANCE OR REPLACEMENT OF TREES REQUIRED
TO BE PLANTED ON A LANDSITE
A tree that is required to be planted in virtue of Article 242 must be preserved and maintained so
as to extend its life. Severe pruning or topping of a tree is not authorized. The creation of lesions,
incisions or notches, or the use of substances that could kill the tree, is also prohibited.
Should a tree need to be felled because it is dead, has an incurable disease or is dangerous, it must
be replaced within 30 days of felling.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 13 : Provisions relative to the planting and felling of trees
226
244. PROTECTION OF TREES PRESENT ON A LANDSITE DURING CONSTRUCTION
OR LANDSCAPING WORK
Trees with a DBH equal to or greater than 10 cm, present on a vacant landsite intended to be
occupied by a main building or on a built landsite on which a main building is to be enlarged,
must all be protected.
During construction work, the felling of trees must be limited to the area within the perimeter of
the main structure, including a strip maximum 5 m wide, with the exception of accessory
structures.
When trees need to be protected, the following provisions apply to encourage their survival:
1°
Trees that need to be protected must be clearly identified on the site.
2°
The existing grade level around the tree must not be modified. The only modifications
possible are the removal of turf and the planting of herbaceous vegetation in its place, as
well as the installation of a tree well around each tree or a common tree well for a group
of trees in the same sector, all for the purpose of protecting the trees.
3°
These tree wells must be at least 3 m in diameter when they surround a tree with a DBH
of less than 25 cm. In the case of a tree with a DBH of 25 cm or more, the well diameter
must not be less than 6 m.
4°
A fence with a minimum height of 1.2 m must be erected around a protection zone with a
radius on the ground, measured from the tree, of 10 cm for every centimetre of DBH of
the tree to be protected. This fence must be maintained in good condition and remain in
place throughout the construction or landscaping work.
5°
If work must be carried out inside the zone delineated in Paragraph 4°, a layer of noncompacting material, such as uniform, coarse gravel, wood chips or equivalent material, to
a minimum thickness of 30 cm, must be spread over the surface of any area involved in
the construction or landscaping work. This material must be placed over a geotextile
membrane permeable to air and water.
6°
Materials may not be stored, machinery moved or cars parked within the zone delineated
in Paragraph 4°.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 13 : Provisions relative to the planting and felling of trees
227
7°
Branches likely to be damaged must be protected or pruned back in accordance with best
practices. If, despite these precautions, branches are damaged during the work, they must
be pruned back immediately.
8°
Roots more than 5 cm in diameter uncovered during excavation work must be severed
cleanly with a sharp cutting tool.
9°
Using a tree as a support during construction, demolition or leveling work is prohibited.
Any mature trees that should have been protected but were not preserved must be replaced by
trees in conformity with Article 0.
SECTION 3 : PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE FELLING OF TREES
245. TREE FELLING
Other than the normal meaning, the following are considered as tree felling operations:
1°
Removal of more than 50% of the living crown;
2°
Severing, by pruning or cutting, of more than 50% of the root system;
3°
Covering the root system with an excessive backfill layer of 20 cm or more;
4°
Any other action having a causal link with the death of a tree that involves, in particular,
the use of a toxic product to ill a tree, destroying a tree or creating lesions or having
lesions created, more or less all around the trunk of a tree, in the bark, in the secondary
phloem or in the wood.
A certificate of authorization for the felling of a tree must be issued in one or other of the
following situations:
1°
The tree is dead.
2°
The tree shows evidence of irreversible dieback, possibly due to insect infestation or an
incurable disease for which control methods cannot be applied and for which tree felling
is the only intervention recommended to avoid transmitting the problem to other
neighboring trees.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 13 : Provisions relative to the planting and felling of trees
228
3°
The tree shows evidence of a structural defect affecting its sturdiness.
4°
The tree constitutes a nuisance for the growth of neighboring trees of greater ecological
value.
5°
The tree is located on the site, or more than 5 m, of a proposed structure, unless the
structure is a sign, an accessory structure or a retaining wall.
In addition, in the case where a tree, the felling of which is desired, is located in a wood identified
on the map “Le patrimoine naturel” in Appendix H, and the felling of which is for the purpose of
erecting a new building or enlarging an existing building, the proposed work must be conceived
so as to maximize the preservation of trees of great ecological or aesthetic interest.
Normal inconveniences related to the presence of a tree, in particular the falling of twigs, leaves,
flowers or fruit, the presence of roots on the surface of the ground, the presence of insects or
animals, shade, unpleasant odours, sap or honeydew excretions or the release of pollen, do not
constitute nuisances or damage.
Should the courtyard be re-landscaped, one tree may be felled provided that it is replaced by at
least two trees within three months.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 13 : Provisions relative to the planting and felling of trees
229
CHAPTER 14
PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO THE ARCHITECTURE AND THE
CONSTRUCTION OF THE BUILDINGS
SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL USES
246. FORM AND APPEARANCE OF THE BUILDINGS
A building may not be in the form of a human being, an animal, a fruit, a vegetable, a container, a
household appliance, a piece of furniture, a tank, a vehicle or part of a vehicle or any other similar
object.
A building may not be in the form of a dome or an arch if it is clad in a metal material.
247. STRUCTURE THAT MAY NOT BE USED AS A BUILDING
It is not permitted to use a tent-trailer, a container, a trailer, another type of vehicle or part of a
vehicle, including a rail or tram car, as a building, to convert such a structure into a building or to
install such a structure, permanently or temporarily, on a landsite in order to carry out a main,
additional, dependent or accessory use therein.
Notwithstanding the first clause, it is permitted to install a temporary tent-trailer on a landsite as a
site office or real estate sales office, during a fair, festival, public celebration or circus event, or as
a stand for the outdoor sale of Christmas trees.
248. MODULAR OR SINGLE-MODULE BUILDING
It i s not permitted to use a modular or single-module building for carrying out a main, additional,
dependent or accessory use, unless the use comes under code “471 – Telephone communication,
centre and network (except the use “4711 – Telephone exchange”)” in the sub-category “The
production of public services and related activities (p3b)”.
Notwithstanding the first clause, it is permitted to install a modular or single-module building
temporarily on a landsite as a site office or real estate sales office, for outdoor display in
accordance with the provisions in Article 0, during a fair, festival, public celebration or circus
event, or as a stand for the outdoor sale of Christmas trees.
249. EXTERIOR CLADDING MATERIALS PROHIBITED FOR A ROOF
The following materials are prohibited, in all zones, as exterior cladding materials for the roof of
a building or for the roof of a rooftop structure:
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 14 : Provisions relative to the architecture and the
construction of the buiding
230
249.1
N
1°
Black roofing paper or similar paper.
2°
Plastic sheeting, roof tarpaulin or fibreglass fabric.
3°
Straw.
4°
Ungalvanized aluminium or steel sheet, except for factory pre-painted or pre-baked metal
sheet.
5°
Panel made of fibreglass, polycarbonate, PVC or other derivative material.
Paragraph 4° does not apply to a building occupied by a main use in the “Agricultural (a)” group
or to an accessory use for this main use, but it does apply to a building occupied by the additional
use of “Dwelling associated with a farm”.
Paragraph 5° does not apply to a veranda, a solarium, a canopy or an awning in the “Housing (h)”
group and located in a rear yard.
EXTERIOR CLADDING MATERIALS PERMITTED FOR A ROOF
For a new construction or the complete renovation of a roof of an existing building, with a slope
of less than 2 vertical units in 12 horizontal units (2 : 12) or 16.7% for a portion of the roof
occupied by mechanical equipment or a terrace, only the following cladding materials are
permitted :
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 14 : Provisions relative to the architecture and the
construction of the buiding
231-1
1°
A green roof.
2°
A light-colored material or covered with a reflective coating or a light-colored ballast
whose solar reflectance index is of at least 0.66 attested by the manufacturer’s
specifications.
3°
A combination of the cladding materials identified in paragraphs 1° and 2°.
(CA29 0040-14 ; 2013-06-06)
250. EXTERIOR CLADDING MATERIALS AUTHORIZED FOR WALLS
The exterior cladding materials authorized in all zones for a wall of a building are limited to the
following:
1°
Clay, concrete or sand-lime brick;
2°
Natural or reconstituted stone;
3°
Ribbed glass block;
4°
Glass (curtain wall);
5°
Noble architectural block or concrete architectural block, split-faced or grooved;
6°
Concrete architectural panel;
7°
Stucco, with or without the addition of natural aggregates, with or without color added;
8°
Synthetic stucco, with or without the addition of natural aggregates, with or without color
added;
9°
Cedar, square log (pièce sur pièce) structures, torrefied wood siding or pressure-treated
wood;
10°
Vinyl, aluminium or masonite plank siding or panel;
11°
Factory pre-painted or pre-baked steel sheet or panel;
12°
Fibre reinforced cement panel or plank;
13°
Galvanized or pre-painted aluminium.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 14 : Provisions relative to the architecture and the
construction of the buiding
232
The present article does not apply to a solarium, a glazed atrium, a greenhouse or a building used
temporarily in accordance with the provisions in the present by-law.
251. MAINTENANCE AND PROTECTION OF EXTERIOR WOOD CLADDING
All exterior cladding must be maintained in good condition so as to preserve its quality and
original appearance.
All exterior wood cladding, with the exception of cedar, must be protected against inclement
weather by a coat of paint, stain or varnish, siding with a baked finish or any other rendering or
method certified for the protection of exterior wood cladding.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 14 : Provisions relative to the architecture and the
construction of the buiding
233
252. REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL USE GROUPS
In all cases, no more than 3 different cladding materials may be used on the walls of a building.
For the interpretation of the present clause, masonry elements such as brick, stone and concrete
block are considered as being a single exterior cladding material. In addition, materials used for
doors, windows, soffits, verandas, balconies and other similar components are not taken into
account when calculating the number of exterior cladding materials authorized.
The underside of a projecting or cantilevered window, and the top, as the case may be, must be
clad, on the projecting or cantilevered portion only, in an authorized material.
Gables and dormers must be clad in an authorized material. Pre-fabricated decorative panels or
elements may be made of a plastic material and this material is not taken into account when
calculating the number of materials authorized.
All walls of a building must have a minimum height of 2.3 m above the visible foundations and
be clad in a required material, established in accordance with the use group.
When it is necessary to calculate an area to determine the surface authorized for a type of
material, this calculation takes into account the total wall surface, whether or not there are
openings such as doors and windows.
253. UNIFORMITY OF EXTERIOR CLADDING MATERIALS FOR A BUILDING WITH
A SEMI-DETACHED OR ROWHOUSE STRUCTURE
All façades of a building, including the front façades of consecutive units and the side façades
located on the ends of a row or group of units, as well as the roofs, must have the same exterior
cladding materials.
254. EXTERIOR CLADDING MATERIALS FOR THE RENOVATION OF A MAIN
BUILDING
For an exterior renovation of a main building, in which the material is non-conforming, the
conditions listed in article 358 are applicable.
For the exterior cladding materials authorized for this façade must meet the requirements
prescribed in articles 262 to 264 and 268.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 14 : Provisions relative to the architecture and the
construction of the buiding
234
In addition, only an authorized material may be used for the addition or enlargement of a portico.
For a use in the “Single-family dwelling (h1)” category, the conversion of a private garage,
attached to or integrated into the main building as a habitable room, is authorized on condition
that the exterior walls of the private garage are integrated with those of the main building.
255. EXTERIOR CLADDING MATERIALS FOR A BUILDING LOCATED ON A
CORNER LANDSITE, A CORNER THROUGH LANDSITE OR A THROUGH
LANDSITE
The exterior cladding materials authorized for a building located on a corner landsite, a corner
through landsite or a through landsite must be the same as those used for the main façade of the
building.
256. ROOF SHAPES
M
Mansard roofs are permitted only for a building occupied by a use in the category “Single-family
dwelling (h1)” for the type “cottage”, but may cover only the complete second storey.
(CA29 0040-14 ; 2013-06-06)
257. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT FOR THE BUILDING
Mechanical equipment for the building, located on the roof, must be placed so as not to be visible
from the street or from landsites contiguous with the landsite on which the building is located or
be completely concealed by an architectural screen made of the exterior cladding materials
authorized for the walls of the building.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 14 : Provisions relative to the architecture and the
construction of the buiding
235
258. ROOFTOP STRUCTURE AND ROOFTOP HOUSING FOR EQUIPMENT
A rooftop structure or a rooftop housing for equipment located on the roof of a building must be
at least 4.5 m away from the side or front walls and be completely concealed by an architectural
screen made of the exterior cladding materials authorized for the walls of the building. This
provision does not apply to a glazed elevator from which the view is to the outside of the
building.
259. PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO MICROCLIMATIC EFFECTS
The provisions in the present article apply to the construction of any new main building that
presents the following two characteristics:
1°
Its height is at least 23 m or more than 6 storeys;
2°
Its height exceeds, by at least half, the average height in metres of buildings located within
a radius of 50 m.
For the application of the present article, a building with a height that is not in conformity with
the provisions of the zoning bylaw in force is excluded from the calculation of the average height.
The following provisions apply to a structure targeted by the present article:
1°
The structure must try to avoid having an effect on the amounts of natural daylight and
sunlight reaching neighbouring residential properties and the amount of sunlight reaching
streets, parks and public places.
2°
The structure must not create wind impacts with an average speed at ground level,
calculated hourly, greater than 15 km/h in winter and 22 km/h in summer, with a
maximum surpassing frequency of 25% of the time on a public thoroughfare and 10% of
the time in a park, public place or area for relaxation.
3°
The structure must not create wind gusts at ground level that exceed a ground speed of
75 km/h for more than 1% of the time; the period of reference for measuring the gust is 2
seconds or less, with 2% turbulence.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 14 : Provisions relative to the architecture and the
construction of the buiding
236
260. FOUNDATIONS
A main building occupied by a use in the “Single-family dwelling (h1)” or “Two-family or threefamily dwelling (h2)” category must be on a continuous foundation. However, a part of a
building in these groups, with an area of less than 25 m2, may be erected on poured concrete
piers or on helical piers, on condition that they are approved by an engineer and are hidden
from view from the street by means of a coniferous hedge or a fence.
The above-ground portion of the continuous foundation must be covered with a cement
rendering.
The foundation wall that is above ground on the main façade must not be apparent beyond a
height of 400 mm above the grade level adjacent to that wall.
261. STORAGE AREA
In an indoor storage area with a minimum floor area of two square metres (2 m2) per dwelling
unit must be provided in a building occupied by a use in the “Multi-family dwelling (h3)”
category.
SECTION 2: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE HOUSING (H) GROUP
262. EXTERIOR WALL CLADDING MATERIALS AUTHORIZED FOR A USE IN THE
“SINGLE-FAMILY DWELLING (H1)” CATEGORY
All walls on the first floor, up to a height above the foundation of 2.3 m, of a building occupied
by a use in the “Single-family dwelling (h1)” category must be clad in masonry or fibre
reinforced cement. When the building has only one storey or one and a half storeys, this
requirement applies up to the underside of the roof. However, it is permitted to use another type
of exterior cladding material on cantilevered walls, on condition that this other type of material
occupies an area of not more than 30% of the total surface area of each façade and that it is
included in the list of authorized exterior cladding materials listed in Article 250.
263. EXTERIOR WALL CLADDING MATERIALS AUTHORIZED FOR A USE IN THE
“TWO-FAMILY OR THREE-FAMILY DWELLING (H2)” CATEGORY
All walls, measured from the foundation up to the level of the ceiling on the second floor, of a
building occupied by a use in the “Two-family and three-family dwelling (h2)” category must be
clad in masonry.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 14 : Provisions relative to the architecture and the
construction of the buiding
237
However, it is permitted to use another type of exterior cladding material, on condition that this
other type of material occupies an area of not more than 30% of the total surface area of each
façade of the building, that it is placed above the foundation by at least 2.3 m, and that it is
included in the list of authorized exterior cladding materials listed in Article 1°.
264. EXTERIOR WALL CLADDING MATERIALS AUTHORIZED FOR A USE IN THE
“MULTI-FAMILY DWELLING (H3)” AND “COLLECTIVE HOUSING (H4)”
CATEGORIES
All walls in a building occupied by a use in the “Multi-family dwelling (h3)” and “Collective
housing (h4)” categories must be clad in stone, brick, architectural concrete or glass.
However, it is permitted to use another type of exterior cladding material, on condition that this
other type of material occupies an area of not more than 30% of the total surface area of each
façade of the building, that it is placed above the foundation by at least 2.3 m, and that it is
included in the list of authorized exterior cladding materials listed in Article 1°.
265. EXTERIOR WALL CLADDING MATERIALS AUTHORIZED FOR A PRIVATE
GARAGE DETACHED FROM THE MAIN BUILDING
All walls of a private garage detached from a main building that are visible from a street must be
clad in an authorized material that is similar to that or those used to clad the main building that it
serves.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 14 : Provisions relative to the architecture and the
construction of the buiding
238
266. VOLUMETRY OF DETACHED AND SEMI-DETACHED DWELLINGS
A building serving a use in the “Single-family dwelling (h1)”, “Two-family and three-family
dwelling (h2)” and “Collective Housing (h4)” categories where the structure is detached or semidetached must have, on the main or side façade, a minimum setback of 60 cm on at least one
storey, or offer two different roof heights.
The main façade or the façade with the main entrance to the building serving a use in the “Multifamily dwelling (h3)” category must have a minimum setback of 60 cm up the entire height of
the building. On the side façade, chimneys are not considered as setbacks.
267. NUMBER AND EXTERIOR APPEARANCE OF GARAGE DOORS IN THE
“HOUSING (H)” GROUP
The maximum prescribed width for a single garage door is set at 3 m, and that for a double
garage door is set at 5m. The maximum number of garage doors for uses in the “Housing (h)”
group is established as follows:
1°
For uses in the “Single-family dwelling (h1)” and “Two-family and three-family
dwelling (h2)” categories that have a maximum of 2 dwelling units and a detached or
semi-detached structure, 2 single doors or 1 double door may be installed on the main
façade of each building.
2°
For uses in the “Single-family dwelling (h1)” category with a rowhouse structure and in
the “Two-family and three-family dwelling (h2)” category that have a maximum of
3 dwelling units and a detached or semi-detached structure, 1 single or double door may
be installed on the main façade of each unit.
3°
For uses in the “Multi-family dwelling (h3)” and “Collective Housing (h4)” categories,
garage doors are permitted on any façade facing a street on condition that is it not visible
from the street. A maximum of 4 single or double doors may be installed per building.
In all cases, there must never be more than 2 consecutive garage doors. For the purposes of the
present article, doors must be at least 3.65 m apart in order for them not to be considered
“consecutive”.
SECTION 3: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE COMMERCIAL (C),
INDUSTRIAL (I), COMMUNITY (P) AND RECREATIONAL (R) GROUPS
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 14 : Provisions relative to the architecture and the
construction of the buiding
239
268. EXTERIOR WALL CLADDING MATERIALS AUTHORIZED
All walls of a building, from the foundation up, must be clad in stone, brick, architectural
concrete panels or glass.
However, it is permitted to use another type of exterior cladding material, on condition that this
other type of material is placed at a distance of at least 2.3 m above the foundation, that it is
included in the list of authorized exterior cladding materials listed in Article 250 and that it does
not exceed the following proportions, established according to the type of use:
1°
50% of the surface area of each façade of a building occupied by a use in the
“Commercial (c)” group, except for the specific use “6541 – Childcare services for 10 or
more children”, or by a use in the “Industrial (i)” group.
2°
10% of the surface area of each façade of a building occupied by a use in the “Community
(p)” or “Recreational (r)” group or the specific use “6541 – Childcare services for 10 or
more children”.
269. PROVISION APPLICABLE TO A GARAGE SERVING A USE IN THE
“COMMERCIAL (C)” GROUP
The total width of a garage door installed on a building occupied by a use in “Commercial (c)”
group and facing a street is limited to 7.6 m. If it is on a wall facing a street, a garage door must
be completely glazed.
SECTION 4: PROVISION APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE AGRICULTURAL (A) GROUP
270. FORM AND APPEARANCE OF AGRICULTURAL BUILDINGS
Notwithstanding Article 246, a building occupied by a use in the “Agricultural (a)” group may be
in the form of a dome or an arch if it is clad in a metal material.
271. EXTERIOR WALL CLADDING
AGRICULTURAL BUILDING
MATERIALS
AUTHORIZED
FOR
AN
Notwithstanding Article 249, aluminium sheet, ungalvanized steel sheet, concrete block, cotton
fabric, plastic sheeting or vinyl sheeting may be used as an exterior cladding material on a wall of
a building occupied by a use in the “Agricultural (a)” group.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 14 : Provisions relative to the architecture and the
construction of the buiding
240
272. ARCHITECTURE OF A BUILDING FOR A DWELLING ASSOCIATED WITH A
FARM
The provisions of the present chapter apply to the additional use of “Dwelling associated with a
farm” as if it were a main use in the “Housing (h)” group.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 14 : Provisions relative to the architecture and the
construction of the buiding
241
CHAPTER 15
PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO FENCES AND WALLS
SECTION 1: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL USES
273. SITING OF A FENCE OR A WALL
A fence or a wall must be installed at a minimum distance of 2 m from any street line and at least
1 m from any fire hydrant.
274. MATERIALS AUTHORIZED FOR A FENCE
Only the following materials are authorized for the construction of a fence:
1°
Ornamental metal assembly, such as wrought iron, welded iron or aluminium, cast iron
assembly.
2°
Steel or aluminium chain link with a tubular frame.
3°
Wood or PVC lattice.
4°
Wood planking and wood shingles.
5°
Un-planed, natural wood rails.
6°
Concrete, wood or metal for the support posts for the fence.
7°
Polyvinyl chloride resin (PVC).
In addition to the materials listed in the first clause, it is permitted to use factory pre-baked, pre-painted
sheet metal for the construction of a fence around a storage area if the landsite is located in a zone
in which the main land use occupation is “Industrial (i)” or if it is used by a use in the “The
production of public services and related activities (p3b)” use category.
Components of a fence must be maintained in good condition at all times.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 15 : Provisions relative to fences and walls
242
275. MATERIALS AUTHORIZED FOR A WALL OTHER THAN A RETAINING WALL
Only the following materials are authorized for the construction of a wall other than a retaining
wall:
1°
Masonry in fieldstone, dressed stone, brick or architectural block or split-faced or grooved
block.
2°
Masonry in breezeblock or non-architectural concrete block, provided that the entire
surface is covered with cement or acrylic rendering or with decorative elements made of
moulded concrete.
Concrete may be used for the foundations or for the coping on a wall or a pier. Decorative
elements made of moulded concrete may be inserted.
No part of the foundations of a wall may be visible on the side facing the street for a height
distance of more than 40 cm above the finished grade level.
Components of a wall must be maintained in good condition at all times.
276. SNOW FENCE
A snow fence is permitted between October 15 of one year and April 15 of the following year. It
may be installed anywhere on the landsite. However, it may not be used to separate circulation
aisles or shared parking areas.
277. OBLIGATION TO INSTALL A FENCE ON A CONSTRUCTION SITE
When construction work is being carried out within 2 m of the line of a public thoroughfare, the
construction site must be fenced to provide protection for the public.
278. MATERIALS AUTHORIZED FOR A RETAINING WALL
Only the following materials may be used for the construction of a retaining wall:
1°
Masonry element.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 15 : Provisions relative to fences and walls
243
2°
Dry stone.
3°
Grading block.
Non-architectural concrete blocks used for the construction of a retaining wall must be
completely hidden by a fence that is opaque over 80% of its surface, by a coniferous hedge or by
wood trellis, covered in climbing plants, on which the spaces between the trellis slats are not
more than 5 cm across. A geo-textile fabric must be installed on the side of the wall that retains
the earth, and a drain must be placed in accordance with best practices.
Components of a retaining wall must be maintained in good condition at all times.
279. OBLIGATION TO ERECT A RETAINING WALL
A retaining wall must be erected on a landsite when the grade is higher than that of the
neighbouring landsite by 1 m, measured inside a strip 2 m wide on each side of the contiguous
landsite boundary line.
280. OBLIGATION TO INSTALL A FENCE ON A RETAINING WALL
A retaining wall must have a fence, minimum 1 m high, installed on top of it, at locations where
the wall is more than 1.8 m high; this height is measured up the side of the wall at the point where
the grade level is lowest.
SECTION 2: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A USE IN THE HOUSING (H) GROUP
281 MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF A FENCE OR A WALL OTHER THAN A RETAINING
WALL
The maximum height for a fence or a wall other than a retaining wall located on a landsite on
which is erected a building that houses, exclusively, a main use in the “Housing (h)” group is:
1°
1.2 m in the front yard.
2°
2 m in all setbacks and in yards not targeted in paragraph 1°.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 15 : Provisions relative to fences and walls
244
Notwithstanding Paragraph 1°, when the depth of the front yard is greater than 15 m, a fence may
have a maximum height of 1.6 m, on condition that the fence is made of ornamental wrought iron
and masonry piers, placed at least 2.5 m apart.
282. OBLIGATION TO INSTALL A FENCE BETWEEN USES IN THE “HOUSING (H)”
GROUP
A fence must be installed on a landsite occupied by or intended to be occupied by a use in the
“Multi-family dwelling (h3)” category when this landsite is adjacent to a landsite occupied by or
intended to be occupied by a use in the “Single-family dwelling (h1)” category. The fence must
be installed on the landsite boundary line that separates the two uses, be 2 m high and consist of
openwork for a maximum of 20% of its surface.
Notwithstanding the first clause, a coniferous hedge may replace the fence on condition that the
hedge is 2 m high.
283. OBLIGATION TO INSTALL A FENCE BETWEEN A REAR YARD AND A STREET
LINE
When the rear yard of a landsite occupied by a use in the “Housing (h)” group is adjacent to a
street, a fence or a coniferous hedge must be installed in the rear yard. The fence must be chain
link and be openwork for a maximum of 20% of its surface. The fence or coniferous hedge must
be at least 1.8 m high.
In the case of a fence installed on top of a retaining wall, the fence must extend to the lowest
grade level so as to hide the wall.
284. FENCE OR WALL OTHER THAN A RETAINING WALL FOR A HOUSING
DEVELOPMENT
A fence, wall or hedge must be installed on a landsite on which a housing development with 5 or
more dwelling units is being constructed. The fence, wall or hedge must be 2 m high.
If the wall includes piers, these may be maximum 2.5 m high and they must be placed at least 2.5
m apart. These piers may be topped with ornamentation, to make a total height of 3.5 m. In
addition, the entrances to the development may be emphasized with piers up to 4 m high,
including ornamentation. In all cases, the triangle of visibility must be respected.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 15 : Provisions relative to fences and walls
245
SECTION 3: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A USE IN THE “COMMERCIAL (C)”,
“INDUSTRIAL (I)”, “COMMUNITY (P)” AND “RECREATIONAL (R)” GROUPS
285. MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF A FENCE OR WALL OTHER THAN A RETAINING
WALL
The maximum height of a fence or wall other than a retaining wall, located on a landsite on
which is erected a building that houses a use in the “Commercial (c)”, “Industrial (i)”,
“Community (p)” and “Recreational (r)” groups, is as follows:
1°
1.2 m in the front yard.
2°
2 m in all yards not targeted in Paragraph 1°.
An opaque fence is not permitted in a front yard.
286. OBLIGATION TO INSTALL A FENCE BETWEEN USES IN THE “HOUSING (H)”
GROUP
A chain link fence must be installed on a landsite occupied by or intended to be occupied by a use
in the “Commercial (c)” or “Industrial (i)” group when this landsite is adjacent to a landsite
occupied by or intended to be occupied by a use in the “Housing (h)” or “Community (p)” group.
The fence must be installed on the landsite boundary line separating these two uses, be 2 m high
and have visual openings over a maximum of 20% of its surface through privacy slats or conifer
plantings.
287. OBLIGATION TO INSTALL A FENCE BETWEEN A REAR YARD AND A STREET
LINE
When the rear yard of a landsite occupied by a use in the “Commercial (c)”, “Industrial (i)”,
“Community (p)” or “Recreational (r)” group is adjacent to a street, a fence or a coniferous hedge
must be installed in the rear yard. The fence must be chain link and be openwork over a
maximum of 20% of its surface. The fence or the hedge must be at least 1.85 m high.
This article does not apply if the rear yard is occupied by an off-street parking area and if an
embankment has been installed in conformity with Article 201.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 15 : Provisions relative to fences and walls
246
288. BARBED WIRE ON TOP OF A FENCE OR A WALL OTHER THAN A RETAINING
WALL
Notwithstanding Article 274, it is permitted to install barbed wire on top of a fence or a wall
located on a landsite on which is erected a building that houses a main use in the “Industrial (i)”
group, in the “Commercial (c)” group, in the “Service (p3)” use category, in the “Recreational
(r)” group, or uses in the sub-category p2d, on the following conditions:
1°
The fence on which the barbed wire is installed is located in the rear yard.
2°
The barbed wire is installed facing towards the interior of the landsite at the top of the
fence or the wall, forming a 45° angle with the fence or wall.
3°
The barbed wire must not consist of more than 3 strands.
4°
The barbed wire must be installed on a fence or a wall, other than a retaining wall, with a
height of at least 2 m.
SECTION 4: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO A USE
IN THE AGRICULTURAL (A) GROUP
289. FENCE OR WALL FOR A USE IN THE AGRICULTURAL (A) GROUP
The provisions of the present chapter apply to an additional use of “Dwelling associated with a
farm” as if it were a main use in the “Housing (h)” group.
290. BARBED WIRE ON TOP OF A FENCE OR A WALL OTHER THAN A RETAINING
WALL
Notwithstanding Article 274, it is permitted to install barbed wire on top of a fence or a wall
located on a landsite occupied by a main use in the “Agricultural (a)” group, unless the fence or
wall is adjacent to a landsite occupied by the “Housing (h)” or “Community (p)” groups.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 15 : Provisions relative to fences and walls
247
CHAPTER 16
PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO THE PROTECTION
OF RIVERBANKS AND SHORELINES
SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS
291. WATERCOURSES AND LAKES TARGETED
The provisions in the present section apply to all parts of the riverbank or shoreline of a lake or a
watercourse.
292. PROTECTION OF THE SHORELINE
The installation of a work project or a structure and the execution of the work involved therein,
including earthmoving, are prohibited on or above the shoreline of a lake or a watercourse.
Notwithstanding the first clause, the following work projects, structures and work are permitted,
if their execution is not incompatible with other protection measures prescribed for flood plains:
1°
A wharf, quay or shelter for boat passengers built on piers or pilings, or a floating dock.
2°
Installation of water intakes.
3°
Encroachment on the shoreline necessary for work to stabilize the bank when such work
is authorized.
4°
Installations for water crossings such as fords, culverts and bridges.
5°
Installation, for agricultural purposes, of channels to direct or divert water for drawing off
water in cases where the installation of these channels is subject to obtaining an
authorization in virtue of the Environment Quality Act (R.S.Q., c.Q-2).
6°
Maintenance, repair or demolition of an existing structure or work project that is not used
for municipal, industrial, commercial or public purposes or for public access.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 16 : Provisions relative to the protection of riverbanks and shorelines
248
7°
Cleaning and maintenance, without excavation, of a watercourse, carried out by the
municipality under the powers conferred to it or the duties incumbent on it in virtue of the
law.
8°
Structures, work projects and work for municipal, commercial, industrial or public
purposes or for public access, including their maintenance, repair or demolition,
authorized in virtue of the Environment Quality Act (R.S.Q., c.Q-2), the Act respecting
the conservation and development of wildlife (R.S.Q., c-C6.1), the Watercourses Act
(R.S.Q., c R-13).
293. WIDTH OF THE RIVERBANK
For the application of the provisions in the present chapter, the width of a riverbank is established
as follows:
1°
The riverbank is 10 m wide, measured horizontally from the line of high water towards
the interior of the land:
2°
a)
When the landsite has a continuous slope of less than or equal to 30%.
b)
When the landsite has an embankment less than 5 m high with a slope of more
than 30%.
The riverbank is 15 m wide, measured horizontally from the line of high water towards
the interior of the land:
a)
When the landsite has a continuous slope of more than 30%.
b)
When the landsite has an embankment of more than 5 m high.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 16 : Provisions relative to the protection of riverbanks and shorelines
249
Riverbank with continuous slope of less than
or equal to 30%
Riverbank with an embankment less than 5
metres high and a slope of more than 30%
Riverbank with a continuous slope of more
than 30%
Riverbank with an embankment more than 5
metres high
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 16 : Provisions relative to the protection of riverbanks and shorelines
250
294. PROTECTION OF THE RIVERBANK
The installation of a work project or a structure and the execution of the work involved therein,
including earthmoving and tree felling, are prohibited on or above the shoreline of a lake or a
watercourse.
Notwithstanding the first clause, the following work projects, structures and work are permitted,
if their execution is not incompatible with other protection measures prescribed for flood plains:
1°
Maintenance, repair or demolition of an existing structure or work project that is not used
for municipal, industrial, commercial or public purposes or for public access.
2°
3°
Construction or enlargement of a main building that is not used for municipal, industrial,
commercial or public purposes or for public access, under the following conditions:
a)
The dimensions of the lot no longer permit the construction or enlargement of this
main building following the creation of a protection strip for the riverbank, and it
cannot be reasonably carried out elsewhere on the landsite;
b)
The subdivision was done prior to the coming into force of the first municipal bylaw prohibiting construction on the bank, i.e., December 21,1983;
c)
The lot is not located in a zone at high risk for erosion;
d)
It is obligatory to preserve a protection strip for the riverbank, with a minimum
width of 5 m, in its current state, or to landscape it in order to return it to its
natural state.
The construction of an accessory building such as a garage, a storage shed or a garden
shed, or the construction of a swimming pool in the part containing the protection strip for
the riverbank that is not in its natural state, under the following conditions:
a)
The dimensions of the lot no longer permit the construction of this accessory
building, following the creation of the protection strip for the riverbank;
b)
The subdivision was done prior to the coming into force of the first municipal bylaw prohibiting construction on the riverbank, i.e., December 21,1983;
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 16 : Provisions relative to the protection of riverbanks and shorelines
251
c)
It is obligatory to preserve a protection strip for the riverbank, with a minimum
width of 5 m, in its current state, or to landscape it in order to return it to its
natural state;
d)
The accessory building must stand on the land without any earthmoving.
4°
Installation of fences.
5°
Installation or construction of outfalls from the underground or surface drainage system
and installation of pumping stations.
6°
Installation of water crossings such as fords, culverts and bridges, as well as paths and
roadways providing access to them.
7°
Any septic installation in conformity with the Regulation respecting waste water disposal
systems for isolated dwellings (R.S.Q., 1981, c.Q-2, r.8).
8°
Stabilization work, by means of planting vegetation or by mechanical means, for the bank
when the slope, the nature of the soil and the landsite conditions do not allow the
vegetation cover and the natural character of the bank to be re-established. The
stabilization work, whether planted or mechanical, must be carried out using riprap,
gabions or retaining walls and must, in this case, be carried out by giving priority to the
technique most likely to facilitate the future installation of natural vegetation and attached
to the present by-law as Appendix “J” and forming an integral part thereof.
9°
Installation of individual wells.
10°
Reconstruction or enlargement of an existing highway or road, including farm roads.
11°
Installations and work necessary for carrying out construction, projects and work
authorized on the shoreline in conformity with Article 0.
12°
Structures, installations and work for municipal, commercial, industrial and public
purposes and for public access, including their maintenance, repair or demolition,
authorized in virtue of the Environment Quality Act (R.S.Q., c.Q-2).
13°
Sanitation cutting: under no circumstances may sanitation cutting leave the soil bare.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 16 : Provisions relative to the protection of riverbanks and shorelines
252
14°
Tree felling necessary for the installation of an authorized structure or work project.
15°
When the slope of the riverbank is less than 30%, the work and the installations necessary
for creating an opening to provide access to a watercourse, with a maximum width of 5 m,
created by pruning and trimming or by the felling of trees and bushes.
16°
When the slope of the riverbank is greater than 30%, the creation of a window with a
maximum width of 5 m, created by pruning and trimming of trees and bushes, as well as a
footpath or staircase providing access to the body of water.
17°
The sowing and the planting of plants, trees and shrubs for the purpose of re-establishing a
sustainable, permanent vegetation cover, and the work necessary for these purposes.
18°
Cultivating the soil for farming purposes inside the permanent agricultural zone under the
meaning of the Act respecting the preservation of agricultural land and agricultural
activities (P-41.1) under the following conditions:
a)
A protection strip for the riverbank, 1 m wide measured from the top of the
embankment towards the interior of the land, must be maintained in cases where
there is an embankment and the distance between the base of the embankment and
the high-water mark is less than 3 m.
b)
A protection strip for the bank, 1 m wide measured from the top of the
embankment towards the interior of the land, must be maintained in cases where
there is no embankment and the distance between the base of the embankment
and the line of high water is less than 3 m.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 16 : Provisions relative to the protection of riverbanks and shorelines
253
CHAPTER 17
PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO FLOODPLAINS
295. IDENTIFICATION OF THE ZONES LOCATED ON FLOODPLAINS
M
High-flow flood zones (0-20 years) and low-flow flood zones (20-100 years) are identified by
maps, elevations, tables and exemption documents attached to this by-law as Appendix “E” as an
integral part thereof.
(CA29 0040-19; 2015-04-28)
296. SCOPE OF THE STANDARDS APPLICABLE IN A FLOODPLAIN
M
For the application of the provisions in the present chapter, the word “construction” designates
any installation, structure or work.
For the portions of the territory targeted by the maps and the elevations mentioned in Article 295:
1°
The provisions prescribed in Article 297 for the high-flow flood zone apply to all parts of
a landsite located within the boundaries of a 20-year flood risk zone;
2°
The provisions prescribed in Article 298 for the low-flow flood zone apply to all parts of a
landsite located within the boundaries of a 100-year flood risk zone, but located outside
the boundaries of a 20-year flood risk zone.
M
When a provision in the present chapter refers to an elevation in relation to a flood level, the
elevation must be confirmed on a drawing validated by a member of the Ordre des arpenteursgéomètres du Québec.
N
However, if recorded flood elevations are identifying an environment closed on the building, that
closed environment is not subject to prohibitions or restrictions applicable, according to the
circumstances, to the high-flow or low-flow flood zone if the record shows that the closed
environment is not connecting with the stream.
(CA29 0040-5; 2011-08-30)
297. STANDARDS APPLICABLE IN A 0–20-YEAR HIGH-FLOW ZONE OF A
FLOODPLAIN
The installation of a work project or structure and execution of the work is prohibited in a 0-20year high-flow flood zone.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 17 : Provisions relative to floodplains
254
Notwithstanding the first clause, the following installations, structures and work are permitted, on
condition that their execution is not incompatible with the provisions relative to the protection of
banks and shorelines listed in Chapter 16 (protection of riverbanks and shorelines) in this by-law:
1°
Work intended to maintain the landsite in good condition.
2°
Work intended to maintain, repair, modernize, or demolish an existing structure or
installation, on condition that the work does not increase the area of the property exposed
to flooding. However, during the modernization or reconstruction of an infrastructure
related to a public thoroughfare, the area of the installation exposed to flooding may be
increased by 25% for reasons of public safety or to render the installation in conformity
with the applicable standards. Any major work carried out on a structure or installation
must be immunized in conformity with the provisions of the construction by-law in force.
3°
Work on an installation, carried out by a government, one of its ministries or
organizations, necessary to the activities of maritime traffic, such as a wharf, a breakwater,
a canal or a lock, as well as fixed navigation aids. The portions of an installation that lie
below the 100-year flood level must be immunized in conformity with the provisions of
the construction by-law in force.
4°
Work on an underground installation for a public utility service such as a pipeline, an
electrical or telephone line, or a water supply or sewer pipe that has no service entry for a
structure or installation located in a high-flow flood zone.
5°
Construction of an underground water supply or sewer system in a sector already
constructed but not yet provided with these services, with the sole purpose of servicing a
structure or installation already existing on the date of the coming into force of the interim
control by-law of the Montreal Urban Community on December 21, 1983.
6°
Work on a septic installation intended to service an existing structure or installation. The
septic installation must be in conformity with the Regulation respecting waste water
disposal systems for isolated dwellings (R.S.Q., 1981, c.Q-2, r.8).
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 17 : Provisions relative to floodplains
255
7°
Improvements to or replacement of a well for an existing dwelling or establishment, on
condition that the well is replaced by a tubular well, constructed so as to limit the risk of
contamination by sealing the annulus with impermeable materials so as to be durable as
well as to avoid submersion.
8°
Constructing an open structure, involving no earthmoving, used for recreational purposes,
other than a golf course.
9°
Reconstruction of an installation or structure that was destroyed by a catastrophe other
than a flood. The reconstructed installation or structure must be immunized in conformity
with the provisions in the construction by-law in force.
10°
Wildlife installation that requires no backfilling. A wildlife installation that requires
backfilling may be authorized subject to obtaining authorization in virtue of the
Environment Quality Act (R.S.Q., c. Q-2).
11°
Work to drain land.
12°
Farming activities that do not involve earthmoving.
Adding a storey or developing the interior of a storey that is partially or entirely below the 100year flood level, and the partial or complete reconstruction of foundations, constitute major work.
298. STANDARDS APPLICABLE IN A 20–100-YEAR LOW-FLOW FLOOD ZONE
In a 20–100-year low-flow flood zone, the following installations, structures and work are
authorized:
1°
Structure or installation immunized in conformity with the provisions of the construction
by-law in force.
2°
Backfilling work required for immunizing an authorized structure or installation.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 17 : Provisions relative to floodplains
256
299. STANDARDS FOR MINIMUM ELEVATIONS FOR BASEMENTS IN ZONES
LOCATED BELOW THE LEVEL SHOWN ON PLAN 1099-2 ILLUSTRATING THE
DRAINAGE BASINS
No structure, part of a structure or opening is permitted on a landsite located outside a floodplain
below the elevation prescribed for this landsite on Plan number 1099-2, titled “Les élévations
minimales de construction des sous-sols suivant les bassins de drainage de surface” and dated
February 20, 2008 and attached to this by-law as Appendix D, of which it forms an integral part.
This prohibition does not apply to:
1°
In so far the construction of a crawl space or a basement is in conformity with the
following conditions:
a)
the building is equipped with an automatic lift pump with a minimum capacity of 2.5
litters per second.
b)
the plan be approved by an engineer, and must specify all other additional measures of
protection deemed necessary.
c)
an attestation of conformity for the work be produced by the engineer and sent to the
borough.
d) no opening is located below the elevation corresponding to the minimum elevation zone
required for the construction of basements as identified on Appendix “D” plan;
2°
The poured foundations of a building;
3°
An impermeable elevator shaft or any similarly shaped pit provided it is equipped with a
water drainage system;
4°
An accessory structure in the “Housing (h)” group;
(CA29 0040-5; 2011-08-30)
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 17 : Provisions relative to floodplains
257
CHAPTER 18
PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO SIGNAGE
300. SCOPE OF THE CHAPTER
The provisions in the present chapter apply to all signs, including their supports, installed outside
a building or on a landsite.
Subject to the provisions governing acquired rights, the provisions in the present chapter apply to
all existing and all new signs.
When they refer to a use, the provisions in the present chapter are referring to the classification of
the uses, established in Chapter 4.
SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO
DIFFERENT TYPES OF SIGNS
SUB-SECTION 1: TYPOLOGY AND FEATURES OF THE SIGNS
301. AUTHORIZED SIGN TYPOLOGIES
The only typologies that may be authorized for a sign are the following:
1°
Common sign.
2°
Commercial sign.
3°
Community sign.
4°
Variable message sign.
5°
Identification sign.
6°
Directional sign.
7°
Temporary sign.
8°
Advertising panel.
The sign typology may vary by zone or by the type of use. When a provision in the present
chapter indicates that all the sign typologies are permitted, only the typologies listed in the first
clause are permitted.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 18 : Provisions relative to signage
258
302. PROVISIONS SPECIFIC TO A VARIABLE MESSAGE SIGN
A variable message sign may be integrated into any authorized type of sign. A variable message
sign must be in conformity with the following provisions:
1°
The surface area of the variable message sign is limited to 50% of the area of the sign into
which it is integrated, without exceeding 5 m².
2°
The surface area of the variable message sign must be taken into account when calculating
the total surface area of signs.
SUB-SECTION 2: INSTALLATION OF ATTACHED SIGNS
303. INSTALLATION METHODS PERMITTED
The installation methods permitted for an attached sign are the following:
1°
Wall sign.
2°
Sign on a display window or on glazing.
3°
Awning sign.
4°
Banner sign.
304. SITING OF AN ATTACHED SIGN
An attached sign may be installed in any yard and, in the case of a sign in a display window or on
glazing, in any opening on a building.
305. WALL SIGN
A wall sign must conform to the following provisions:
1°
The sign must be installed on a building or on a canopy attached to or detached from the
building.
2°
The sign may project no more than 0.30 m from the wall of the building or canopy on
which it is installed.
3°
No part of the sign may extend past the top, the base or the side edges of the wall of a
building, the side of the canopy or the part of the building or structure to which it is fixed.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 18 : Provisions relative to signage
259
4°
In all cases, a sign attached above the floor level of the second storey may not contain
detachable letters, symbols or logos and must be located on the façade associated with the
store targeted by the sign.
306. SIGN ON A DISPLAY WINDOW OR ON GLAZING
Unless otherwise indicated, a display window sign or a sign on glazing must conform to the
following provisions:
1°
The display window sign may be inside or outside the glazing.
2°
Only the following sign types are permitted for a display window sign:
a)
A non-illuminated sign, incorporated into or fixed onto a non-illuminated board
suspended behind the glass.
b)
An illuminated sign, incorporated into or fixed onto a transparent board suspended
behind the glass.
c)
An illuminated digital message sign suspended behind the glass.
3°
A display window sign and a sign on the glazing may not be placed in the same opening.
4°
The total surface area of the signs may not exceed 20% of the surface area of the glazing
of the opening in which they are placed.
307. BANNER OR AWNING SIGN
A sign on a banner or awning must conform to the following provisions:
1°
The banner or awning must be installed on the wall of a building.
2°
All parts of the banner or awning must be at least 2.4 m above a circulation surface.
SUB-SECTION 3: INSTALLATION OF DETACHED SIGNS
308. INSTALLATION METHODS PERMITTED
The installation methods permitted for a detached sign are the following:
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 18 : Provisions relative to signage
260
1°
Pylon sign.
2°
Pedestal sign.
3°
Sign on a low wall.
309. SITING OF A DETACHED SIGN
A detached sign may be installed in all yards adjacent to a street.
A sign and its support structure must be located so as not to obstruct an imaginary corridor 1 m
deep, measured from the easement of the public thoroughfare, up to a height of 2 m above the
average grade level.
SECTION 2: GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AUTHORIZATIONS AND
PROHIBITIONS, CONSTRUCTION AND CALCULATION RULES FOR SIGNS
SUB-SECTION 1: GENERAL AUTHORIZATIONS AND PROHIBITIONS
RELATIVE TO SIGNS
310. SIGNS AUTHORIZED WITHOUT A CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORIZATION
The following provisions apply to a sign listed in the table that follows:
1°
The sign is permitted in all zones, without a certificate of authorization.
2°
The sign is permitted, notwithstanding any specific provision in the present chapter
prohibiting or restricting the signs for a use or in a zone.
3°
The sign may be attached or detached and all installation methods are permitted (flat,
pylon, etc.).
4°
The sign may be illuminated or not illuminated.
5°
The sign is not taken into consideration when calculating the number or the surface area
of signs installed on a landsite or on a building.
6°
The sign must conform to the applicable provisions listed in the table as well as to any
other provision in the present section.
NATURE OF THE SIGN
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
PROVISIONS APPLICABLE
Chapter 18 : Provisions relative to signage
261
NATURE OF THE SIGN
PROVISIONS APPLICABLE
1. SIGN IDENTIFYING A CANDIDATE, A POLITICAL
PARTY OR CONVEYING A POLITICAL MESSAGE
OR SLOGAN DURING AN ELECTION, A
REFERENDUM OR A PUBLIC CONSULTATION
No provision
HELD IN VIRTUE OF AN ACT OR A BY-LAW.
a) Maximum area: 0.6 m² per sign.
b) A sign indicating a landsite entrance
ORIENTATION OR SAFETY OF VEHICLES
must be the detached type.
AND/OR PEDESTRIANS (such as a sign indicating c) The maximum number of these signs
a landsite entrance, a danger, the direction towards
is 2 per entrance, with a maximum
an off-street parking area, a drive-through, a
height of 1.2 m.
washroom, a loading bay, etc.).
d) The sign must be installed on the same
landsite as the use it serves.
2. DIRECTIONAL SIGN INSTALLED ON A
LANDSITE OR ON A BUILDING, FOR THE
3. COMMEMORATIVE OR HISTORICAL PLAQUE.
a) The plaque must carry no reference to
a commercial, industrial or
recreational use or establishment.
4. SIGN INDICATING TIMES OF SERVICES OR
OTHER ACTIVITIES OF A RELIGIOUS NATURE.
a) Maximum surface area: 1 m².
a) The sign must be installed on a
landsite occupied by a building in the
“Religious establishments or facilities
(p2a)” sub-use category.
5. EMBLEM OR FLAG OF A POLITICAL, CIVIC,
a) Maximum number: 4 flags per
PHILANTHROPIC, RELIGIOUS OR EDUCATIONAL
building;
ORGANIZATION
6. T EMPORARY SIGN, FLAG, GARLAND,
PENNANT, BANNER, BALLOON OR STREAMER
ANNOUNCING A SPECIAL ACTIVITY OR A
CAMPAIGN OR EVENT ORGANIZED BY A
POLITICAL, CIVIC, PHILANTHROPIC, RELIGIOUS
OR EDUCATIONAL ORGANIZATION.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
b) Maximum surface area: 3 m² per flag.
a) Maximum surface area: 12 m².
b) The sign must be installed, at the
earliest, 30 days prior to the holding
of the activity, the campaign or the
event.
c) The sign must be removed within 7
days of the end of the activity, the
campaign or the event.
Chapter 18 : Provisions relative to signage
262
NATURE OF THE SIGN
PROVISIONS APPLICABLE
d) The sign may include the emblem and
the name of the organization, but may
not refer to a product or a service.
e) The sign is authorized in the easement
for the street on the following
conditions:
− the sign does not obstruct traffic;
− the sign does not affect safety.
7. SIGN DISPLAYING THE MENU OF A FOOD
SERVICE ESTABLISHMENT
8. SIGN DISPLAYING THE MENU OF A FOOD
SERVICE DRIVE-THROUGH
a) Maximum number: 1 sign per
establishment, unless a sign displaying
the menu for a drive-through is
installed on the landsite.
b) Maximum surface area: 0.5 m²
a) Installation method permitted:
detached sign.
b) Maximum number: 2 signs per
establishment.
c) Maximum surface area: 3 m².
9. BUS SHELTER POSTER.
No provision.
10. SIGN PLACED ON OR INSIDE A CAR.
a) The vehicle must be registered for the
current year.
b) No sign may be placed on the roof of a
car.
11. SIGN ANNOUNCING THE SALE OR LEASING OF
A DWELLING UNIT, AN ESTABLISHMENT, A
LANDSITE OR A BUILDING.
a) Maximum number: 2 signs per
building or landsite.
b) Maximum surface area:
Use in the “Housing (h)” group with
4 dwelling units or less and
vacant landsite less than 1,000 m²
in a rea: 1 m²;
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 18 : Provisions relative to signage
263
NATURE OF THE SIGN
12. P ROJECT SIGN ANNOUNCING A HOUSING
DEVELOPMENT OR THE SALE OF A GROUP OF
LANDSITES
13. SIGN IDENTIFYING THE DEVELOPER OF A
CONSTRUCTION PROJECT
14. CONSTRUCTION SITE SIGN
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
PROVISIONS APPLICABLE
Any other use on a vacant landsite
1,000 m² or more in area: 3 m².
c) Maximum height: 3 m.
d) The sign must be removed within 15
days of signing the sales contract or
lease.
e) Any detached sign must be installed at
least 1 m from any landsite boundary
line.
a) Installation method permitted:
detached sign.
b) Maximum number: 2 signs per project.
c) Maximum surface area: 18 m².
d) Maximum height: 8 m.
e) The sign must be installed at least 3 m
from an easement for a public street.
f) The sign must be located on one of the
lots included in the project.
g) The sign must be removed within 30
days of the completion of the project
or the sale of the last landsite.
h) The sign may be installed only if the
project has received approval from the
Council.
a) Maximum number: 1 sign per landsite
belonging to the developer, identifying
him, the project and the model home.
b) Maximum surface area: 0,5 m².
a)
b)
c)
d)
Maximum number: 1 sign per site.
Maximum surface area: 10 m².
Maximum height: 3 m.
The message on the sign may include
only the name of the project, the start
and finish dates for the work and the
names and contact details of the
Chapter 18 : Provisions relative to signage
264
NATURE OF THE SIGN
PROVISIONS APPLICABLE
e)
f)
g)
h)
general contractor, a specialist
contractor, a professional a financial
institution that are involved in the
project on the site.
The sign must be installed on the
landsite on which the site to which it
refers is located and at least 1 m from
any landsite boundary line.
The sign may not be installed until the
building permit or certificate of
authorization has been issued.
The sign may not be illuminated.
The sign must be removed within 30
days of the completion of the work.
15. SIGN INSTALLED BY THE BOROUGH TO
IDENTIFY A PUBLIC SPACE OR FOR MUNICIPAL
PROPMOTION PURPOSES.
16. SIGN INSTALLED BY THE BOROUGH TO
ANNOUNCE A SPECIAL EVENT.
No provision
No provision
311. TEMPORARY AUTHORIZED SIGN
In addition to a temporary sign authorized without a certificate of authorization, mentioned in
Article 310, the following temporary signs are authorized, subject to obtaining a certificate of
authorization:
NATURE OF THE SIGN
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
PROVISIONS APPLICABLE
Chapter 18 : Provisions relative to signage
265
1. T EMPORARY SIGN (GARLANDS, PENNANTS,
STREAMERS, BANNERS, BALLOONS, BUNTING,
PLACARDS OR OTHER) ANNOUNCING A
COMMERCIAL EVENT SUCH AS A SALE, A
LIQUIDATION, AN INAUGURATION, A CLOSING
OR CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP , OR ANNOUNCING
A TEMPORARY USE OTHER THAN A GARAGE
SALE OR THE OUTDOOR SALE OF CHRISTMAS
a) Maximum surface area: 4 m².
b) A temporary sign may be installed for
a period of 2 weeks and it must be
removed within 3 days of the end of
the temporary use or the commercial
event. The sign may be installed twice
in the same year.
TREES OR FARM PRODUCTS.
In addition, the provisions in paragraphs 1° to 6° of Article 310 apply to authorized temporary
signs included in the table in the present article.
312. OBLIGATORY SIGN FOR ALL GROUPS OF USES
In all cases, the civic number of a building must be attached to the main façade and be visible
from the street on which the building is sited.
313. PROHIBITED SIGNS
Installation of a sign listed in the following paragraphs is prohibited:
1°
A temporary sign not listed in Article 310 or in Article 311.
2°
A sign in a form that reproduces or is reminiscent of a standardized road or highway sign
or that is likely to be confused with such a road sign.
3°
A sign that, due to its shape, its colour or its illumination, may be confused with a traffic
light or other device that controls or regulates vehicular traffic.
4°
A sign that projects at an angle or perpendicularly.
5°
A flashing sign, a sign with flashing lights or an animated sign. This paragraph does not
apply to a sign showing the time, the temperature or other similar information if the
surface area of this sign is less than 1.5 m² and if the changes in colour and in the intensity
of illumination do not occur more than once a minute, except for the numerals or the
arrangement of lights showing the temperature.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 18 : Provisions relative to signage
266
6°
A mobile electronic billboard.
7°
A mobile sign, on wheels or sled, transportable in any way whatsoever, except in the case
of a temporary sign.
8°
A sign painted directly onto a wall, a roof, an unglazed door or a projection of a building
or structure, on a canopy, on paving, asphalt or other hard aggregate surface used to cover
the ground, except for artistic murals, directional signage or an inscription identifying a
farm and painted on a silo located on that farm.
9°
A sign containing an illustration, a photograph or a message that illustrates, announces or
promotes the exploitation of nudity or sexuality.
10°
A sign painted on or fixed to a fibreboard panel.
11°
A sign in the form of a banner or streamer made of fabric or other non-rigid material,
except in the case of a temporary sign listed in the table in Article 310 or Article 311.
12°
A balloon or device suspended in the air or any sign on a balloon or other device
suspended in the air or tethered to the ground, to a building or to a structure in any way
whatsoever, except in the case of a temporary sign listed in the table in Article 310 or
Article 311.
13°
A sign with an outline in the shape of a common object, or a human or animal form,
except for a temporary sign listed in the table in Article 310 or in Article 311.
314. LOCATIONS IN WHICH THE INSTALLATION OF AN OUTDOOR SIGN IS
PROHIBITED
The installation of an outdoor sign is prohibited in the following locations:
1°
On or above a roof or the eaves of a building.
2°
On a rooftop structure or above a canopy.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 18 : Provisions relative to signage
267
3°
On a fence.
4°
On a tree.
5°
On a post not erected exclusively for this purpose, in particular, a lamppost or a public
utility pole.
6°
On, in front of, or hiding or obstructing, in part or in whole, a veranda, a balcony, a front
porch, a staircase or a door.
7°
Any location in which the sign hides or obstructs, in part or in whole, a traffic light, a road
or highway sign or any other road signage device installed by the competent authority on
a public thoroughfare.
8°
On a landsite other than that on which is located the use, establishment, building, project,
construction site, activity or event to which the sign refers, unless it is a sign authorized
without a certificate of authorization or an authorized advertising panel.
9°
On the roof of a bus shelter.
Paragraphs 1°, 2° and 8° of the first clause do not apply to a flag.
SUB-SECTION 2: STRUCTURE, FORMAT, MESSAGE AND MAINTENANCE OF SIGNS
315. STRUCTURE AND MAINTENANCE OF A SIGN
Except for a temporary sign, a sign and its support must be designed as a permanent structure and
be firmly fixed so as to resist intemperate weather and the forces and pressures exerted by wind,
snow load and other natural forces.
A sign and its support must be maintained in good condition, repaired as needed and maintained
so as not to present any risk of falling, becoming detached or collapsing.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 18 : Provisions relative to signage
268
When a sign is broken, it must be repaired within 30 days of the damage occurring.
When a sign or its support is in a condition in which it can no longer be repaired or strengthened
so that it does not present any risk of falling, becoming detached or collapsing, it must be
immediately demolished by the owner.
316. FOUNDATIONS AND LANDSCAPING FOR A DETACHED SIGN
The foundations for a detached sign must be buried to a minimum depth of 1.5 m below the
average natural grade level at the site of the sign.
A pylon or pedestal sign must be integrated with landscaping, in accordance with the following
directives:
1°
The sign must be installed on an island of greenery at least 1.5 m2 in area. This island
must include planting over 50% of its surface.
2°
If the sign rests on a concrete base, the above-ground portion of the foundation must not
be higher than 15 cm.
3°
If the sign is installed on a knoll, the knoll must not be higher than 0.9 m.
317. SIGN ILLUMINATION
A sign may be illuminated or not illuminated.
The illumination for a sign must come from a fixed light source, with constant intensity. This
light source must not project, directly or indirectly, any beam of light beyond the boundaries of
the landsite on which the sign is located.
The electrical power supply for the light source for a sign must be underground. The electrical
power supply for a non-conforming sign must be made to conform prior to the demolition of the
building to which the sign refers.
The use of neon filaments is authorized for any type of sign.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 18 : Provisions relative to signage
269
318. PERMANENCE OF THE MESSAGE ON A SIGN
The message on a sign must be fixed and permanent. Equipping a sign with a system allowing
the message to be changed automatically or manually, or to design the sign in such a way that a
letter, numeral or portion of the message can be removed or modified at will, is prohibited.
The provisions in the first clause do not apply to the following signs or messages:
1°
Display of the program and/or show times on a sign installed on the canopy or the façade
of a cinema, theatre or entertainment hall.
2°
Display of the menu for a food service establishment.
3°
Display of the temperature, time and other similar information.
4°
Sign installed for municipal promotion purposes.
5°
Variable message sign.
6°
Digital display sign in a store window.
7°
Advertising panel.
SUB-SECTION 3: CALCULATION RULES APPLICABLE TO SIGNS
319. GENERAL RULES FOR CALCULATING THE SURFACE AREA OF A SIGN
The surface area of a sign corresponds to the area of the smallest polygon, circle or ellipse, real or
imaginary, around the extreme outer limits of the sign, including all its components, and any
surface serving as a support or background for the message on the sign.
Notwithstanding the first clause, when a sign is made up of letters, numerals, symbols or other
separate elements, without a surface serving as support or without a background, the surface area
of a sign corresponds to the area of the smallest imaginary rectangle, measured, as close as
possible, around the height and the width of the entire message, including the spaces between the
letters but excluding the space between the words and a logo or other similar element, as shown
in the following illustration:
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 18 : Provisions relative to signage
270
320. SIGNS EXCLUDED FROM A CALCULATION OF THE TOTAL SURFACE AREA
OF SIGNS
Signs authorized without a certificate of authorization are not taken into account when calculating
the total surface area of signs, as long as they conform to the provisions applicable in the present
chapter.
A directional sign is not taken into account when calculating the total surface area of signs
installed on a landsite.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 18 : Provisions relative to signage
271
SECTION 3: SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE BY ZONES
SUB-SECTION 1: ZONES IN WHICH THE LAND USE OCCUPATION IS “HOUSING (H)”
321. SIGNS AUTHORIZED
The following table identifies the signs that are authorized for a use carried out in a zone in which
the main land use occupation is “Housing (H)”. The sign must be in conformity with the
applicable provisions listed in the table below and with the provisions in sections 1 and 2 of the
present chapter.
The following provisions apply to a main use or to an additional use.
ATTACHED SIGN
DETACHED SIGN
“HOUSING (H)” GROUP OF USES
1. INSTALLATION METHODS
PERMITTED
− Wall sign;
− Awning sign;
− Banner sign.
All methods (Article 308),
except for a use in the “Singlefamily dwelling (h1)” category
in which a detached sign is not
authorized.
− Identification sign
2. T YPOLOGIES PERMITTED
(Article 0)
3. MAXIMUM SURFACE AREA
a)
b)
Identification sign for a main
use in the “Multi-family
dwelling (h3)” and “Collective
housing (h4)” categories
Identification sign for an
additional use:

Service business, room
rental

Home childcare service

Additional uses for a
building with more than 60
dwelling units or more
than 120 rooms
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
2 m²
2 m²
0.5 m²
-
2 m²
-
-
5 m²
Chapter 18 : Provisions relative to signage
272
4. MAXIMUM HEIGHT
ATTACHED SIGN
DETACHED SIGN
Below the level of the ceiling
on the ground floor or 6 m,
− 3m
− On an awning or a banner,
the sign components must
not be more than 30 cm high.
1 sign per landsite
whichever is the most
restrictive
5. NUMBER OF SIGNS AUTHORIZED
1 sign per building
“COMMERCIAL (C)”, “RECREATIONAL (R)” AND “INDUSTRIAL (I)” GROUPS OF USES
1. P ROVISIONS APPLICABLE
The provisions in Article 322 apply
“COMMUNITY (P)” GROUP OF USES
1. P ROVISIONS APPLICABLE
The provisions in Article 323 apply
SUB-SECTION 2: ZONES IN WHICH THE LAND USE OCCUPATION IS
“COMMERCIAL (C)”, “INDUSTRIAL (I)” OR “RECREATIONAL (R)”
322. SIGNS AUTHORIZED
he following table identifies the signs that are authorized for a use carried out in a zone in which
the main land use occupation is “Commercial (C)”, “Industrial (I)” or “Recreational (R)”. The
sign must be in conformity with the applicable provisions listed in the table below and with the
provisions in sections 1 and 2 of the present chapter.
The following provisions apply to a main use or to an additional or dependent use.
ATTACHED SIGN
DETACHED SIGN
ALL GROUPS OF USES
1. INSTALLATION METHODS
PERMITTED
All methods (Article 303)
All methods (Article 308)
2. T YPOLOGIES PERMITTED
All the typologies listed in Article 301, except an advertising
panel.
3. TOTAL MAXIMUM AREA
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 18 : Provisions relative to signage
273
ATTACHED SIGN
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Establishment with a gross
floor area of less than
1,500 m2
Establishment with a gross
floor area of between
1,500 m2 and 2,500 m2
Establishment with a gross
floor area of between
2,500 m2 and 3,500 m2
Establishment with a gross
floor area of between
3,500 m2 and 5,000 m2
Establishment with a gross
floor area of more than
5,000 m2
4. MAXIMUM HEIGHT
5. NUMBER OF SIGNS AUTHORIZED
6. GENERAL CONDITIONS
7. SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
APPLICABLE TO A USE OF
“553 - Service station”
DETACHED SIGN
The total surface area for
attached signs may not exceed
1 m² per metre of main façade
length of the establishment to
which the signs refer, up to a
maximum of 20 m2.
The total surface area for
detached signs may not exceed
0.2 m² per metre of length
along the street onto which
the main façade of the
building faces, up to a
maximum of 10 m².
15 m2
25 m2
20 m2
30 m2
25 m2
40 m2
30 m2
Below the level of the roof of
the building
7.5 m
2 signs per establishment
An attached sign may comprise
one or several boxes, as long as
they are placed horizontally
along the wall of the
establishment, they are the
same height and they are
placed immediately next to one
another; otherwise, a maximum
of two separated boxes is
permitted.
1 sign per landsite.
-
A sign attached to or overhanging a gas pump and advertising
the products for sale and their prices is not taken into account
when calculating the number of signs authorized. The
maximum surface area permitted is 0.2 m2. Only one sign per
gas pump is permitted.
Notwithstanding any contrary provision, in the case of a sign on
a canopy overhanging gas pumps, is counted only the surface
area of the sign corresponding to the surface area occupied by
the logo and its message. The canopy, attached or not to the
main building may have signs on three of its four sides
(CA29 0040-5; 2011-08-30)
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 18 : Provisions relative to signage
274
SUB-SECTION 3: ZONES IN WHICH THE LAND USE OCCUPATION IS
“COMMUNITY (P)”
323. SIGNS AUTHORIZED
The following table identifies the signs that are authorized for a use carried out in a zone in which
the main land use occupation is “Community (P)”. The sign must be in conformity with the
applicable provisions listed in the table below and with the provisions in sections 1 and 2 of the
present chapter.
The following provisions apply to a main use or to an additional or dependent use.
ATTACHED SIGN
DETACHED SIGN
ALL GROUPS OF USES
1. INSTALLATION
2.
METHODS
PERMITTED
T YPOLOGIES PERMITTED
3. MAXIMUM SURFACE AREA
4. MAXIMUM HEIGHT
5. NUMBER OF SIGNS AUTHORIZED
All methods (Article 303)
All methods (Article 308)
All the typologies listed in Article 301, except for an advertising
panel.
The total surface area of
attached signs may not exceed
The total surface area of
1 m² per metre of length of the
detached signs may not exceed
main façade of the
0.3 m² per metre of length
establishment to which the
along the street line facing the
signs refer, without exceeding
main façade of the main
2
3 m for the sub-use category
building, up to a maximum of
“Religious establishments or
8 m² for each sign.
facilities (p2a)” or 20 m2 for
the others.
Below the level of the roof of
3m
the building
2 signs for the sub-use
category “Religious
establishments or facilities
1 sign per yard facing a street.
(p2a)” and 1 sign for the
others.
SECTION 4: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN ADVERTISING PANEL
324. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AN ADVERTISING PANEL
Subject to the second clause, an advertising panel may only be installed on a municipal property,
with its consent, or on a bus shelter.
In all cases, an advertising panel may not be installed in the following locations:
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 18 : Provisions relative to signage
275
1°
On a landsite inside a zone in which housing is authorized;
2°
Inside a heritage site or on a landsite occupied by a building that has been the object of a
citation in virtue of the Cultural Property Act (R.S.Q., c. B-4);
3°
On a landsite occupied by a building that has been classed or recognized as a cultural
property, historic site or historic monument in virtue of the Cultural Property Act (R.S.Q.,
c. B-4);
4°
On a landsite adjacent, on either side, to boulevards Gouin Ouest and Lalande;
5°
On a landsite identified on the map titled “Le patrimoine bâti” taken from the Chapter of
the Borough for the Master Plan and integrated as Appendix G, which forms an integral
part of the present by-law.
6°
On a landsite occupied by one or other of the following buildings:
Places of Worship

15556 rue Cabot (Saint Michael and All Angels)

4320 rue Sainte-Anne (St. Thomas à Becket))

13140 rue Monk (Westminster Presbyterian)

11075 boulevard Gouin Ouest (Église Marie-Reine-de-laPaix)

9501 boulevard Gouin Ouest (Église Sainte-Suzanne)

12450 rue Gascon (Église Saint-David)

12301 rue Colin (St. Barnabas)

116 rue Cartier (United Roxboro)
Educational Institutions

4348 rue Thorndale (École Thorndale)

5005 rue Valois (École Murielle-Dumont)

4770 rue Pierre-Lauzon (École Harfang-des-Neiges –
Pavillon Lauzon)

4770 boulevard Lalande (École Perce-Neige)

14385 boulevard De Pierrefonds (École Saint-Gérard)

108 rue Cartier (École Charles A. Kirkland)

13350 rue Purcell (École Hébert-Purcell)

50 3e Avenue Sud (École Lalande)

5060 boulevard des Sources (Riverdale High School)

3 11e Rue (École Socrates III)
Residences

9460 boulevard Gouin Ouest

18395 boulevard Gouin Ouest
(Maison Toussaint-Legault dit Deslauriers)

11769 boulevard Gouin Ouest

18639 boulevard Gouin Ouest
(Maison Augustin-Brisebois)

11770 boulevard Gouin Ouest

19530 boulevard Gouin Ouest (Le Petit fort)

11893 boulevard Gouin Ouest

19715 boulevard Gouin Ouest

12150 boulevard Gouin Ouest

19717 boulevard Gouin Ouest
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 18 : Provisions relative to signage
276

12449 boulevard Gouin Ouest

19793 boulevard Gouin Ouest

12584 boulevard Gouin Ouest

19803 boulevard Gouin Ouest

12661 boulevard Gouin Ouest

19806 boulevard Gouin Ouest

12662 boulevard Gouin Ouest

20392 boulevard Gouin Ouest

12679 boulevard Gouin Ouest
(Maison Charles-Richer dit Louveteau)

20452 boulevard Gouin Ouest

12773 boulevard Gouin Ouest

20610 boulevard Gouin Ouest

12910 boulevard Gouin Ouest

20752 boulevard Gouin Ouest
(Maison Jacques-Poudrier dit Lavigne)

12940 boulevard Gouin Ouest

4861 boulevard Lalande

13418 boulevard Gouin Ouest

4980 boulevard Lalande

13533 boulevard Gouin Ouest

5010 boulevard Lalande
(Maison Michel-Legault)




13850 boulevard Gouin Ouest
(Maison Edgar-C.-Budge)
14399 boulevard Gouin Ouest
14448 boulevard Gouin Ouest


3872 boulevard Saint-Charles
(Maison Rabeau)
11131 rue Meighen
4971 rue Bastien

14784 boulevard Gouin Ouest (Maison Joseph-Théorêt)

4139 boulevard des Sources (Maison Clovis-Legault dit
Deslauriers)

18191-18195 boulevard Gouin Ouest

4557 boulevard des Sources

18198 boulevard Gouin Ouest

10412 boulevard Gouin Ouest
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 18 : Provisions relative to signage
277
CHAPTER 19
PROVISIONS PARTICULAR TO CERTAIN USES
325. APPLICATION OF THE PRESENT CHAPTER
In the case of a conflict between a provision in the present chapter and a provision contained
elsewhere in the by-law, including a provision in the specifications chart, the provision in the
present chapter takes precedence.
SECTION 1: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO USES IN THE HOUSING (H) GROUP
326. MIXING OF A USE IN THE “HOUSING (H)” GROUP WITH CERTAIN USES IN
THE “COMMERCIAL (C)” GROUP
A main use in the “Housing (h)” group may be located in a building occupied or intended to be
occupied by a main use in the “Retail sales and services (c1)” and “Commercial entertainment,
lodging and food services (c2)” categories of uses, subject to the following conditions:
1°
The number of dwelling units authorized is unlimited.
M
2°
The entrance to an establishment occupied by a use in the “Commercial (c)” group
must be separate from the entrance to a dwelling unit.
3°
A main use in the “Commercial (c)” must be located in the basement, on the ground
floor or on the floor immediately above the ground floor of a building.
4°
Notwithstanding Paragraph 3°, a main use in the “Commercial (c)” group may not
occupy a floor located above a main use in the “Housing (h)” group.
5°
The ground floor must be occupied by “Commercial (c)” main use.
(CA29 0040-15; 2013-09-16)
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 19 : Provisions particular to certain uses
278
327. MIXING OF A USE IN THE “HOUSING (H)” GROUP WITH CERTAIN
INCOMPATIBLE USES PROHIBITED
Notwithstanding the specifications chart, a landsite or a building may not be occupied or be
intended to be occupied by both a main use in the “Housing (h)” group and one or more of the
following uses at the same time:
1°
A main use in the “Industrial (i)” or “Recreational (r)” group of uses.
2°
A main use in the “Automobile Services (c3)”, “Heavy arterial commercial activities,
wholesale businesses and para-industrial services (c4)” or “Services (p3)” category of
uses.
3°
The use “Establishment with a reception or banquet hall (5815)”or “Establishment in
which the main activity is dancing (discotheque, ballroom, dance hall) (5822)”.
328. MIXING OF A USE IN THE “HOUSING (H)” GROUP WITH A USE IN THE
“AGRICULTURAL (A)” GROUP IS PROHIBITED INSIDE A BUILDING
Notwithstanding the specifications chart, a building may not be occupied or be destined to be
occupied by both a main use in the “Housing (h)” group and a main use in the “Agricultural (a)”
group at the same time.
SECTION 2 : PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE USES IN THE COMMUNITY (P)
GROUP
329. MIXING OF A USE IN THE “INSTITUTIONS (P2)” USE CATEGORY WITH
CERTAIN USES IN THE “COMMERCIAL (C)” GROUP
A landsite or a building may be occupied by both a main use in the “Institutions (p2)” use
category and by a main use in the “Retail sales and services (c1)” or “Commercial entertainment,
lodging and food services (c2)” category of uses under the following conditions:
1°
The main uses are authorized, in virtue of the provisions applicable in the specifications
chart, in the zone in which the building is located.
2°
A main use in the “Commercial (c)” group must be located in the basement, on the ground
floor or on the floor immediately above the ground floor of the building.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 19 : Provisions particular to certain uses
279
3°
A main use in the “Commercial (c)” group must have a floor area of at least 45 m2.
330. MIXING OF A USE IN THE “INSTITUTIONS (P2)” USE CATEGORY WITH
CERTAIN INCOMPATIBLE USES PROHIBITED
Notwithstanding the specifications chart, a building may not be occupied or be destined to be
occupied by both a main use in the “Institutions (p2)” use category and one or other of the
following main uses at the same time:
1°
A main use in the “Industrial (i)” or “Recreational (r)” group;
2°
A main use in the “Automobile Services (c3)”, “Distinctive businesses and services (c4)”,
“Heavy arterial commercial activities, wholesale businesses and para-industrial services
(c5)” or “Services (p3)” category of uses.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 19 : Provisions particular to certain uses
280
CHAPTER 20
PARTICULAR AND SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE
TO CERTAIN ZONES
SECTION 1: APPLICATION OF THE PROVISIONS IN THE PRESENT CHAPTER
331. APPLICATION
The provisions in the present chapter apply to certain zones.
When an article number shown under the item “SPECIFIC PROVISIONS” in the specifications
chart corresponds to the number of an article in the present chapter, this article applies in the
zone, and depending on the case, to a use shown in the same column as this article.
When a letter shown on the line “type of outdoor storage” for the item “Other” in the
specifications chart corresponds to a letter described in Article 0 of the present chapter, the
provisions arising from this letter apply in the zone.
In the case of a conflict between a provision in the present chapter and a provision contained
elsewhere in the by-law, including a provision in the specifications chart, the provision in the
present chapter takes precedence.
SECTION 2: PARTICULAR PROVISIONS APPLICABLE IN CERTAIN ZONES
332. TYPES OF OUTDOOR STORAGE AUTHORIZED
When the letter “A” appears on the line “type of outdoor storage” for the item “Other” in the
specifications chart, the outdoor storage is authorized under the following conditions:
1°
Outdoor storage is permitted in all yards, except in a front or side yard adjacent to a street.
2°
The overall height of all goods, products or merchandise stored may not exceed 2.5 m.
3°
The outdoor storage of soil, crushed stone, sand or any other similar material is permitted
only in bags with a maximum capacity of 50 kg.
4°
An outdoor storage area must be surrounded by an opaque fence or with maximum 20%
openwork, with a height of between 1.8 m and 2 m.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 20 : Particular and specific provisions applicable to certain zones
281
5°
The surface area of an outdoor storage area may not be greater than half of the area of the
landsite on which it is located.
6°
An outdoor storage area must be at least 3 m from a street line and 1.5 m from a landsite
boundary line not adjacent to a street.
When the letter “B” appears on the line “type of outdoor storage” for the item “Other” in the
specifications chart, the following provisions apply to the outdoor storage:
1°
Outdoor storage is permitted in the rear yard only.
2°
An opaque fence or one with portions of openwork, or a wall with a minimum height of
1.8 m must surround an outdoor storage area.
3°
The surface area of an outdoor storage area may not exceed 65% of the area of the
landsite on which it is located.
4°
An outdoor storage area must be at least 3 m from any landsite boundary line and 12 m
from the boundary of a zone in which the main land use occupation is “Housing (H)” or
of a zone in which is authorized a use in the “Recreation (p1)” or “Institutions (p2)”
category of uses.
5°
An outdoor storage area adjacent to the boundary of a zone in which the main land use
occupation is “Housing (H)”, or of a zone in which is authorized a use in the “Recreation
(p1)” or “Institutions (p2)” category of uses, must be separated from this zone by a buffer
strip landscaped in conformity with the provisions in Article 0 of the by-law.
When the letter “C” appears on the line “type of outdoor storage” for the item “Other” in the
specifications chart, the following provisions apply to the outdoor storage:
1°
Outdoor storage is permitted in the rear yard only.
2°
An outdoor storage area must be surrounded by an opaque fence or with maximum 20%
openwork, with a maximum height of 2.5 m..
3°
The height of the stored materials must not exceed the height of the fence.
4°
The surface area of an outdoor storage area may not exceed 80% of the area of the
landsite on which it is located.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 20 : Particular and specific provisions applicable to certain zones
282
5°
An outdoor storage area must be at least 3 m from any landsite boundary line and 12 m
from the boundary of a zone in which the main land use occupation is “Housing (H)” or
of a zone in which is authorized a use in the “Recreation (p1)” or “Institutions (p2)”
category of uses.
6°
An outdoor storage area adjacent to the boundary of a zone in which the main land use
occupation is “Housing (H)”, or of a zone in which is authorized a use in the
“Recreation (p1)” or “Institutions (p2)” category of uses, must be separated from this
zone by a buffer strip landscaped in conformity with the provisions in Article 0 of the
by-law.
7°
An outdoor storage area for goods, products, merchandise or combustible equipment
must include an entrance and a thoroughfare for the use of emergency vehicles.
333. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO OUTDOOR STORAGE AUTHORIZED ON A
LANDSITE ON THE BOUNDARY OF ANOTHER BOROUGH
When one or other of the letters “A”, “B” or “C” appears on the line “type of outdoor storage”
under the item “Various” in the specifications chart and for which the landsite concerned is
adjacent to the boundary of another borough in which housing is permitted, the outdoor storage
area must be separated from this zone by a buffer strip landscaped in conformity with the
provisions in Article 0 or 0.
SECTION 3: SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN ZONES
334. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ZONE P-2-104
In zone P-2-104, the following provisions apply:
1°
Only a brick that harmonizes with the existing materials is permitted as an exterior
cladding material for the buildings, including porticos. However the use of another
authorized material is permitted on a maximum of 30% of the main façade of the building
and of the portico, calculated without taking the openings into account;
2°
Parking is not permitted in the front yard of the Collège itself, except for emergency
vehicles. However, parking is authorized on the vacant lotadjacent to the Collège on the
west side (lot 3 070 207);
3°
A buffer strip, at least 5 m wide, must be landscaped and maintained between the
boundary line for the Collège property and the rear boundary lines of the residential
properties along rue Pilon (lots 1 977 349, 1 977 337, 1 994 903, 1 994 904 and 1 977
344). The buffer strip must be landscaped in accordance with the provisions in Article 0;
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 20 : Particular and specific provisions applicable to certain zones
283
4°
A service entrance for the cafeteria must be installed at the northwest edge with access to
and from Boulevard Gouin Ouest and a buffer strip at least 1.5 m wide must be
landscaped and maintained between the front yard and the side and rear boundary lines of
the adjacent residential properties on Boulevard Gouin Ouest (lots 1 977 334 and 1 977
335). This buffer strip must include a hedge of eastern white cedar with a height varying
between 1.2 m and 1.5 m, planted at least 1 m from the lot boundary line; the trees must
be planted at 500 mm centres;
5°
The landscaping installations on Boulevard Gouin Ouest must include the following
features:
a)
b)
c)
a portico and a shelter, or one or the other, must be erected at the entrance to the
students’ courtyard. These elements may be constructed starting on the side
boundary line; their maximum height is set at 5 m and their maximum area at
40 m²;
a hedge must be planted all along the fence;
brick pilasters with a maximum height of 2.5 m must be erected and they may be
incorporated into the fence;
6°
The exterior lighting, measured on the boundaries of the adjacent properties, must not be
greater than one footcandle;
7°
A landscape strip of greenery at least 20 m wide must be installed and maintained
between the parking area and Boulevard Gouin Ouest.
8°
The existing trees must be preserved and a landscaping plan for the landsite as a whole is
required;
9°
Any enlargement of a main building may only be carried out using the existing footprint;
10°
A thoroughfare 6 m in width must be installed and maintained to the northwest edge of
the property from the initial landsite to provide access to the school bus parking area from
Boulevard Gouin Ouest;
11°
The landsite entrance located on rue Pilon must only serve as an entrance for vehicles in
case of an emergency.
335. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ZONES C-3-212 AND C-3-217
In zones C-3-212 and C-3-217, the following provisions apply:
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 20 : Particular and specific provisions applicable to certain zones
284
1°
The number of parking spaces required is set at one space per 40 m2 of the floor area in
the establishment.
2°
The parking spaces may be installed in the front yard that corresponds to the extension of
the side yards, up to a distance of 0.6 m away from a street line, on condition that a strip of
greenery is installed in the front yard, in addition to that required to be installed along the
street by Article 0.
3°
All the operations of the establishment, except for a food service terrace or a playground
for a daycare, must be kept inside the building, including the storage or the display of
products or merchandise, and the storage of garbage.
336. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ZONE C-4-237
In zone C-4-237, the following provisions apply:
1°
Parking spaces may not be installed in the front yard.
2°
For a use in the “Commercial (c)” group, the minimum number of parking spaces is set at
1 space per 40 m2 of floor area.
3°
When the commercial use is located on the ground floor, the basement may only be used
for demonstration or storage purposes.
4°
The strip of greenery required in virtue of Article 0 bordering Boulevard de Pierrefonds
may be installed along only 50% of the parking lot that stretches along Boulevard de
Pierrefonds.
337. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ZONE P-4-248
In zone P-4-248, the following provisions apply:
1°
The siting of activity areas on the site must respect the Development Plan for the
Integrated Business Centre prepared by Serrener Consultation inc., dated February 1995,
attached to the present by-law as Appendix F forming an integral part thereof;
2°
The use “recuperation of dry materials” is authorized as a complementary use for the use
“disposal of dry materials”. This complementary use, including in particular vehicles
equipped with a crusher and a screener, may only be carried out inside the current
excavation, on the portion of the site identified as “recuperation area” (aire de
récupération) on the Development Plan for the Integrated Business Centre, below the
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 20 : Particular and specific provisions applicable to certain zones
285
elevation of 40 m above sea level. The complementary use “recuperation of dry materials”
must cease when the level of the fill reaches the recuperation area. In addition, a crusher
may only be used inside a closed building;
3°
4°
Only the following structures and buildings are authorized:
a)
Buildings used for recuperation purposes;
b)
Buildings 2 storeys or less in height, used for office administration purposes;
c)
Guardhouse equipped with a scale at the entrance;
d)
Maintenance garages 13 m or less in height.
For all buildings located on the landfill and recuperation sites, as indicated on the
Development Plan for the Integrated Business Centre, only the following exterior
cladding materials are authorized:
a)
for exterior walls:
− aluminium or vinyl siding
− pre-painted steel
− masonry
− stucco
b)
for roofs:
− asphalt tiles
− pre-painted metal panels
5°
For all buildings located outside the landfill and recuperation sites, the exterior cladding
materials must be in conformity with the provisions applicable in virtue of the present bylaw;
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 20 : Particular and specific provisions applicable to certain zones
286
6°
The minimum distance between 2 buildings is 6 m;
7°
The minimum distance between a structure and a landsite boundary line is 30 m. This
distance may be reduced to 18 m in the case of rue Oakwood;
8°
A single main entrance to the site is authorized. The maximum width of this entrance is
15 m;
9°
The access road between rue Oakwood and the recuperation area must be paved;
10°
One sign only is permitted for the entire site. This sign must be placed on a low wall. The
surface area of this sign may not exceed 10 m2;
11°
A fence must be erected along all landsite boundary lines. The minimum height of this
fence is 1.8 m, topped or not topped with barbed wire, without however exceeding 2 m in
total. The segment of fence facing rue Oakwood must be opaque over at least 80% of its
surface area;
12°
Containers and heavy vehicles may not be stored inside or outside a building. This
provision does not apply to a container or heavy vehicle stored inside the landfill and
recuperation areas identified on the Development Plan for the integrated Business Centre;
13°
Soil or other bulk materials may not be stored outside the landfill and recuperation areas
identified on the Development Plan for the integrated Business Centre;
14°
The disposing of garbage that is not dry waste material under the meaning of the
Regulation respecting solid waste (R.Q., c. Q-2, r. 3.2) is prohibited.
338. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ZONE C-4-258
In zone C-4-258, the following provisions apply:
1°
A buffer strip at least 16 m wide must be landscaped from the rear landsite boundary lines
of the buildings facing onto rue Paul-Brazeau. At least 10 m of this buffer strip must be
planted with evergreen trees and shrubs;
2°
A buffer strip at least 6 m wide must be landscaped along Boulevard Saint-Charles and up
to 60% of its area must have planting installed;
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 20 : Particular and specific provisions applicable to certain zones
287
3°
An access road must circle the building;
4°
The maximum height of lighting fixtures on the site is set at 9 m.
339. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ZONE C-4-270
In zone C-4-270, the following provisions apply:
1°
The greenhouses must be located in the rear yard, at a minimum distance of 3.04 m from
any landsite boundary line. They must occupy a maximum area of 1,060 m2 and one
glazed display greenhouse with an area of 330 m2 may be accessible to the public;
2°
The maximum area for the accessory building used for storage purposes is 200 m2; it must
be located at least 5.5 m from the rear boundary line and at least 0.3 m from the eastern
side boundary line;
3°
The minimum width of the western access road leading to the rear yard is 4.5 m; the strip
of greenery 1.5 m wide required along the building in virtue of Article 0 is included in this
width;
4°
The minimum width of the strip of greenery required along the street line is 1.5 m;
5°
The minimum side setback applicable on the east side of the main building is 0.16 m;
6°
The minimum number of off-street parking spaces required is 22 spaces.
340. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ZONE C-4-273
In zone C-4-273, the following provisions apply:
1°
The outdoor display of inground and above-ground swimming pools and garden
accessories is authorized for the particular use of “Retail sale of swimming pools and their
accessories (537)” as follows:
a)
the display area must be contiguous with the main building and be located in the
side yard. However, a display area may be located in the front yard, but only 4
articles such as swings and hot tubs may be displayed there;
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 20 : Particular and specific provisions applicable to certain zones
288
2°
3°
b)
the total area of the display area may not exceed the floor area of the commercial
establishment;
c)
the display area may not be used for storing merchandise.
Outdoor storage is permitted in the rear yard only, and under the following conditions:
a)
the rear yard must be entirely surrounded by a 2 m high fence, made of opaque
materials and forming a screen for up to 80% of its surface area;
b)
the number of accessory buildings of the “garden shed” type that may be stored is
limited to 4; spas, gazebos and garden furniture may also be stored in the rear yard;
c)
piles of materials and merchandise may not exceed 2.5 m in height;
d)
loose sand and stone must be stored in bins or storage bays installed for this
purpose.
2 accessory buildings are permitted in the rear yard and they may occupy more than 50%
of the area of this yard. The total floor area of the accessory buildings can’t exceed the
total floor area of the main building.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 20 : Particular and specific provisions applicable to certain zones
289
341. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ZONE P-4-278
In zone P-4-278, the following provisions apply:
1°
Brick is the only exterior cladding material permitted for the main façade and side façades
of the building. However, another authorized material may be used on no more than 7%
of each of the building façades.
2°
On the rear façade of the building, architectural concrete block is permitted but only in the
version with four ice surfaces. In the version with six ice surfaces, the cladding materials
for this wall must be similar to those required for the main façade and the side façades;
3°
The installation of an off-street parking area is permitted in the front yard;
4°
A buffer strip varying from 5 m to 15 m wide must be installed all around the site in
accordance with the provisions applicable under Article 0;
5°
A minimum of 200 trees with a minimum trunk diameter of 60 mm, measured at a
distance of 25 cm above grade, must be planted;
6°
All operations must be carried out inside the building.
342. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ZONE H1-6-376
In zone H1-6-376, the following provisions apply:
1°
A below-grade garage is permitted for a rowhouse dwelling. The minimum area of an
indoor garage is 15.2 m².
2°
A strip of greenery, planted with trees, 60% of which are coniferous, and consisting of an
embankment at least 0.6 m high with a slope of not more than 30%, must be installed
along Boulevard de Pierrefonds. The width of this strip of greenery may vary from 1.5 m
to 3 m. A pedestrian path linking to the boulevard must also be installed.
3°
Along the pedestrian path leading to Boulevard Gouin, a cedar hedge between 1.2 m and
1.8 m high must be planted, with the trees at 0.5 m centres.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 20 : Particular and specific provisions applicable to certain zones
290
4°
In the case of a rowhouse dwelling, one tree for every two landsite s may be planted along
the front façade next to the street, as well as a row of trees on the north-south sections of
the street.
5°
Any new public utility distribution systems must be underground.
343. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ZONE H1-6-380
In zone H1-6-380, the following provisions apply:
1°
The rear setback prescribed in the specifications chart must apply over a minimum width
of 5.79 m. For any part of the building in excess of a width of 5.79 m, the rear setback
may be zero.
2°
In this zone, below-grade garages are permitted.
3°
A shared garage is permitted. It must have a concrete slab covered with grass and a shared
entrance that emerges no more than 1 m from the landsite boundary line, for each group of
dwelling units.
4°
The finished grade level above this garage must differ no more than 1.20 m from the
grade level of the neighbouring landsite.
5°
The indoor circulation aisle leading to the underground garage must be 5.5 m wide.
6°
A landsite entrance located above the concrete slab covered with grass must be installed to
allow the grass behind each dwelling unit to be mown.
7°
A guardrail, a fence or a dense evergreen hedge must be installed around the concrete
slab.
8°
The minimum length of the wall on the side façade of the building is 8.63 m.
9°
Public utility distribution systems must be underground. However, an overhead
distribution circuit may be connected to existing utility poles when the present by-law
comes into force.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 20 : Particular and specific provisions applicable to certain zones
291
344. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ZONE H3-7-436
In zone H3-7-436, the following provisions apply to a “Single-family dwelling (h1)” use:
1°
A parking area located below street level must have a mini-slump with a retention basin
installed at the lowest point.
2°
The exterior cladding on all façades and both storeys of a building must be brick. Another
authorized material is permitted only for the cantilevered portions and on the rear façade
of the 2nd storey.
3°
The minimum area for an outdoor leisure area is 110 m2 per dwelling unit; it must be
landscaped in conformity with the provisions in the present by-law.
4°
The minimum distance between two side walls is 1.2 m and the minimum distance
between a front or rear wall and another wall is 14 m.
5°
A 2 m high Frost-type galvanized steel fence, on which the chain link is covered in green
vinyl, must be installed along the entire length of the rear landsite boundary line; a cedar
hedge, 1.2 m high at the time of planting, at 0.5 m centres, must be planted by the builder
at a distance of 0.5 m from the rear landsite boundary line. The height of this hedge must
be maintained at 2.5 m.
6°
The minimum distance between the rear landsite boundary line and any side façade is
7 m.
7°
A retaining wall made of backfill blocks or poured concrete must be installed on each side
of the entrances leading to the garages, except for the units at each end of a row.
345. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ZONE C-8-486
In zone C-8-486, the following provisions apply:
1°
Loose stone and sand must be stored in a building with a maximum of one opening on
only one of its sides. This building must have a maximum area of 100 m² and be located
in the rear yard.
2°
The trees, in pots or not, must only be stored in the rear yard and the storage area may not
exceed 40 m².
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 20 : Particular and specific provisions applicable to certain zones
292
3°
Shrubs, farm products, and other plants may be displayed in front of the main building, as
long as they occupy an area of no more than 12 m².
4°
Peat must be stored in the rear yard on pallets that occupy an area of no more than 6 m².
5°
Firewood may only be stored in the rear yard, on an area of no more than 500 m². A solid
fence must surround the storage area and the height of the stacked wood must not exceed
2 m. It is however permitted to place maximum one and a half cords of firewood in the
front yard, near the main building.
6°
Greenhouses are permitted if the footprint of all greenhouses, accessory buildings and the
main building does not occupy more than two-thirds of the area of the landsite. The
greenhouses must be located in the side and rear yards, at a minimum distance of 2 m
from any landsite boundary line.
346. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS APPLICABLE IN ZONE C-4-276
In zone C-4-276, the following provisions apply:
1°
No vehicular entrance or exit is permitted on rue Gratton.
2°
A buffer strip at least 4.5 m wide is required along rue Gratton. This buffer strip may be
reduced in width by 1 m, over a linear distance of no more than 40 m, measured from the
intersection. However, this buffer strip may have a minimum width of 3.5 m provided that
an opaque fence, 2.44 m high, is erected along this strip.
3°
At all times, the buffer strip must comprise a visual screen landscaped with deciduous and
coniferous trees, in conformity with the following provisions:
a)
An embankment with a minimum height of 0.6 m and a slope of less than 30%
must be installed. However, this embankment must not be continuous, so as to
preserve the existing trees inside this buffer strip.
b)
This embankment must be planted with trees, 50% of which must be conifers.
c)
The minimum height of a conifer at the time of planting is 2 m.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 20 : Particular and specific provisions applicable to certain zones
293
d)
The minimum diameter of the trunk of a deciduous tree at the time of planting is
60 mm, measured at 25 cm of its height;
4°
The trees existing inside the buffer strip must be preserved.
5°
Exterior cladding materials on all the façades must consist entirely of masonry.
6°
Notwithstanding Paragraph 5˚, the rear façade of a building containing a minimum of 4
commercial establishments may be composed of another material, on condition that it is
authorized in virtue of Article 250 in the present by-law.
7°
The minimum landsite area is 4,000 m2.
347. SEMI-DETACHED OR ROW HOUSE TYPE CONSTRUCTIONS ON LANDSITES
WITH A FRONTAGE ON BOULEVARD GOUIN OUEST
M
When the specifications chart authorizes a use that is part of the “single-family residential (h1)”
category only a detached building is authorized on a landsite where the building’s main façade
faces boulevard Gouin Ouest.
(CA29 0040-15; 2013-09-16)
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 20 : Particular and specific provisions applicable to certain zones
294
CHAPTER 21
PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO ACQUIRED RIGHTS
SECTION 1: PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO NON-CONFORMING USES
348. DEFINITION OF A NON-CONFORMING USE
A non-conforming use is the use of a landsite, part of a landsite, a structure or part of a structure
that is not in conformity with a provision in the by-law.
349. ACQUIRED RIGHTS IN REGARD TO A NON-CONFORMING USE
A non-conforming use is protected by acquired rights if, at the time the carrying out of this use
began, it was in conformity with the provisions in the planning regulations relative to zoning in
force at that time.
350. EXTINGUISHING ACQUIRED RIGHTS RELATIVE TO A USE
Acquired rights for a non-conforming use protected by acquired rights are extinguished if this use
was abandoned, ceased or was suspended, or if the equipment or installations necessary for
carrying out this use were removed without being replaced or returned, over a period of 12
consecutive months for a use in the “Retail sale and services (c1)” category, and over a period of
6 consecutive months for the other use categories.
Notwithstanding the first clause, acquired rights for a non-conforming use are extinguished once
this use is replaced by a replacement non-conforming use or a use that is in conformity with the
zoning by-law in force.
351. REPLACING A NON-CONFORMING USE
A non-conforming use protected by acquired rights may only be replaced by a use that is in
conformity with the provisions in the by-law.
Notwithstanding the first clause, a non-conforming use protected by acquired rights may be
replaced by another replacement non-conforming use only in the following cases, even if it is not
authorized in the specifications chart:
NON-CONFORMING USE P ROTECTED
ACQUIRED RIGHTS
BY
Main use in the use categories:
• “Retail sale and services (c1)”
• “Commercial entertainment, lodging
and food services (c2)”
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
AUTHORIZED REPLACEMENT NON-CONFORMING USE
Main use in the groups or categories of uses:
• “Housing (h)” group in a zone in which the main land use
occupation is “Housing (h)”
• “Retail sale and services (c1)”
• “Commercial entertainment, lodging and food services (c2)”
Chapter 21 : Provisions relative to acquired rights
295
NON-CONFORMING USE P ROTECTED
ACQUIRED RIGHTS
BY
AUTHORIZED REPLACEMENT NON-CONFORMING USE
Main use in the use category “Automobile
services (c3)”
Main use in the groups or categories of uses:
• “Housing (h)” group in a zone in which the main land use
occupation is “Housing (h)”
• “Retail sale and services (c1)”
• “Commercial entertainment, lodging and food services (c2)”
Main use in the use category “Heavy
arterial commercial activities, wholesale
businesses and para-industrial services
(c5)”
Main use in the groups or categories of uses:
• “Housing (h)” group in a zone in which the main land use
occupation is “Housing (h)”
• “Retail sale and services (c1)”
• “Commercial entertainment, lodging and food services (c2)”
A replacement non-conforming use is authorized on condition that it does not occupy a larger area than
that occupied by the non-conforming use protected by acquired rights.
The acquired rights for a replacement non-conforming use are extinguished if this use was abandoned,
ceased or was suspended for a period of 6 consecutive months, or if the equipment or installations
necessary for carrying out this use were removed without being replaced or returned over a
period of 6 consecutive months.
Notwithstanding the first clause, acquired rights for a replacement non-conforming use are extinguished
once this use is replaced by a use that is in conformity with the zoning by-law in force.
352. EXTENDING A NON-CONFORMING USE
A non-conforming use protected by acquired rights may not be extended or modified.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 21 : Provisions relative to acquired rights
296
SECTION 2: PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO NON-CONFORMING STRUCTURES
353. DEFINITION OF A NON-CONFORMING STRUCTURE
A non-conforming structure is a structure that is entirely or partially not in conformity with a
provision in the present by-law.
The non-conforming use of a structure does not render the structure non-conforming. Likewise,
the fact that a structure is not in conformity with a provision in the construction by-law in force
does not render this structure non-conforming in the sense of the present section.
Ongoing repair and maintenance work necessary to preserve the conditions for carrying out a
non-conforming use protected by acquired rights is authorized.
354. EXECUTION OF WORK NECESSARY TO RETAIN ACQUIRED RIGHTS
Repair and ongoing maintenance work may be carried out to maintain a non-conforming
structure, protected by acquired rights, in good condition.
355. EXTINGUISHING ACQUIRED RIGHTS RELATIVE TO A NON-CONFORMING
STRUCTURE
M
Acquired rights for a non-conforming structure are extinguished if the structure is demolished or
otherwise destroyed by fire or by accidental cause and if it has lost at least 50% of its value at the
time of the destruction or demolition.
If the structure is demolished or otherwise destroyed by fire or an accidental cause and if it has lost
less than 50% of its value roll at the time of the destruction or demolition, it can be repaired or
restored to its original state.
(CA29 0040-6; 2011-08-30)
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 21 : Provisions relative to acquired rights
297
356. REPLACING A NON-CONFORMING STRUCTURE
A non-conforming structure protected by acquired rights may only be replaced by a structure that
is in conformity with the provisions of the zoning by-law in force and with other planning
regulations.
357. MOVING A NON-CONFORMING STRUCTURE
Subject to the conditions below, a structure, the sitting of which is non-conforming and protected
by acquired rights, may be moved to another site on the same landsite without the new site
having to conform to the provisions in the bylaw:
1°
The new site must result in a lessening of the non-conformity that exists in regard to the
site location.
2°
The new site location must not result in any new non-conformity.
358. MODIFYING OR ENLARGING A NON-CONFORMING STRUCTURE
M
Subject to the conditions below, extending a non-conforming structure protected by acquired
rights is authorized if it takes place on the same landsite as that on which the structure is located,
and without going beyond the landsite boundaries as they existed on the date on which the
acquired rights came into being.
1°
Increasing the height of a non-conforming structure is permitted, with no consideration
for the minimum setbacks prescribed in the present by-law, as long as the entire
enlargement is located on or inside the perimeter of the existing foundations of the
structure. The present paragraph does not apply when the perimeter of the foundations of
the non-conforming building encroach upon a street easement or a public utility right-ofway.
2°
When an existing building is renovated, the cladding on the exterior walls of the portion
under renovation must be made of an authorized material as specified in Article 250.
3°
An existing building with a floor area ratio less than the minimum required in the present
by-law may be enlarged without necessarily reaching the minimum floor area ratio.
4°
An existing building with a height in storeys higher than the maximum authorized in the
present by-law may be enlarged provided that the height of the enlargement does not
exceed the maximum authorized in the present by-law.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 21 : Provisions relative to acquired rights
298
5°
The modification or extension to a non-conforming building is authorized in conformity
with the provisions of the present by-law.
6°
Notwithstanding preceding paragraph 5º when a building is extended, the cladding on
exterior walls of the portion of the building being extended may be made of an authorized
material as specified in article 250 provided that the extension is not part of the front
façade.
(CA29 0040-6; 2011-08-30)
SECTION 3: PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO NON-CONFORMING SIGNS
359. DEFINITION OF A NON-CONFORMING SIGN
A sign is non-conforming when it corresponds to one or other of the following:
1°
A sign that is not in conformity with a provision in the present by-law.
2°
A sign that is in conformity with the present by-law, but which refers to a use that has
ceased, has been abandoned or has been suspended for a period of 12 consecutive months.
For the application of the present section, the word “SIGN” includes the sign, its support and all
the elements and accessories associated with it.
360. ACQUIRED RIGHTS IN REGARD TO A NON-CONFORMING SIGN
A non-conforming sign is protected by acquired rights if, at the time of its installation, it was in
conformity with the provisions relative to signs in the planning regulations then in force, it was
issued a certificate of authorization and it was in conformity with the provisions of Article 315 in
the present by-law.
361. EXECUTION OF WORK NECESSARY TO RETAIN ACQUIRED RIGHTS
Repair and ongoing maintenance work may be carried out to maintain a non-conforming sign,
protected by acquired rights, in good condition.
362. MODIFYING A NON-CONFORMING SIGN
Any modification to a non-conforming sign protected by acquired rights must be made in
conformity with the provisions in the present by-law.
Notwithstanding the first clause, the message on a non-conforming sign protected by acquired
rights may be replaced as long as this replacement does not involve any other modification of the
sign, unless this modification is in conformity with provisions in the present by-law.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 21 : Provisions relative to acquired rights
299
363. EXTINGUISHING ACQUIRED RIGHTS RELATIVE TO A SIGN
Acquired rights for a non-conforming sign are extinguished in the following cases:
1°
Once a sign is removed, demolished or destroyed, including accidental destruction. If the
demolition or the destruction is partial, or if only part of the sign is removed, the acquired
rights are only extinguished for the part that has been demolished, destroyed or removed.
2°
Except in the case of an advertising panel, if the sign refers to a use that has ceased, has
been abandoned or has been suspended for a period of 12 consecutive months.
A sign for which the acquired rights have been extinguished in virtue of the first clause must be
removed, or must be modified so that it is in conformity with the provisions in the present bylaw, without further delay.
364. REPLACING A NON-CONFORMING SIGN
A non-conforming sign protected by acquired rights may only be replaced by a sign that is in
conformity with the provisions in the present by-law.
SECTION 4: SITING ON A NON-CONFORMING LOT
365. IMPLEMENTATION OF A USE OR INSTALLATION OF A STRUCTURE ON A
NON-CONFORMING LOT
A use or a structure may be sited on a non-conforming lot (under the meaning of the subdivision
by-law in force) that is protected by acquired rights, provided that this use or this structure is in
conformity with the provisions of the by-law, other than those in the specifications chart
concerning the dimensions and minimum area of a landsite.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 21 : Provisions relative to acquired rights
300
CHAPTER 22
GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR STRUCTURES
366. RECONSTRUCTION OR REPAIR OF DESTROYED BUILDINGS
Any building that has been partially destroyed by fire or by any other cause and that was not
reconstructed within ninety (90) days of the date of the destruction, any building that has become
unsuitable for habitation or occupation, or any other structure or installation that presents a danger
due to its lack of sturdiness, or that the owner has neglected or refused to repair or reinforce, must
be demolished by the owner following an order from the Superior Court.
An unoccupied or incomplete structure must be suitably enclosed or barricaded to prevent any
accident.
367. STANDARDS FOR CONNECTIONS
Any connection to the municipality’s water supply and sewer systems must be in conformity with
the following provisions:
1°
The sewer system for the Town of Pierrefonds is the “separated” type, i.e., the water
from washbasins, baths, toilets, tanks or other plumbing equipment of the same type
must be channelled into the domestic (sanitary) sewer, and rainwater must be channelled
into the storm sewer, except for parts of lots nos. 4, 5, 6, 11, 12 and 16 located to the
south of the rail line; the system serving these lots is the “combined” type; the
maximum flow velocity into the municipal sewer of the “combined” type may
not exceed 0.46 m3/second per hectare.
2°
The storm sewer must be placed to the left of the domestic (sanitary) sewer, looking
towards the street from the site of the building or the structure.
3°
Stormwater must not flow into the City’s domestic (sanitary) sewer system without the
express permission of the responsible official.
4°
When a storm sewer exists, storm water must flow towards it by gravity; connection to
the storm drain must be made inside the building using a siphon with a deep water seal,
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 22 : General provisions for structures
301
with a minimum diameter of one hundred millimetres (100 m) and equipped with a
backwater valve and a cleanout placed upstream.
5°
Connecting a French drain to the storm water drainage system must be done by means
of appropriate pipe fittings and materials approved for drains in buildings.
6°
When the water cannot flow by gravity, the connection to the storm water drainage
system must be made inside the building by means of a sump constructed according to
the Code de plomberie du Québec.
In this case, the water must be evacuated by means of a sump pump and diverted into a
discharge pipe, installed at a level sufficient for the water to flow by gravity, and on
which a check valve must be installed.
If there is a storm sewer, the discharge pipe must be connected to it, otherwise it must
flow into the sump.
7°
A domestic (sanitary) sewer system must flow by gravity to a public sanitary sewer or,
failing that, into a catchment basin in accordance with the Code de plomberie du
Québec; the contents of this basin will flow into the public sanitary sewer by means of
appropriate pumps.
Check valves must be installed on the horizontal connections that receive waste water
from all the fixtures, in particular the floor drains, sumps, interceptors, tanks and other
traps installed in the basement or cellar.
8°
Backwater valves must be kept in good working order at all times by the owner.
9°
When a theoretically horizontal connection is equipped with a backwater valve, it must
never receive storm water or wastewater from fixtures and appliances located on the
upper floors.
However, service pipes that receive storm water coming from exterior surfaces below
the grade level of the landsite and adjacent to the building, such as sloping entrances
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 22 : General provisions for structures
302
down to garages, exterior entrances or French drains, must be protected by a backwater
valve.
10°
Carrying out any work on the City’s property is forbidden; to connect sewers from a
building or an installation (for example, a parking area) to the City’s sewer system, the
contractor must make the connection at the landsite line; the first five metres of pipe
from the street easement towards the building must not be installed until the City has
installed its pipes.
11°
The main drain from a building must be at least one hundred millimetres (100 mm) in
diameter.
The piping for the sanitary sewer system must be PVC, with a minimum diameter of
one hundred and fifty millimetres (150 mm), Class SDR-28 with rubber gasket joints;
PVC piping with a diameter of two hundred millimetres (200 mm) or more must be
Class SDR-35 with rubber gasket joints.
In all cases, the diameters and slopes of the pipes for the sanitary sewer system and for
the storm sewer system must be approved by the responsible official.
All joints that involve a change in diameter or material must be made using the
appropriate fittings.
All outdoor sewer pipes from the foundation walls must be installed in a straight line to
connect with the sewer in the street.
Should it not be possible to connect the outdoor sewer pipe in a straight line, an elbow
with a long radius of 22.5° maximum is permitted; if several elbows with a long radius
are used, they must be separated by a short section of straight pipe one (1) metre long.
The sewer pipes must rest on a firm, uniform bed of zero to twenty millimetre crushed
stone (0-20 mm) along their entire length; any grading material must be compacted to
90% of Modified PROCTOR standard and must be free of all pebbles, rubble, ash or
frozen earth.
The sewer pipes must be covered by at least one hundred and fifty millimetres
(150 mm) of zero to twenty millimetre crushed stone (0-20 mm) to prevent them being
damaged.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 22 : General provisions for structures
303
12°
All water service lines outside a structure of any kind must be buried in the ground and
be covered by at least one point eight metres (1.8 m) of soil in all directions. Pipes that
are not covered in soil must be insulated with STYROFOAM brand fifty millimetre
(50 mm) thick rigid polystyrene insulation; the water supply line must be insulated over
a minimum distance of one point two metres (1.2 m).
13°
All water and sewer pipes installed outside a structure of any kind must be checked by
the responsible official who must ensure that the prescriptions in the present by-law
have been observed prior to preceding with backfilling the excavation for said structure;
backfilling may not proceed without the authorization of the responsible official.
14°
Fire hydrants must be cast iron with an inlet 150 mm in diameter; they must be
compression type, tested to a pressure of 2070 KPa and conform to the requirements of
standard BNQ 3638-100. In addition, they must be approved by “UNDERWRITERS
LABORATORIES OF CANADA (ULC)”. They must be fitted with a STORZ
discharge port 100 mm in diameter, integral type, stainless steel type 316. In addition,
the STORZ port must be threaded on the inside moulded and cord type. This threading
is fitted with a conventional type cap, 6 threads per 25 mm, cast iron male threads and
standard square type operating nuts as well as two ports 60 mm in diameter, 7 threads
per 25 mm. The brand must be DAIGLE D-67-M or McCAVITY M-67 or DROLET
series 500, or SENTINEL from BIBBY-STE-CROIX.
15°
Without prejudice to the penalties set out in the present by-law, if said backfilling
proceeds without the approval, mentioned in paragraph 0, of the responsible official, the
latter may require the builder or the owner of said structure to uncover the pipes in order
to inspect them, to the cost of the builder or owner.
16°
The construction, installation, addition, maintenance or modification of any plumbing
system may only be carried out in conformity with the prescriptions in the Code de
plomberie du Québec, this Code forming an integral part of the present by-law with no
restrictions, as if it were quoted in full; in case of conflict between the provisions in the
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 22 : General provisions for structures
304
present by-law and those in the Code de plomberie du Québec, the provisions in the
present by-law take precedence.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 22 : General provisions for structures
305
TABLE 1
Table of Water Inlets for Domestic Use
Number of dwelling units
1
2 to 4
5 to 35
36 to 50
51 to 70
71 to 100
101 to 200
201 to 400
Minimum diameter of the inlet
(mm)
(in)
20
3/4
25
1
40
1½
50
2
63
2½
75
3
100
4
150
6
N.B.:
1. Piping from (20 mm) 3/4 in. to (50 mm) 2 in. will be copper, K type (soft).
2. Piping (100 mm) 4 in. or more will be ductile iron, Cl.52, with “TYTON” joints and coated with
cement in the inside.
3. Fittings – The fittings and the accessories must conform to the requirements in article 6.2.2.2 if
the fitting is cast iron or ductile iron, either to the requirements of the same standard diameter as
the main pipe, must be designed to withstand the same internal and external pressures and the
same external load, and they must be installed according to the recommendations from the pipes
manufacturer.
4. Seals – Seals used for poly pipe joints (vinyl chloride) [PVC] with a full sidewall must be made
of rubber or an elastomer whereby the physical characteristics must conform to the NQ 3624250 requirements or the ASTM F 477 requirements.
5.
Restraint system – The restraint systems for the poly pipe joints (vinyl chloride) [PVC] with a full
side wall must conform to the ASTM F 1674 requirements and must be installed according to the
pipe manufactures recommendations. The studs of the restraint system and the tightening bolts
must be made of a high strength and low alloy steel [«HSLA»] which conforms to the
C111/A21.11requirements.
Furthermore,
the
nets
must
conform
to
the
ANSI/AWWAC111/A21.11 requirements.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 22 : General provisions for structures
306
6. The restraints system must be of the collar type and have sharp teeth obtained by machining so
they can grip the entire circumference of the pipe (see figure 48). Collars with teeth obtained by
foundry casting are prohibited. The sharp teeth can be bidirectional or unidirectional. The restraint
system used must be compatible with the dimensional characteristics of the pipes covered by the
NQ 3624-250 regulation.
7. The diameter of the copper piping, type K (soft), installed by the City, will be limited to (50 mm)
2 inches, due to the unavailability of valves (63 mm) 2 ½ inches. et (75 mm) 3 inches in diameter.
8. These calculations are based on a pressure of 300 to 400 KPa (50 to 60 pounds per square inch)
for a maximum length of 30 meters. In other cases, the diameter will be calculated with the help of
the Hazen Williams formula whereby the residual pressure will be maintained at 225 KPa.
(1049-2; 90-06-29)
368. CAPTURING RUNOFF WATER FROM BUSINESSES IN THE “AUTOMOBILE
SERVICES (C3)” CATEGORY OF USES AND USES IN THE “INDUSTRIAL (I)”
GROUP
In the case of a landsite occupied by a main use in the “Automobile Services (c3)” category of
uses and in the “Industrial (i)” use group, a water-hydrocarbon separator such as Stormceptor ®
or an approved equivalent must be installed to intercept the runoff from storage, loading and
unloading areas, as well as parking areas.
The owner must ensure that the capture system for stormwater runoff is in good working order
and that it is properly maintained.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 22 : General provisions for structures
307
CHAPTER 23
FINAL PROVISION
369. COMING INTO FORCE
The by-law comes into force in conformity with the law.
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Chapter 23 : Final provision
APPENDIX A
SPECIFICATIONS CHARTS
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Appendix A : Specifications charts
APPENDIX B
CODING FOR THE MAIN USES
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Appendix B : Coding for the main uses
APPENDIX C
ZONING PLAN
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Appendix C : Zoning plan
APPENDIX D
MINIMUM HEIGHT OF THE CONSTRUCTION OF A BASEMENT
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Appendix D : Minmum height of the construction of a basement
APPENDIX E
PLAN OF FLOOD ZONES
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Appendix E : Plan of flood zones
APPENDIX F
DEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR THE INTEGRATED BUSINESS CENTRE PREPARED BY
SERRENER CONSULTATION INC., DATED FEBRUARY 1995
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Appendix F : Development plan for the integrated business centre prepared
by Serrener Consultation inc., dated February 1995
APPENDIX G
MAP TITLED « LE PATRIMOINE BATI »
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Appendix G : Map titled “Le patrimoine bâti”
APPENDIX H
MAP TITLED « LE PATRIMOINE NATUREL »
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Appendix H : Map titled “Le patrimoine naturel”
APPENDIX I
EMPHASIZING A LANDSITE ENTRANCE (CURB CUT)
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Appendix I : Emphasizing a landsite entrance (curb cut)
APPENDIX J
STANDARDS FOR LANDSCAPING OR RE-LANDSCAPING RIVERBANKS
Zoning by-law number CA29 0040
Appendix J : Standards for landscaping or re-landscaping riverbanks